Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 376

Product Catalog

2004

Lifting Products and Services


www.certexusa.com

CERTEX Americas Locations


CERTEX is your trusted local source for lifting products and services. Around the world or close to home, wherever
people are at work building, producing and moving goods CERTEX means certainty.

ALABAMA

Bessemer
CERTEX
1-800-225-2103
1-205-425-1614

Ft. Lauderdale
CERTEX

New Orleans
CERTEX

Tulsa
CERTEX

1-800-827-4366
1-954-961-5533

1-504-734-5871

1-918-446-9805

West Monroe
CERTEX

Woodard
Stoehr Wire Rope

1-800-444-2612
1-318-325-3237

1-580-254-5737

MISSISSIPPI
Pearl

TENNESSEE
Chattanooga
CERTEX

Jacksonville
CERTEX

Decatur

1-800-342-6616
1-904-786-7700

CERTEX
1-888-475-4647
1-256-355-1102

Orlando
CERTEX

Mobile

1-800-467-0137
1-601-936-7204

1-800-900-0336
1-407-850-0398

CERTEX
1-800-231-2052
1-251-432-5656

Phoenix

1-800-927-4366
1-561-833-0028

CERTEX

CALIFORNIA

Bakersfield

1-800-594-5600
1-432-333-6104

1-985-872-2434

1-800-259-6888
1-405-853-6888

Pampa
Stoehr Wire Rope

Lafayette
CERTEX

Lindsay
Stoehr Wire Rope

1-337-839-9916

1-405-756-8738

Morgan City
CERTEX

Oklahoma City
CERTEX

1-985-384-1630

1-405-789-3065

LOUISIANA
Houma
CERTEX

1-800-730-8898
1-562-777-1007

Odessa
Stoehr Wire Rope

OKLAHOMA
Hennesey
Stoehr Wire Rope

Santa Fe Springs
CERTEX

1-800-258-5438
1-713-674-4500

1-800-591-0911
1-336-632-9949

1-800-782-9196
1-912-264-0301

1-661-327-3016

Universal Lifting Products

Greensboro
CERTEX

Brunswick
CERTEX

CERTEX

1-800-882-9118
1-713-674-3000

1-800-637-2339
1-704-334-5334

1-800-582-5438
1-404-351-6141

1-520-884-5846

Houston
CERTEX

NORTH CAROLINA
Charlotte
CERTEX

GEORGIA
Atlanta
CERTEX

CERTEX

1-940-549-3757

1-505-392-2077

1-602-271-9048

Tucson

TEXAS
Graham
Stoehr Wire Rope

NEW MEXICO
Hobbs
Stoehr Wire Rope

West Palm Beach


CERTEX

ARIZONA

1-423-867-1590

1-806-665-0229

Ventura
CERTEX
1-805-643-2239

FLORIDA
Clearwater
CERTEX
1-800-282-7902
1-727-540-0720

CARIBBEAN
PUERTO RICO
San Juan
CERTEX Caribbean
1-787-760-0303

Visit our Web site at www.certex.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products
Wire Rope 1
Wire Rope Slings 2
Wire Mesh Slings 3
Wire Rope Terminations 4
Wire Rope Accessories 5
Chain & Chain Fittings 6
Web Slings 7
Round Slings 8
Fiber Rope 9
Hardware 10
Hoists 11
Clamps 12
Blocks & Sheaves 13
Fall Protection & Miscellaneous 14
i

GENERAL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS


All products supplied and manufactured by CERTEX are
sold with the express understanding that the purchaser is
thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper use and application of the product.

Working Load Limits, or other stated limitations, the use of


products for this purpose.
The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency
Rating of each CERTEX-supplied product may be affected
by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, intentional alteration, and other use conditions. Regular inspection must be conducted to determine whether use can be
continued at the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or
whether the product must be withdrawn from service.

Responsibility for the use and application of the products


rests with the user.
Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication,
abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could
allow the load to become out of control, resulting in
possible property damage, personal injury or death.

CERTEX products generally are intended for tension or


pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts additional
force or loading which the product is not designed to
accommodate.

There are numerous government and industry standards


that cover products sold by CERTEX.This catalog makes
no attempt to reference all of them.We do reference the
standards that are most frequently asked about.

Welding CERTEX-supplied load support parts or products


can be hazardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment,
and welding procedures are necessary for proper welding.
CERTEX should be consulted for information.

Ratings Shown in CERTEX literature are applicable only to


new or in as new condition products.
Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a product can carry under usual environmental conditions. Shock
loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken into
account when selecting products for use in a system.

The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of CERTEX-supplied


products for the reeving of wire, manila, or synthetic ropes
is based upon design; the catalog ultimate strength for the
rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the assigned Ultimate
Load Rating.

In general, the products displayed in CERTEX literature


are used as parts of a system being employed to accomplish a task.Therefore, we can only recommend within the

The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the lowest Working Load Limit of the components in the system.

LIMITED WARRANTY
Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that CERTEXs warranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely
to CERTEXs choice of repair, replacement or refund of the
purchase price of any product or part thereof determined
by CERTEX to be defective within the first 12 months following the transfer of title of the product from CERTEX to
the purchaser. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that
upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period,

the purchased product carries no warranty whatsoever.


Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that the remedies
provided in this section are the purchasers exclusive
remedies in connection with the purchase or use of the
product. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that in no
event shall CERTEX be liable for any incidental or consequential damages in connection with the purchase or use
of the product.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY


AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER
HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR
OTHERWISE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE
OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, CERTEX HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WARRANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.
Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and CERTEX is complete. All prior or contemporaneous discussions, representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements
between parties are superseded by this Warranty.

iii

GENERAL INFORMATION
Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope Design and Construction
Single Size

Seale

Filler Wire

The basic strand construction has wires of


the same size wound around a center.

Large outer wires with the same number


of smaller inner wires around a core wire.
Provides excellent abrasion resistance but
less fatigue resistance.When used with an
IWRC, it offers excellent crush resistance
over drums.

Small wires fill spaces between large wires


to produce crush resistance and a good
balance of strength, flexibility and
resistance to abrasion.

Warrington

Seale Filler Wire

Filler Wire Seale

Outer layer of alternately large and small


wires provides good flexibility and
strength but low abrasion and crush
resistance.

Many commonly used wire ropes use


combinations of these basic constructions.

Many commonly used wire ropes use


combinations of these basic constructions.

Warrington Seale

Seale Warrington Seale

Multiple Operation

Many commonly used wire ropes use


combinations of these basic constructions.

Many commonly used wire ropes use


combinations of these basic constructions.

One of the above strand designs may be


covered with one or more layers of uniform-sized wires.

Wire ropes are composed of independent partswires,


strands and coresthat continuously interact with each
other during service.
Wire rope engineers design those parts in differing steel
grades, finishes and a variety of constructions to attain
the best balance of strength, abrasion resistance, crush
resistance, bending fatigue resistance and corrosion resistance for each application.
To select the best wire rope for each application, one
must know the required performance characteristics for
the job and enough about wire rope design to select the
optimum combination of wire rope properties.
The following information is presented as a basic guide.
Bridon American engineers and field service specialists
are available to provide more specific recommendations.
Strand Constructions
Strands are designed with various combinations of wires
and wire sizes to produce the desired resistance to
fatigue and abrasion. Generally, a small number of large

wires will be more abrasion resistant and less fatigue


resistant than a large number of small wires.
Finish
Bright finish is suitable for most applications. Galvanized
finish is available for corrosive environments. Plastic jacketing and encapsulation is also available on some constructions.
Wire Grades
The most common steel wire grades are: IPS (Improved
Plow Steel), EIP (Extra Improved Plow Steel) and EEIP
(Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel). Stainless Steels and
other special grades are provided for special applications.
Most wire ropes are made with round wires. Both triangular and shaped wires are also used for special constructions.
Generally, the higher the strength of the wire, the lower
its ductility will be.

1-1

GENERAL INFORMATION
Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope Design and Construction

Core

IWRC (Independent Wire Rope Core) provides good crush


resistance and increased strength.

Fiber Core provides excellent flexibility.

Regular Lay

Lang Lay

Definition
Most common lay in which the wires wind in one direction and
the strands the opposite direction. (right lay shown)
Characteristics
Less likely to kink and untwist; easier to handle; more crush
resistant than lang lay.

Definition
Wires in strand and strands of rope wind the same direction.
(right lay shown)
Characteristics
Increased resistance to abrasion; greater flexibility and fatigue
resistance than regular lay; will kink and untwist.

Right Lay

Left Lay

Definition
Strands wound to the right around the core; (regular lay shown)
Characteristics
The most common construction.

Definition
Strands wound to the left around the core. (regular lay shown)
Characteristics
Used in a few special situationscable tool drilling line,
for example.

Alternate Lay

Definition
Alternate strands of right regular lay and right lang lay.
Characteristics
Combines the best features of regular and lang lay for boom hoist
or winch lines.

1-2

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND


MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Bridon American Corporation
The primary factor in wire rope performance is selecting
a wire rope with the best combination of properties for
the job.The service life of that rope can be greatly
extended by following a planned program of installation,
operation, maintenance and inspection to avoid the most
common causes of wire rope failure:
KINKING will result in permanent rope deformation and
localized wear. It is generally caused by allowing a loop to
form in a slack line and then pulling the loop down to a
tight permanent set.
OVERLOADING results in accelerated wear, abrasion,
rope crushing and distortion on drums and sheaves, and
could result in complete rope failure.
DRAGGING wire rope over a bank or some other object
results in localized wear, which means shorter life.
IMPROPER SPOOLING results in crushed and distorted
ropes and comes from careless installation and operation
of the rope.
WHIPPING a line, which results in many squared off broken wires, comes from jerking or running the line loose.
The following recommendations are general guides for
getting the longest life from your wire rope. Bridon
American engineers and field service specialists are available to provide advice in specific situations. Our technology and experience are as close as your telephone.
Unloading, Unreeling and Uncoiling
Suitable precautions should be taken to prevent dropping
of reels or coils during unloading and moving. If the reel
should collapse, it may be impossible to remove the rope
without serious damage.

Special care should be taken in unreeling wire rope to


avoid kinking, which can result in permanent damage to
the rope.The reel should be mounted on jacks or a
turntable so that it will move freely. It should be unreeled
straight and under enough tension to keep it from starting a loop.

A coil should be unwound by rolling along the floor like


a hoop. Coils should never be laid flat and the free end
pulled out.
Winding on a Drum

Proper practices for transferring rope from reel to drum:


The reel should be placed as far from the drum as possible in order to avoid putting any turn into the rope.
Rope should be wound from top-to-top or bottom-tobottom to avoid reverse bends, which tend to make a
rope harder to handle.
Use enough tension to avoid kinking.
There is usually only one way to install rope on a grooved
drum.

On ungrooved drums, the rule of thumb guides installation.The fist represents the drum; the index finger the
wire rope; and the thumb the direction of the proper
dead end location. Use the right hand for right lay ropes,
the left hand for left lay ropes. For overwinding, the palm
is down; for underwinding, the palm is up. Most drum
anchors are set for right lay rope since it is the most common specification.

1-3

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND


MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Bridon American Corporation

On installations where the rope


passes over a sheave onto the
drum, the maximum fleet angle
(angle between the center line
of the sheave and the rope)
should be not more than 1 1/2
degrees for a smooth-faced
drum and 2 degrees for a
grooved drum. A 1 1/2 degree
fleet angle is equivalent to 38
feet of lead for each foot of
rope travel on either side of the
center line of the sheave.
Smaller fleet angles may result
in the rope piling up on the
drum. Larger fleet angles may
cause excessive wear from rubbing against the flanges of the
sheave as well as excessive
crushing and abrasion of the
rope on the drum.

Break In
A few trips through the working cycle at slow speed and
light load will set the strands firmly in place for smooth,
efficient operation.
On applications using a wedge socket, such as drag and
hoist ropes, it is also a good idea to cut off a short section
of rope to allow twist to run out and to equalize the
strands.

Crane ropes will fatigue at an equalizer sheave. Careful


inspection is required to identify fatigue points.
Hoist ropes will frequently fail from vibration fatigue at
sockets, clips and dead end points.
On most installations, wear and fatigue are more severe
on one half of the rope than the other. Changing a rope
end-for-end more evenly distributes wear and fatigue
from repeated bending and vibration.
Lubrication
Factory lubrication is not always sufficient to last the useful life of wire rope. Periodic field lubrication may be
required to minimize friction and provide corrosion protection. Important guides for field lubrication:
Ropes should be inspected frequently to determine the
need for lubrication.
Clean the rope thoroughly with a wire brush, scraper
or compressed air to remove foreign material and old
lubricant from the valleys between the strands and the
spaces between the outer wires.
The lubricant should be applied at a point where the
rope is being bent in order to promote penetration
within the strands. It may be applied by pouring, dripping or brushing.
Used motor oil is not recommended as a wire rope lubricant.
BriLube is recommended for relubing ropes.
Measuring Wire Rope Diameter

Operation
Skillful operation is important to wire rope performance.
Rapid acceleration, shock loading and excessive vibration
can cause premature rope failure. Smooth, steady application of power by the equipment operator can add significantly to wire rope service life.
Shifting Wear Points
Some sections of most wire ropes get more wear than
others. A regular inspection program will identify points
of wear and lead to wear-shift practices that will extend
wire rope life.
In many common situations, cutting off short lengths of
the rope will redistribute the points of maximum wear:
Rope on a drum with two or more layers will wear at
the point where the rope starts each successive layer.

The diameter of a wire rope is the diameter of the smallest


circle which will enclose all the strands. Measurements
should be made to the outer wires.

1-4

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND


MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Bridon American Corporation
Matching the Wire Rope with Sheaves and Drums

The ratio of the diameter of the wire rope to the diameter of operating sheaves and drums (D/d ratio) is particularly important to service life. A sheave or drum that is
too small for the rope diameter will cause premature failure due to bending stresses.

Service life increases as the D/d ratio becomes larger.This


curve, based on bending and tensile stresses only, illustrates the
relative performance increase.
Efficiency falls as the D/d ratio becomes smaller. This curve,
based on static test data only, illustrates the decline of bending
efficiency for 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification ropes as the D/d
ratio is reduced.

Matching Grooves to the Wire Rope


Grooves should be spaced so that one wrap of rope does
not rub against the next wrap during operation.
Grooves in sheaves and drums should be slightly larger
than the wire rope to permit the rope to adjust itself to
the groove.Tight grooves will cause excessive wear to
outer wires; large grooves do not support the rope properly.
Wire ropes are manufactured slightly larger than nominal
size. Maximum allowable oversize tolerances are shown
in the following table.

Sheave Diameter Factors


Suggested Minimum *D/d Ratios
*D-Sheave Tread Diameter d-Nominal Rope Diameter
Rope Construction
Minimum
6x7
42
19 x 7
34
6 x 19 S
34
6 x 21 FW
30
6 x 25 FW
26
6 x 36 WS
23
8 x 25 FW
21
6 x 41 WS
21

Other values are permitted by various standards. For


example ASME B 30.5 allows minimum hoist rope D/d
ratio of 18 and boom hoist rope D/D ratio of 15.
To calculate the recommended or minimum sheave diameter for any given rope, find the rope construction and
multiply the rope diameter by the value shown. (Ex.:
Recommended sheave diameter for a 6 x 19 classification
wire rope of 3/4 diameter would be 51 x .75 = 38 1/4)
Rope speed also affects fatigue life. Higher operating rates
require larger sheaves.
Reverse bends from one sheave to another should be
avoided. Other factors that affect bending fatigue life are
load, number of cycles and condition of the sheaves and
drums. Consult your local Branch for specific recommendations.

1-5

Nominal Rope Diameter


inches
up to 1/8
over 1/8 to 3/16
over 3/16 to 1/4
over 1/4

Tolerance
Under
Over
-0
+ 8%
-0
+ 7%
-0
+ 6%
-0
+ 5%

INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND


MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Bridon American Corporation

Calculating Drum Capacity

As a rope is run through a groove, both become smaller.


A used groove can be too small for a new rope; thus
accelerating rope wear. A compromise between rope life
and machining frequency must be made.

Grooves should have an arc of contact with the wire


rope between 135 and 150 degrees.They should be
tapered to permit the rope to enter and leave the groove
smoothly. Field inspection groove guages are made to the
nominal diameter of the rope plus 1/2 of the allowable
rope oversize tolerance.When the field inspection guage
fits perfectly, the groove is at the minimum permissible
contour.

Rope
Dia.
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1 1/8"
1 1/4"
1 3/8"

The length of rope that can be wound on a drum or reel


may be calculated as follows. L = the length of rope in
feet. All other dimensions are in inches.
L = (A + D) x A x B x K
K = Constant obtained by dividing .2618 by the square of
the actual rope diameter.
H-D
A =  Desired clearance, in inches.
2
B = Traverse in inches.
D = Barrel Diameter in inches.
H = Flange Diameter in inches.
L = Rope length in feet.

Values of K
Rope
K
Dia.
3.29
1 1/2"
2.21
1 5/8"
1.58
1 3/4"
1.19
1 7/8"
.925
2"
.741
2 1/8"
.607
2 1/4"
.428
2 3/8"
.308
2 1/2"
.239
2 5/8"
0.191
2 3/4"
0.152
2 7/8"
0.127
3"

1-6

K
0.107
0.0886
0.077
0.0675
0.0597
0.0532
0.0476
0.0421
0.038
0.0345
0.0314
0.0287
0.0264

INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND


Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope
Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to ascertain the condition of wire rope at various stages of its
useful life.The object of wire rope inspection is to allow
for removal of the rope from service before the ropes
condition, as a result of usage, could pose a hazard to
continued normal operations.
The individual making the inspection should be familiar
with the product and the operation as his judgment is a
most critical factor.Various safety codes, regulations, and
publications give inspection requirements for specific
applications.
The following inspection procedure, taken from the ASME
B-30 series, serves as a model of typical inspection
requirements.
Frequent Inspection
All running ropes and slings in service should be visually
inspected once each working day. A visual inspection
consists of observation of all rope and end connections
which can reasonably be expected to be in use during
daily operations.These visual observations should be concerned with discovering gross damage such as listed
below, which may be an immediate hazard:
Distortion of the rope such as kinking, crushing,
unstranding, birdcaging, main strand displacement or
core protrusion.
General corrosion.
Broken or cut strands.
Number, distribution and type of visible broken wires.
Lubrication.
Special care should be taken when inspecting portions
subjected to rapid deterioration such as flange points,
crossover points and repetitive pickup points on drums.
Special care should also be taken when inspecting certain ropes such as:
Rotation-resistant ropes such as 19 x 7 and 8 x 19,
because of their higher susceptibility to damage and
increased deterioration when working on equipment
with limited design parameters.
Boom hoist ropes because of the difficulties of inspection and important nature of these ropes.
When damage is discovered, the rope should either be
removed from service or given an inspection as detailed
in the section below.
Periodic Inspection
The inspection frequency should be determined by a
qualified person and should be based on such factors as:
expected rope life as determined by experience on the

particular installation or similar installations, severity of


environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency rates
of operation, and exposure to shock loads.
Periodic inspections with a signed report should be performed by an appointed or authorized person.This
inspection should cover the entire length of rope.The
individual wires in the strands of the rope should be visible to this person during the inspection. Any deterioration resulting in appreciable loss of original strength,
such as described below, should be noted and determination made as to whether further use of the rope would
constitute a hazard:
Distortion of the rope such as kinking, birdcaging,
crushing, unstranding, main strand displacement, or
core protrusion.
Reduction of rope diameter below normal diameter
due to loss of core support, internal or external corrosion, or wear of outside wires.
Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections.
Severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly
applied end connections.
Lubrication.
Special care should be taken when inspecting portions
subjected to rapid deterioration such as the following:
Portions in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves, or
other sheaves where rope travel is limited.
Portions of the rope at or near terminal ends where
corroded or broken wires may protrude.
Rope Replacement
No precise rules can be given for determination of the
exact time for replacement of rope, since many variable
factors are involved. Continued use in this respect
depends largely upon good judgment by an appointed or
authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a
used rope, after allowance for deterioration disclosed by
inspection. Continued rope operation depends upon this
remaining strength.
Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for questioning continued use of the rope or increasing the frequency of inspection:
In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken
wires in one lay, or three broken wires in one strand
in one lay. (The number of wire breaks beyond which
concern should be shown varies with rope usage and
construction. For general application 6 and 3 are satisfactory. Ropes used on overhead and gantry cranes, as
defined in ASME B-30, 2-1983, can be inspected to 12
and 4. Rotation resistant ropes should be inspected to
4 in 30 rope diameters and 2 in 6 rope diameters)

1-7

INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND


Bridon American Corporation

Inspection Records
Frequent Inspectionno records required.
Periodic Inspection: In order to establish data as a basis
for judging the proper time for replacement a signed
report of rope condition at each periodic inspection
should be kept on file.This report should include points
of deterioration previously described.
A long range inspection program should be established
and include records of examination of ropes removed
from service so a relationship can be established between
visual observation and actual condition of the internal
structure.

Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel


sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave
or equipment manufacturer.
One outer wire broken at the contact point with the
core of the rope which has worked its way out of the
rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the
rope structure.
Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside individual wires.
Kinking, crushing, birdcaging, or any other damage
resulting in distortion of the rope structure.
Evidence of any heat damage from any cause.
Valley breaks.
Reductions from nominal rope diameter of more than:
Reduction of
1/64"
1/32"
3/64"
1/16"
3/32"

Galvanized Structural Wire Strand


Carefully conducted inspections performed and recorded
on a regular basis are necessary to ascertain the condition
of structural strand at various stages of its useful life.The
object of inspection is to allow for removal of the strand
from service before its condition, as a result of usage,
could pose a hazard to continued normal operations.
The individual making the inspection should be familiar
with the operation, as his judgment is a most critical factor. Special care should be taken at end terminations or at
dampener devices, as these are generally the most critical
areas.
Conditions such as corrosion, number, type and distribution of broken wires, and diameter reduction should be
evaluated and compared with previous inspection results.
The actual condition of the strand and inspection history
together can then be used to decide if continued use of
the product is advisable.

Nominal Rope Diameters


Up to & inc. 5/16"
over 5/16" thru 1/2"
over 1/2" thru 3/4"
over 3/4" thru 1-1/8"
over 1-1/8"

In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one


lay in section beyond end connections or more than
one broken wire at an end connection.
Replacement rope shall have a strength rating at least as
great as the original rope furnished by the equipment
manufacturer or as originally specified. Any deviation
from the original size, grade, or construction shall be
specified by the equipment manufacturer, original design
engineer, or a qualified person.
Ropes Not In Regular Use
All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or
more due to shutdown or storage of equipment on which
it is installed should be given inspections as previously
described before being placed in service.This inspection
should be for all types of deterioration and should be performed by an appointed or authorized person.

NOTE: Special methods and techniques may be used by wire rope engineers or qualified persons to determine the possible existence of internal
corrosion or broken wires in structural strand or similar conditions which
may exist out of sight in terminal connections.
EXAMPLE: Wire breaks may sometimes occur just inside the nose of the
socket making visual inspection difficult. Judgments on wire integrity can
be made by tapping or sounding the wire by a person experienced in
this inspection technique. If you have doubt about the method to use for
inspection, or the condition of the strand or fitting, contact your nearest
CERTEX location.

For further information on wire rope inspection refer to the


American Iron & Steel Institutes Wire Rope Users Manual.

1-8

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION


Bridon American Corporation
INTRODUCTION
Steel wire ropes are used in a wide variety of applications
and environments.
Many ropes are of complex construction and designed to
meet specific engineering applications.
The ultimate working life of a wire rope is dependent
upon many factors, but effective in-service lubrication
and corrosion protection are fundamental parts of
planned maintenance.
The selection of the correct lubricant designed to meet
the requirements of the application, environment and
rope design is vital if maximum benefit from in-service
lubrication is to be obtained.
Bridon gives advice on the specific rope lubricants best
suited to any application.
High pressure lubricators, which greatly assist both cleaning and re-lubrication are available and Bridon will advise
on their suitability for any particular application.
GENERAL OPERATIONAL CATEGORIES
Most ropes have a lubricant incorporated during manufacture, to prevent corrosion during shipment and storage, and to provide internal lubrication during the early
part of the ropes working life.
However, wire ropes are like any other machine and
lubrication and corrosion protection must be maintained
for optimum life to be achieved. Such service maintenance is termed re-lubrication.
It is important that the lubricant used are formulated
specifically for wire rope maintenance and are compatible with the manufacturing lubricant.The particular environment and application must be considered in order to
select the most appropriate type of lubricant. For example, modern multi-strand ropes require a lubricant with
good penetration properties which will fill the small
interstrand spaces and penetrate as far into the rope as
possible.
A. Ropes working in industrial outdoor environments
where corrosion is the predominant cause of deterioration.
Internal corrosion leading to fatigue initiation is the
major concern in these applications.
B. Ropes working on friction hoists.
Lubrication to combat corrosion and internal wear is
necessary without risking the loss of frictional grip.
C. Ropes working over sheaves but not subject to heavy
surface abrasion or corrosion.
D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear.
Here abrasion is the predominant cause of failure.
E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy
loading in marine or other corrosive environments.
In this case corrosion and abrasive wear combine to form
the major causes of failure.
These wide variations in working conditions call for fundamentally different types of lubricant. Specific properties are needed to achieve optimum rope performance. In
some cases, a combination of a solvent based corrosion
preventative, designed to achieve penetration and moisture displacement, followed by the application of a heavier protective coating can be used to achieve optimum
corrosion protection combined with good lubrication.

GENERAL GUIDELINES ON LUBRICATING ROPES


A. For maximum benefit, the lubricant should be applied
as soon as the rope is put to work.
B. The lubricant should be re-applied at regular intervals,
preferably before the rope shows signs of corrosion or
dryness. Frequency of application depends on the
actual site conditions and the periods indicated in
each section in this information sheet are for guidance
only.
C. If the existing lubricant on the rope is heavily loaded
with foreign matter, (dirt, sand, grit etc.) the rope
should be cleaned before fresh lubricant is applied.
Pressure cleaning and relubricating systems are the
most effective methods.
D. The loose products of corrosion should be brushed
off before fresh lubricant is applied. If the external
wires in the rope are heavily corroded, or if there is
reason to believe that there is severe internal corrosion, the rope must be examined by a qualified person
and, if necessary, discarded.
E. The lubricant and application should be such that a
thin even adherent coat covers all the wires in the
rope.
It must be emphasized that these comments are general
recommendations, applicable to round, triangular strand
and multi-strand ropes used in similar applications to those
indicated.They do not apply to certain specialized ropes
such as locked coil ropes, where specific recommendations can be made on request. Extensive research has been
carried out into lubrication of ropes under a wide variety
of usages and environmental conditions and Bridon will be
pleased to advise rope users on specific problems.
SELECTION OF IN-SERVICE LUBRICANTS
A. Ropes working in industrial or outdoor environments
Typical examples are:
MOBILE AND TOWER CRANES
CONTAINER CRANES
In such applications there is always the possibility of
internal as well as external corrosion. Of the two the former is more serious because it is hidden.There is the possibility of moisture entrapment if an incorrect lubricant is
used, as it is usually difficult to dry the rope prior to
dressing.
It should be noted that many apparent fatigue type failures in such applications are initiated by corrosion.
The lubricant must:
Penetrate inside the ropethe most difficult part of
the rope to inspect
Displace moisture from internal and external surfaces
Give good corrosion protection, internally and externally
Be resistant to wash-off and emulsification
Not lead to build-up with repeated applications
The best lubricant for such applications are solvent
based, which after evaporation leave a semi-dry waxy film
which is reasonably thick (0.01 mm typically).These
lubricants must have specific anti-corrosion properties,
they must be tenacious and the resulting film should be
semi-dry to minimize pick-up of abrasive particles e.g.
sand, which can combine with an oil lubricant to promote internal wear.

1-9

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION


Bridon American Corporation

Lubricants containing chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents


such as trichlorethylene or carbon tetrachloride are NOT
recommended.
Lubricants containing dry lubricants such as molybdenum disulphide and graphite are NOT recommended as
these compounds tend to dry out leading to surface film
breakdown and consequent exposure of wire surfaces to
the atmosphere.
Dressings should be applied by drip feed, spray or pressure application, usually at no more than monthly intervals.
B. Ropes working on friction hoists
Typical examples are:
ELEVATORS
FRICTION HOISTS
CAPSTAN WINCHES
These ropes are subject to corrosion and wear and yet
application of conventional lubricants can lead to severe
loss of traction resulting in slip.
Traditionally these ropes are lubricated very little in service due to the conflicting problems of lubrication and
slip. Lubricant applied during manufacture is kept to a
minimum for this reason.
The only lubricants satisfactory for this application are
those designed to provide corrosion protection and internal lubrication while minimizing loss of frictional grip or
actually increasing the coefficient of friction.
A solvent based dressing which deposits a thin slip-resistant semi-dry film is the best solution.
In addition, moisture displacement and the prevention of
excessive lubricant build-up are important. Lubricants
should be applied by brush, spray or automatic feed, at
monthly intervals.
Unless a specific anti-slip dressing is used, great care must
be taken to ensure that slip is not generated by over
application.
C. Ropes working under conditions of low abrasive wear
and corrosion
Typical examples are:
ELECTRIC OVERHEAD CRANES
WIRE ROPE HOISTS
INDOOR CRANES
SMALL EXCAVATORS
PILING, PERCUSSION AND DRILLING EQUIPMENT
Such ropes are subject to internal wear, leading to fatigue
failures of wires.
For these applications the best lubricants provide maximum lubrication internally and externally.
Lubricants using a mineral oil base, SAE 30, are generally
accepted as the best. However basic oils provide very little corrosion protection and are subject to excessive runoff and fling-off. It is recommended, therefore, that a specific oil based rope lubricant with a tackiness additive
and anti-corrosion properties be selected.
Compounds containing dry lubricants such as molybdenum disulphide and graphite have been shown to provide no increase in fatigue life in wire ropes over and
above that provided by mineral oils. Application should
be by brush, spray or drip feed whenever the rope
appears dry.

D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear


Typical examples are:
Onshore:
EXCAVATORS
WINCHES
HAULAGE APPLICATIONS
Offshore
MOORING SYSTEMS
DREDGERS
Under these conditions the primary requirements for
rope lubricants are:
Good adhesion to the rope to prevent fling-off and loss
of coating.
Resistance to removal by mechanical forces.A lubricant
that dries and cracks will scrape off or fall off in bending. Some bitumous compounds can cement broken
wires in place making inspection more difficult.
Good anti-wear properties.
In addition the lubricant must be resistant to moisture,
emulsification and ultra-violet degradation.
Good corrosion protection is essential, particularly in offshore conditions.
Further preferred properties are ease of application and a
stable physical nature over a wide temperature range.
The lubricants are petroleum-gel based, with thixotropic
characteristics. Such compounds provide good lubrication over a wide range of temperatures and do not crack
or craze in ultra-violet light.Their thixotropic properties
enable good adherence and continuity on the side of the
rope, combined with good lubricity under shearing
stress.
A further feature of thixotropic lubricants is the ease
with which they penetrate the rope through the use of
pressure lubricators.
Such lubricants are designed for long working life and
infrequent application. Relubricating should take place as
required depending upon the intensity of usage and the
severity of the environment.
E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy
loading in corrosive environments.
Typical examples are:
Onshore:
GUY ROPES
PENDANT ROPES
Offshore:
TOWING CABLES
CRANES AND DERRICKS
TRAWL WARPS
Under these conditions ropes are subject to extended
periods of corrosive attack in standing situations. In some
applications, such as offshore cranes, the ropes are
required to undertake heavy duty lifting work after
extended periods at rest.

1-10

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION


Bridon American Corporation
The primary requirements for rope lubricants in such
applications are:
High corrosion protection
Long term stability of the lubricant
Good adhesion to the rope, even when wet
Resistance to wash-off, emulsification and mechanical
removal
Only lubricants which provide high corrosion resistance
should be used and the lubricants should remain stable
over extended periods of time over wide temperature
ranges.
Resistance to cracking and ultra-violet degradation is necessary for long term protection.
Lubricants with similar characteristics to those in section
(d), but with high corrosion protection characteristics,
are recommended.
Traditional bituminous compounds are not recommended
as service lubricants because they can trap moisture in
the core, and may not act as lubricants when a rope is
put to work after extended periods in a static situation,
due to hardening. Such compounds are only effective as
lubricants when applied during manufacture, usually
heated and under pressure.

Thixotropic gels are the most suitable lubricants as they


provide excellent protection against the environment,
good lubrication under dynamic operation and operation
and return to a semi-solid coherent lubricant at rest.
Re-lubrication of a used rope can often be improved by
an initial application of a solvent based corrosion preventative lubricant which penetrates and displaces moisture
in the rope.
LUBRICANTS AVAILABLE
There is a wide range of compounds on the market. Some
of these are specific to wire rope applications and others
are multi-purpose products which can offer some benefits to wire ropes.
Bridons own brand of wire rope lubricants, the BRILUBE
range, has been developed especially for wire rope. Based
upon extensive experience in wire rope usage, there is a
BRILUBE product to meet most applications mentioned
in this document.
Detailed technical data, catalog and supplies of BRILUBE
are available from authorized Bridon distributors.

GENERAL GUIDELINES

The New Standard In


Lifting Products and Services.
In the field of lifting, CERTEX means
certainty. From simple, straight forward
hardware and custom-made assemblies,
to complete lifting management programs,
the name CERTEX represents quality,
safety, service and expertise. CERTEX
companies are your trusted local source

for lifting products and services, backed


by world-wide experience and expertise to
solve any lifting problem.
Wherever people are at work building,
producing and moving the worlds goods,
CERTEX means certainty.

1-11

WIRE ROPE SELECTION


Bridon American Corporation

Strength
Wire rope must have the strength required to handle the
maximum load plus a design factor.
The design factor is the ratio of the breaking strength of
the rope to the maximum working load.To establish the
proper design factor, several operating characteristics
should be considered:
speed of operation
acceleration and deceleration
length of rope
number, size and location of sheaves and drums
rope attachments
conditions causing corrosion and abrasion
danger to human life and property.
Fatigue Resistance
Smaller wires are the key to bending performance when
wire ropes are subjected to repeated bending over
sheaves or drums.The more outer wires for a given size
wire rope, the better the resistance to bending fatigue.
The relative bending life factors of typical wire rope constructions are indicated in the following table.
Ropes having a large number of small wires, however,
should not be used where overwrapping on a drum takes
place because they do not provide sufficient crush resistance.

Abrasion Resistance
Lang lay and large outer wires provide resistance to abrasion.The relationship between abrasion resistance and
fatigue resistance is illustrated below.

Crush Resistance
An IWRC (Independent wire rope core) and large outer
wires will provide best crush resistance. Bridon
Americans Constructex rope provides the best crush
resistance of any wire rope.
Flexibility
Fiber core, lang lay and smaller wires provide a more flexible wire rope.

Generally Accepted Design Factors


Type of Service

Minimum Factor

Guy Ropes

3.5

Overhead and Gantry Cranes

5.0

Jib and Pillar Cranes

5.0

Derricks

3.5

Wire Rope Slings

5.0

Miscellaneous Hoisting Equipment

5.0

Ski Lift Ropes slopes under 3,000 feet

5.0

slopes over 3,000 feet

4.5

Haulage Ropes

5.0

Small Electric and Air Hoists

5.0

Rotation Resistant Ropes Minimum

5.0

Recommended

7.0

Hot Ladle Cranes

8.0

Elevator Hoist and Counterweight Ropes (Passenger)


500 FPM

10.25

750 FPM

11.15

1000 FPM

11.55

Relative bending life factors of typical ropes


Rope Construction
Factor
6x7
.57
19 x 7
.67
6 x 19 S
.80
6 x 21 FW
.92
Dyform-18 and 6 x 25 FW
1.00
6 x 31 WS
1.09
Dyform-6 and 6 x 36 WS
1.31
8 x 25 FW
1.39
6 x 41 WS
1.39
6 x 49 SWS
1.54

1-12

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
6 x 7 Classification
6 x 7 Classification Wire Ropes give long service in operating conditions where ropes are dragged along the
ground or over rollers. Larger sheaves and drums (than
those used for more flexible constructions) are required
to avoid breakage from fatigue. 6 x 7 Classification Ropes
contain 6 strands with 3 through 14 wires, no more than
9 of which are outside wires.

6 x 7 Rope

Order Guide:
6 x 7 classification wire ropes may be ordered in diameters from 1/4 to 1 1/2bright or galvanizedEEIP, EIP
and IPS gradesfiber core or IWRCright or left lay, regular or lang lay.
Fiber core shown; IWRC available
Characteristics
Excellent abrasion resistance; less bending fatigue resistance
Typical Applications
Dragging and haulage in mines, inclined planes and tramways,
sand lines.
6 x 7 Classification Rope
Nominal Strength,* Tons
(Bright or Drawn Galvanized)

Approximate
Wt./Ft., lb.

EIP

Diameter,
in.
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CX01-0600
CX01-0601
CX01-0602
CX01-0603
CX01-0604
CX01-0605
CX01-0606
CX01-0607
CX01-0608
CX01-0609
CX01-0610
CX01-0611
CX01-0612
CX01-0613

IWRC

3.27
5.07
7.25
9.80
12.8
16.1
19.7
28.1
38.0
49.1
61.5
75.4
90.4
107.0

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CX01-0614
CX01-0615
CX01-0616
CX01-0617
CX01-0618
CX01-0619
CX01-0620
CX01-0621
CX01-0622
CX01-0623
CX01-0624
CX01-0625
CX01-0626
CX01-0627

Fiber
Core

IWRC

Fiber
Core

2.90
4.51
6.45
8.72
11.3
14.3
17.5
25.0
33.8
43.7
54.8
67.1
80.4
94.8

0.10
0.16
0.23
0.32
0.42
0.53
0.65
0.92
1.27
1.65
2.09
2.57
3.12
3.72

0.094
0.15
0.21
0.29
0.38
0.48
0.59
0.84
1.15
1.50
1.90
2.34
2.84
3.38

*Acceptance strength is not less *Acceptance


than 2 1/2% below
theis nominal
strengths
listed.
strength
not less than
2 1/2%
below the nominal strengths listed.
Galvanizing: For class A galvanized
wire rope For
(EIPclass
andAIPS
grades only),
deduct
10%
from
nominal
Galvanizing:
galvanized
wire rope
(EIP
and
IPS the
grades
only),strength
deduct shown.
10% from the nominal
strength shown.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-13

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
6 x 19 Classification

6x19 Seale

Characteristics
Resistant to abrasion and
crushing; medium fatigue
resistance
Typical Applications
Haulage rope, choker rope,
rotary drilling line
IWRC shown; fiber core
available

6x21 Filler Wire

6x25 Filler Wire

6x26 Warrington Seale

Characteristics
Less abrasion resistance; more
bending fatigue resistance
Typical Applications
Pull Ropes, load lines, backhaul ropes, draglines;
fiber core shown,
IWRC available

Characteristics
Most flexible rope in classification; best balance of abrasion and fatigue resistance
Typical Applications
Most widely used of all wire
rope - cranes hoists, skip
hoists, haulage, mooring lines,
conveyors, etc.
IWRC shown; fiber core
available

Characteristics
Good balance of abrasion and
fatigue resistance
Typical Applications
Boom hoists, logging and tubing lines
IWRC shown; fiber core
available

6 x 19 Classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance.They give excellent service with sheaves and drums of moderate size. 6 x 19 Classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires
per strand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires.
6 x 19 Classification Rope
Approximate
Wt./Ft., lb.

Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)

Diameter,
in.
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CX01-0029
CX01-0030
CX01-0031
CX01-0032
CX01-0033
CX01-0034
CX01-0035
CX01-0036
CX01-0037
CX01-0038
CX01-0039
CX01-0040
CX01-0041
CX01-0042
CX01-0043

EEIP
CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
IWRC

Fiber
Core

11.2
14.6
18.5
22.7
32.4
43.8
57.5
71.5
87.9
106.0
125.00
145.0
168.0
191.0
218.0

9.90
12.9
16.2
20.0
28.6
38.6
50.0
63.0
77.5
93.0
111.0
129.0
149.0
169.0
192.0

CX01-0044
CX01-0045
CX01-0046
CX01-0047
CX01-0048
CX01-0049
CX01-0050
CX01-0051
CX01-0052
CX01-0053
CX01-0054
CX01-0055
CX01-0056
CX01-0057
CX01-0058

EIP
CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX01-0059
CX01-0060
CX01-0061
CX01-0062
CX01-0063
CX01-0064
CX01-0065
CX01-0066
CX01-0067
CX01-0068
CX01-0069
CX01-0070
CX01-0071
CX01-0072
CX01-0073
CX01-0074
CX01-0075
CX01-0076
CX01-0628
CX01-0629
CX01-0630
CX01-0631
CX01-0632
CX01-0633

IWRC
3.40
5.27
7.55
10.2
13.3
16.8
20.6
29.4
39.8
51.7
65.0
79.9
96.0
114.0
132.0
153.0
174.0
198.0
221.0
247.0
274.0
302.0
331.0
361.0

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX01-0634
CX01-0635
CX01-0636
CX01-0637
CX01-0638
CX01-0639
CX01-0640
CX01-0641
CX01-0642
CX01-0643
CX01-0644
CX01-0645
CX01-0646
CX01-0647
CX01-0648
CX01-0649
CX01-0650
CX01-0651
CX01-0652
CX01-0653
CX01-0654
CX01-0655

* Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed
Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only), deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown
WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of
this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-14

Fiber
Core
3.02
4.69
6.71
9.09
11.8
14.9
18.3
26.2
35.4
46.0
57.9
71.0
85.4
101.0
118.0
136.0
155.0
176.0
197.0
220.0
244.0
269.0

IWRC
0.116
0.18
0.26
0.35
0.46
0.59
0.72
1.04
1.42
1.85
2.34
2.89
3.50
4.16
4.88
5.67
6.50
7.39
8.35
9.36
10.4
11.6
12.8
14.0

Fiber
Core
0.105
0.164
0.236
0.32
0.42
0.53
0.66
0.95
1.29
1.68
2.13
2.63
3.18
3.78
4.44
5.15
5.91
6.72
7.59
8.51
9.48
10.5
11.6
12.7

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
6 x 37 Classification
6 x 31 Warrington Seale

6 x 36 Warrington Seale

Characteristics
12 outside wires. Slightly more flexible than 6 x 25 rope with
the same abrasion resistance
Typical Applications
Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes
IWRC shown; fiber core available

Characteristics
14 outside wires. More fatigue resistance; but less abrasion resistance than 6 x 25 rope.
Typical Applications
Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes; winch lines; large
diameter towing lines
IWRC shown; fiber core available

6 x 41 Warrington Seale

6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire

16 outside wires. Good combination of


fatigue and abrasion resistance for operating ropes.
Typical Applications
Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist
ropes; shovel and dragline hoist ropes

Same characteristics and applications as


6 x 41 Warrington Seale
IWRC shown; fiber core available

IWRC shown; fiber core available

6 x 49 Seale Warrington Seale

16 outside wires. Best fatigue resistance


and abrasion resistance in 6 x 37 classification
Typical Applications
Mooring, towing and anchor lines, shovel
and dragline hoist ropes
IWRC shown; fiber core available

More flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains numerous small diameter
wires.As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 27
through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-15

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
6 x 37 Classification

6 x 37 Classification Rope
Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)
EEIP
EIP
Diameter,
in.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Approximate Wt./Ft., lb.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

IWRC

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Fiber Core

IWRC

Fiber Core

1/4

CX01-0113

3.40

CX01-0155

3.02

0.116

0.105

5/16

CX01-0114

5.27

CX01-0156

4.69

0.180

0.164

3/8

CX01-0115

7.55

CX01-0157

6.71

0.260

0.236

7/16

CX01-0116

10.2

CX01-0158

9.09

0.35

0.32

IWRC

Fiber Core

1/2

CX01-0077

14.6

CX01-0095

12.9

CX01-0117

13.3

CX01-0159

11.8

0.46

0.42

9/16

CX01-0078

18.5

CX01-0096

16.2

CX01-0118

16.8

CX01-0160

14.9

0.59

0.53

5/8

CX01-0079

22.7

CX01-0097

20.0

CX01-0119

20.6

CX01-0656

18.3

0.72

0.66

3/4

CX01-0080

32.4

CX01-0098

28.6

CX01-0120

29.4

CX01-0657

26.2

1.04

0.95

7/8

CX01-0081

43.8

CX01-0099

38.6

CX01-0121

39.8

CX01-0658

35.4

1.42

1.29

CX01-0082

57.5

CX01-0100

50.0

CX01-0122

51.7

CX01-0659

46.0

1.85

1.68

1 1/8

CX01-0083

71.5

CX01-0101

63.0

CX01-0123

65.0

CX01-0660

57.9

2.34

2.13

1 1/4

CX01-0084

87.9

CX01-0102

77.5

CX01-0124

79.9

CX01-0661

71.0

2.89

2.63

1 3/8

CX01-0085

106.0

CX01-0103

93.0

CX01-0125

96.0

CX01-0662

85.4

3.50

3.18

1 1/2

CX01-0086

125.0

CX01-0104

111.0

CX01-0126

114.0

CX01-0663

101.0

4.16

3.78

1 5/8

CX01-0087

145.0

CX01-0105

129.0

CX01-0127

132.0

CX01-0664

118.0

4.88

4.44

1 3/4

CX01-0088

168.0

CX01-0106

149.0

CX01-0128

153.0

CX01-0665

136.0

5.67

5.15

1 7/8

CX01-0089

191.0

CX01-0107

169.0

CX01-0129

174.0

CX01-0666

155.0

6.50

5.91

CX01-0090

218.0

CX01-0108

192.0

CX01-0130

198.0

CX01-0667

176.0

7.39

6.72

2 1/8

CX01-0091

243.0

CX01-0109

215.0

CX01-0131

221.0

CX01-0668

197.0

8.35

7.59

2 1/4

CX01-0092

272.0

CX01-0110

240.0

CX01-0132

247.0

CX01-0669

220.0

9.36

8.51

2 3/8

CX01-0093

301.0

CX01-0111

266.0

CX01-0133

274.0

CX01-0670

244.0

10.4

9.48

2 1/2

CX01-0094

332.0

CX01-0112

293.0

CX01-0134

302.0

CX01-0671

269.0

11.6

10.5

2 5/8

CX01-0135

331.0

12.8

11.6

2 3/4

CX01-0136

361.0

14.0

12.7

2 7/8

CX01-0137

392.0

15.3

13.9

CX01-0138

425.0

16.6

15.1

3 1/8

CX01-0139

458.0

18.0

16.4

3 1/4

CX01-0140

492.0

19.5

17.7

3 3/8

CX01-0141

529.0

21.0

19.1

3 1/2

CX01-0142

564.0

22.7

20.6

3 5/8

CX01-0143

602.0

24.3

3 3/4

CX01-0144

641.0

26.0

3 7/8

CX01-0145

680.0

27.7

CX01-0146

720.0

29.6

4 1/8

CX01-0147

761.0

31.4

4 1/4

CX01-0148

803.0

33.4

4 3/8

CX01-0149

846.0

35.4

4 1/2

CX01-0150

889.0

37.4

4 5/8

CX01-0151

934.0

39.5

4 3/4

CX01-0152

979.0

41.7

4 7/8

CX01-0153

1024.0

43.9

CX01-0154

1070.0

46.2

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed.
Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only}, deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-16

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Galvanized "Aircraft" Cable
7 x 7 Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7x7

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0161
CX01-0162
CX01-0163
CX01-0164
CX01-0165
CX01-0166

1
Size
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
1/4"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
7.5 lbs.
16
28
43
62
106

Breaking Strength
Pounds*
480
920
1,700
2,600
3,700
6,100

Size
3/32"
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
7/32"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
17.4 lbs.
29
45 lbs.
65
86 lbs.
110
173 lbs.
243

Breaking Strength
Pounds*
1,000
2,000
2,800
4,200
5,600
7,000
9,800
14,400

7 x 19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7 x 19

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0167
CX01-0168
CX01-0169
CX01-0170
CX01-0171
CX01-0172
CX01-0173
CX01-0174

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.


(Aircraft Cable has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope
intended for industrial and marine application.)
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-17

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Stainless Steel "Aircraft" Cable

7 x 7 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

7x7

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX01-0175
CX01-0176
CX01-0177

1/16"**
3/32"**
1/8"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
Pounds
7.5
16.0
28.0

Breaking
Strength
Pounds*
480
920
1,760

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
Breaking Strength.
**According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

7 x 19

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX01-0178
CX01-0179
CX01-0180
CX01-0181
CX01-0182
CX01-0183
CX01-0184

3/32"**
1/8"**
5/32"**
3/16"**
1/4"**
5/16"**
3/8"**

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
Pounds
17
29
45
65
110
173
243

Breaking
Strength
Pounds*
920
1,760
2,400
3,700
6,400
9,000
12,000

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
breaking strength.
**According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 316

7 x 19

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX01-0185
CX01-0186
CX01-0187
CX01-0188
CX01-0189

1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
Pounds
29
65
110
173
243

Breaking
Strength
Pounds*
1,670
3,565
5,875
8,825
11,760

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
Breaking Strength.

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.


(Aircraft Cable has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7x7 and 7x19 construction wire rope
intended for industrial and marine application.)
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

1-18

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES

6 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

6 x 19 (1 + 6 + 12)
WITH IWRC

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0190
CX01-0191
CX01-0192
CX01-0193
CX01-0194

Diameter
Inches

Approx. Weight
per Foot, Pounds

Breaking
Strength, Pounds*

7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4

.35
.46
.59
.72
1.04

16,300
22,800
28,500
35,000
49,600

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
**Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

6 x 36 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

6 x 36 WARRINGTON
SEALE WITH IWRC

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0195
CX01-0196
CX01-0197
CX01-0198
CX01-0199
CX01-0200
CX01-0201
CX01-0202

Diameter
Inches

Approx. Weight
per Foot, Pounds

Breaking
Strength, Pounds*

3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

.24
.35
.46
.59
.72
1.04
1.42
1.85

12,000
16,300
22,800
28,500
35,000
49,600
66,500
85,400

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
**Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

Cable-Laid Wire Rope**


Galvanized, preformed.

7 x 7 x 7 CABLE-LAID

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0203
CX01-0204
CX01-0205
CX01-0206
CX01-0207
CX01-0208
CX01-0209
CX01-0210

Diameter
Inches
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4

Construction
7x7x7
7x7x7
7x7x7
7 x 7 x 19
7 x 7 x 19
7 x 7 x 19
7 x 7 x 19
7 x 7 x 19

Approx. Weight
per Foot, Pounds
.21
.37
.58
.88
1.19
1.56
1.94
2.39

Breaking
Strength, tons*
5.7
9.75
14.6
21.4
28.4
36.2
44.7
53.7

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
**Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

7 x 7 x 19 CABLE-LAID

1-19

GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES


Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable

Clear Vinyl Coated Galvanized Aircraft Cable

7x7

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0211
CX01-0212
CX01-0213
CX01-0214
CX01-0215
CX01-0216
CX01-0217
CX01-0218

Cable
Diameter
1/16"**
3/32"**
3/32"**
1/8"
1/8"**
3/16"**
1/4"**
5/16"**

Coated
to
1/8"
1/8"
3/16"
3/16"
3/16"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
Pounds
11.8
18.5
25.8
35.2
36.2
77.5
123.0
197.0

Breaking
Strength
Pounds*
480
920
920
1,700
2,000
4,200
7,000
9,800

Construction
7x7
7x7
7x7
7x7
7 x 19
7 x 19
7 x 19
7 x 19

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors.


Approx. 3 weeks delivery.
* Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions.
Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

7 x 19

Clear Vinyl Coated Stainless Aircraft Cable, Type 304

7 x 19

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0219
CX01-0220
CX01-0221
CX01-0222
CX01-0223

Cable Diameter
1/8"**
3/16"**
1/4"**
5/16"**
3/8"**

Coated
to
3/16"
1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
7/16"

Approx. Weight
per 1000 ft.
Pounds
36.2
77.5
123.0
197.0
270.0

Breaking
Strength
Pounds*
1,760
3,700
6,400
9,000
12,000

Construction
7 x 19
7 x 19
7 x 19
7 x 19
7 x 19

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors.


Approx. 3 weeks delivery.
* Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions.
Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.


(Aircraft Cable has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope
intended for industrial and marine application.)
When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable, match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16 cable coated
to 1/4 takes 3/16 clip.) Strip plastic coating off cable where clips will be positioned for full holding power.
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

1-20

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
The accepted definition of rotation resistant rope as stated in the Wire Rope Users Manual is:

DIAGRAMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF ROTATION


VARIOUS ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS

ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE - a wire rope consisting of


an inner layer of strands laid in one direction covered by
a layer of strands laid in the opposite direction.This has
the effect of counteracting torque by reducing the tendency of the finished rope to rotate.
While this properly defines the ropes, it does not tell the
complete story about a commonly misunderstood and
often misused product. Over the years, this type of rope
has been known by various names such as Non-Rotating
and Spin-Resistant. Several years ago, in order to more
accurately describe the ropes and avoid confusion, they
were categorized as Rotation Resistant Ropes. Bridon
American produces and markets three different types of
Rotation Resistant Ropes that can be grouped as follows
STANDARD ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
19 x 7
18 x 7 FC
8 x 19 IWRC
SPECIAL ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
Endurance Dyform - 18
MULTIPLE STRAND ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
Endurance Dyform - 34LR
Endurance 35LS
All these ropes have specific operating and performance
characteristics and some have limitations. An overview
of certain operating characteristics shows the following:

Multiple Part
Reeving
Single Part
Reeving
Swivels
Strength
Preformed
Multiple Layer
Winding
Prevention of
Block
Spinning

19 x 7
18 x 7 FC

8 x 19
IWRC

DYF-18

34LR
35LS

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No
Low
Yes

No
Low
Yes

No
High
Partially

Yes
Highest
No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

N/A

Good

Much
Better

Best

STANDARD APPLICATIONS
Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC,
8 x 19 IWRC
Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists Dyform-18
Tower Cranes and various hoisting applications
Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS
All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in a variety of
other applications, but the specific application and the
operating requirements should be carefully reviewed by
BAC Technical Services or a qualified person before a recommendation can be made.
SEIZING AND CUTTING
Because Rotation Resistant Ropes can be difficult to
properly identify by sight, it is recommended that all
Rotation Resistant Ropes be tightly seized with wire,
strand or tape, or welded before cutting. It is important
that all Rotation Resistant Ropes be prevented from
unlaying when cut regardless of construction. General
guidelines for seizing and welding are shown in the detail
below. Endurance 35LS and Dyform-34LR should have
welded ends and not seized ends.
PREFORMED/NON-PREFORMED
Rotation Resistant Ropes are special ropes and are produced with special manufacturing techniques to meet all
of the required operating parameters of the ropes. To
prevent confusion as to which are preformed, partially
preformed and non-preformed. Bridon American attaches
a warning tag on all Rotation Resistant Ropes to indicate
that they should always be properly seized when cut.

NOTE:Two seizings are recommended for non-preformed rope


and one seizing for preformed rope. Each seizing should be at
least one rope diameter in length.
A. 19 x 7; B. 8 x 19 IWRC; C. Dyform-18; D. Dyform-34LR;
E. Endurance 35LS

1-24
1-21

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation

WELDED ENDS
A welded rope end can facilitate the installation of a
Rotation Resistant Rope in a wedge socket.A welded
rope end combined with a tail of less than 20 rope diameters can cause rope distortion. If the proper tail length is
used, a welded end is acceptable.
Capped welded end.

are not shock loaded, and the ropes are frequently


inspected by a qualified person. BAC recommends that
each application requiring the use of a swivel with
Standard or Special Rotation Resistant Ropes be reviewed
and approved by a qualified person.
There has been some confusion about swivels attached
between the rope and the dead end attachment point
and swivels below the traveling block (between the
block and the load). For the purpose of the previous discussion, we are referring to the swivel attachment
between the rope and the dead end attachment point.
Most swivels below the traveling block are not anti-friction ball bearing swivels.
MULTIPLE PART REEVING
19 x 7 and 18 x 7 FC ropes are not recommended for
multiple part reeving. These ropes do not perform well
and tend to become imbalanced when used in this manner. The 8 x 19 IWRC ropes, Dyform-18, Dyform-34LR,
and Endurance 35LS are more stable constructions and
can be used in multiple part reeving.

Tapered and welded end.

HANDLING INSTALLATION
Rotation Resistant Ropes must have properly seized, or
welded ends. They must be installed without inducing
twist or turn. They must not be kinked, and they must
have the proper tail length at the wedge socket.
WEDGE SOCKETS
All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used with standard
wedge sockets. Certain precautions must be taken. All
Rotation Resistant Ropes should be tightly seized with
wire, strand or tape, or welded to prevent loss of rope lay
at the dead end. Loss of rope lay will change the operating characteristics of the ropes and can cause high
strands and rope distortion.
The dead end should be a minimum length of 20 rope
diameters for all Rotation Resistant Ropes. A wire rope
clip may be attached to the dead end.

SINGLE PART HOISTING


All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in single part
hoisting. However, the limitations of single part hoisting
must be understood. Rotation Resistant Ropes will develop torque when a load is applied and rotation of the load
can occur. The amount of rotation depends on many factors.
If the loads being handled under all operating conditions
are within the recommended design factors, the amount
of rotation should not cause problems. If the rope is
shock loaded or loaded beyond the recommended design
factor, rotation of the rope will be a problem. As stated
previously, when Rotation Resistant Ropes rotate, the
strength of the rope is reduced. If the rotation is severe
enough, the rope can fail or rapidly develop broken
wires and wear in the inner rope where it can be difficult
to detect.

SWIVELS
BACs recommendation is
that 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC, 8 x
19 IWRC, and Dyform-18
should not be dead ended
into a swivel.The multiple
strand Rotation Resistant
Ropes such as Dyform-34LR
and Endurance 35LS may be
used with a swivel in any
application.
The reason for this recommendation is that the standard Rotation Resistant
Ropes and the Special
Rotation Resistant Ropes
will rotate under load.
Excessive rotation will cause imbalance and reduction in
strength. Under a shock load or overload condition, the
strength of these ropes can be reduced as much as 50%.
BAC does recognize that there are certain applications or
operating requirements where a swivel must be used
with Rotation Resistant Ropes. In these cases, it is mandatory that the design factor be strictly followed, the ropes

ODD PART REEVING


Odd part reeving such as
3, 5 or 7 part can cause
problems if the traveling
block is not properly
aligned.While a greater
number of parts reeved in
an even number will
require slower hoisting
speeds, it can prevent
problems. If odd part
reeving is necessary, the
dead end at the traveling
block should be attached
to the center of the block
rather than at the side of
the block. (see below).An
odd part reeving system
can cause the traveling
block to be suspended
and hang at an angle.This
misalignment will induce
twist into the rope during
operation by the rope climbing the flange or rolling into
the sheaves of the traveling block during hoisting.

1-25
1-22

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation

FLEET ANGLES
Because Rotation Resistant Ropes develop less torque
under load than a standard 6 strand rope, there can be a
problem with rope pileup and poor spooling unless a
proper fleet angle is maintained. The fleet angle
becomes even more important with the very low torque
ropes such as Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS. A fleet
angle of 1/2 to 1-1/2 is recommended for Rotation
Resistant Ropes.

19 x 7 is shown in this band for information only


Wire Rope Cabling Bands
19 x 7 is not recommended for multiple part reeving

RETIREMENT CRITERIA
Recommended retirement criteria for all Rotation
Resistant Ropes are 2 broken wires in 6 rope diameters
or 4 broken wires in 30 rope diameters. (i.e. 6 rope diameters for a 1 diameter rope = 6).

CABLING GRAPH
Field research jointly conducted by the Wire Rope
Technical Board and the Power Crane and Shovel
Association has shown that cabling of the rope parts in a
multiple part reeved hoisting arrangement is controlled
by several factors. The following calculations and graphs
can be used to determine when and if cabling will occur
on multiple part reeved hoisting arrangements.
The graph illustrates two dimensional ratios. They are:
1. L/S = Length of fall per unit rope spacing
2. D/d = Average pitch diameter of traveling and crown
block sheave per unit rope diameter.
Various constructions of rope shown on the graph indicate the limited conditions for torsional stability with the
angular displacement of the hoist block to a maximum of
90 degrees.When the operating conditions for a particular installation give a resultant above the appropriate
band, then cabling of the falls will most likely occur. If
the operating conditions give a resultant below any particular band, the cabling of the falls will most likely not
occur. If the operating conditions for any particular
installation fall within the band, cabling is unpredictable.

Distortion of Rotation Resistant Ropes, as shown above,


can be caused by shock load/sudden load release and/or
induced torque and is the reason for immediate removal
from service.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SHEAVE AND DRUM
DIAMETERS
The minimum D/d ratio allowed by applicable codes and
standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant
Ropes are typically used is 18:1.
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DESIGN FACTOR
The minimum design factor allowed by applicable codes
and standards covering equipment where Rotation
Resistant Ropes are typically used is 5.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-26
1-23

ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES


Bridon American Corporation
19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope

Blue Strand Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full


range of sizes, grades and constructions:
Standard constructions for single part and multipart
lifting.
Special wire rope constructions for increased service
life in particularly demanding applicationsDYFORM18, Dyform 34LR and 35LS.

Characteristics
Inner strands are left lang lay; outer
strands are right regular lay; the natural
rotation tendency of one layer is balanced by the other. Not recommended
for multiple part lifting.

NOTE:
1. Swivels are not recommended for use with rotation
resistant ropes.
2.Although B30 standards permit rotation resistant ropes
to be used under certain conditions at design factors of
3.5:1, we recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1
and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope life.
Order Guide:
19 x 7 is a bright, IWRC, right regular wire rope. It may
be ordered in diameters from 3/16 to 1 5/8EIP or IPS
grade.
8 x 19 is a bright, IWRC, right regular lay wire rope. It
may be ordered in diameters from 7/16 to 1 1/2EIP
or IPS.
Dyform-18 is a bright, special grade, strand core, right regular lay wire rope. It may be ordered in diameters from
3/8 to 1 1/4.
Dyform 34LR and 34LS are specially constructed wire
ropes. Inquire for details.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0293
CX01-0294
CX01-0295
CX01-0296
CX01-0297
CX01-0298
CX01-0299
CX01-0300
CX01-0301
CX01-0302
CX01-0303
CX01-0304
CX01-0305
CX01-0306
CX01-0307

19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope


Nominal Strength,*
Diam.,
Tons
EIP
IPS
in.
1/8
6.15
5.59
3/16
1.57
1.42
1/4
2.77
2.51
5/16
4.30
3.90
7/16
8.33
7.58
1/2
10.8
9.85
9/16
13.6
12.4
5/8
16.8
15.3
3/4
24.0
21.8
7/8
32.5
29.5
1
42.2
38.3
1 1/8
53.1
48.2
1 1/4
65.1
59.2
1 3/8
78.4
71.3
1 1/2
92.8
84.4

Approx.
Wt./Ft.,
lb.
0.25
0.064
0.113
0.177
0.35
0.45
0.58
0.71
1.02
1.39
1.82
2.30
2.80
3.43
4.08

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking
strengths listed.
Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.
When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to
rotate.

8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Ropes

Characteristics
Inner and outer strands are laid in opposing directions to
counter rotation. More easily damaged in service than other
ropes. Can be used for multiple part lifting.

8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Rope


Nominal Strength,*
Approx.
Diam.,
Tons
Wt./Ft.,
CERTEX
in.
lb.
Cat. Ref. No.
EIP
IPS
CX01-0308
7/16
8.97
7.80
0.36
CX01-0309
1/2
11.7
10.2
0.47
CX01-0310
9/16
14.7
12.8
0.60
CX01-0311
5/8
18.1
15.7
0.73
CX01-0312
3/4
25.9
22.6
1.06
CX01-0313
7/8
35.0
30.5
1.44
CX01-0314
1
45.5
39.6
1.88
CX01-0315
1 1/8
57.3
49.8
2.39
CX01-0316
1 1/4
70.5
61.3
2.94
CX01-0317
1 3/8
84.9
73.8
3.56
CX01-0318
1 1/2
100.0
87.3
4.24
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking
strengths listed.
Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.
When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to
rotate.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-27
1-24

HIGH PERFORMANCE LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES


Dyform-18 Rotation Resistant Ropes

Characteristics
Compacted strands with outside and inside strands laid
in opposite directions for superior rotation resistance.
Can be used for multiple part lifting. Dyform-18 has up
to 35% greater strength than conventional 19 x 7 EIP
wire rope.

High strength Rotation Resistant rope incorporating


Dyform strands - confirmed by Bridons Powercheck
testing of a smple from each production length.
Good resistance to rotaions - confirmed by Bridons
unique Twishcheck type testing program.
Superior bending fatigue life when compared with conventional multistrand ropes - confirmed by laboratory
testing and extensive field experience.
Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting
from the overall compactness and robustness of the rope
and the Dyform strands - recommended when multi-layer
spooling is involved.
Reduced elongation results from increased steel content
and the Dyform process.
-34LR
Optional plastic Dyform
coating of IWRC
to further extend
fatique life, improve structural stability and resistance to
corrosion.

Characteristics
Other sizes available on request
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed.
Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-25

LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES


Dyform-34LR and 34XL

1
34 x 7

Strongest of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product


range - confirmed by Bridons Powercheck testing of
a sample from each production length.
Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the
Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by
Bridons unique Twistcheck type testing program.
Superior bending fatigue life when compared with
conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by
laboratory testing and extensive field experience.
Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting
from the overall compactness and robustness of the
rope and the Dyform strands - recommended when
multi-layer spooling is involved.
Reduced elongation results from increased steel
content and the Dyform process.
Optional plastic coating of IWRC to further extend
fatigue life, improve structural stability and resistance
to corrosion.

Dyform-34Max
Diameter
in
1

mm
26
28

1 1/8
1 1/4

32

Approx mass
WSC
lb.ft
2.26
2.39
2.76
2.86
3.74

kg/ft
0.99
1.09
1.25
1.25
1.64

Minimum breaking force


Rope Grade
34MAX
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No
tons
kN
76.9
684.0
78.2
696.0
89.7
798.0
91.5
814.0
122.0 1085.0

Dyform-34LR
Diameter

in
1/2

mm
13
14

9/16
5/8
3/4

16
18
19
20
22

7/8
24
25

1
26
28
1 1/8

1 1/4
1 1/2

29
30
32
38

Minimum breaking force


Rope Grade

Approx mass
WSC
lb.ft
0.54
0.57
0.65
0.68
0.84
1.07
1.21
1.32
1.61
1.65
1.92
2.1
2.15
2.28
2.63
2.73
2.94
3.07
3.37
4.92

kg/ft
0.24
0.26
0.30
0.30
0.37
0.48
0.53
0.60
0.73
0.73
0.87
0.93
0.95
1.04
1.19
1.20
1.30
1.36
1.49
2.17

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No
CX01-0352
CX01-0353
CX01-0354
CX01-0355
CX01-0357
CX01-0359
CX01-0360
CX01-0361
CX01-0363
CX01-0364
CX01-0366
CX01-0368
CX01-0369
CX01-0371
CX01-0372
CX01-0373
CX01-0374
-

34LR
1960
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No
tons
kN
16.5
147.0
CX01-0375
17.3
154.0
CX01-0376
20.1
179.0
CX01-0377
20.8
185.0
CX01-0378
26.1
232.0
CX01-0380
33.5
298.0
CX01-0382
37
329.0
CX01-0383
41.6
370.0
CX01-0384
49.7
442.0
CX01-0386
50.4
448.0
CX01-0387
59.3
528.0
CX01-0389
62.4
555.0
CX01-0391
69.5
618.0
CX01-0392
76
676.0
CX01-0394
79.5
689.0
CX01-0395
92.2
820.0
CX01-0396
98.2
874.0
CX01-0397
-

2160
tons
kN
18.0
160.0
18.7
166.0
21.5
191.0
22.7
201.0
28.2
251.0
35.9
319.0
40.0
356.0
44.6
397.0
54.2
482.0
54.8
487.0
64.0
569.0
71.7
638.0
74.0
658.0
82.6
735.0
83.6
744.0
94.0
836.0
110.2
980.0
-

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-26

34XL
2160
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No
tons
kN
CX01-0674
28.2
251.0
CX01-0677
40.0
356.0
CX01-0680
54.2
482.0
CX01-0681
54.8
487.0
CX01-0683
64.0
569.0
CX01-0684
69.7
620.0
CX01-0685
71.7
638.0
CX01-0686
74.0
658.0
CX01-0688
82.6
735.0
CX01-0689
83.6
744.0
CX01-0690
93.2
829.0
CX01-0691
110.2
980.0
CX01-0692
165.4 1472.0

LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES


Dyform-35LS

35 x 7

Highest breaking force of all conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by Bridons Powercheck testing of
a sample from each production length.
Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Bridons unique
Twistcheck type testing program.
Most flexible construction in the Rotation Resistant product range.

Characteristics
Same rotation resistance as Dyform-34LR; used for demanding applications whe
e highest strength is not mandatory.

35LS

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-27

HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Bridon International
Riser Tensioner Rope

11

Round Strand

Dyform Strand

A Riser Tensioner rope needs to be of a suitable material


and construction to withstand the adverse working conditions of this specific application, extreme conditions of
corrosion, fatique and internal wire pressures.
The common mode of failure of these ropes is from the
internal corrosion of the small wires of the core and the
subsequent lack of support to the strands resulting in
reduction in diameter, wire breaks and reduced tensile
strength.
To address this mode of failure, Bridon has designed and
produced a rope which incorporates the unique Bristar
Core.The core of the rope is fully impregnated with a high
density polymer and is precisely shaped during manufacturing to accurately produce its final shape in the completed rope. So, by accurately defining the core shape, the ulti-

mate dimensions and performance of the working rope are


controlled, resulting in the following operating benefits.
Corrosion protection
Of the independant Wire rope core
Reduced Internal Wire Stresses
Due to the improved support to the strands and a
cushion effect between strand and small core wires
Improved Fatigue life
Achieved by control and maintenance of a consisitent
strand gap
Reduced Sheave Wear
Dyformed Strand with additional contact area
Rope Diameter (ins.)
1 3/4
2
2 1/8
2 1/4

Round Strand
MBL lbs.
306,000
396,000
442,000
494,000

Dyform Strand
MBL lbs.
360,000
462,000
502,650
584,000

Available in 6 and 8 strand constructions

Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines


Improved Process Techniques
Strict Quality Control

The strength to weight ratio of Diamond Blue is much


higher than most other similar products on the market
and has been achieved through:
Precise Material Specifications

The benefits this high strength rope offers are:


a) by maintaining the Breaking Load
Smaller Rope Diameter
Reduced Piece Weights
Increased Rope Lengths
Down Size Handling Equipment
or, b) by maintaining the rope diameter
Additional Breaking Loads
Lower Percentage Working Stresses
Improved Working Life
Minimum Breaking Loads

Rope Diameter
mm
52
58
64
71
77
83
90
96
103
109
115
122
128

inches
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/4
4 1/2
4 3/4
5

Weight
Kg/100m
1100
1250
1660
1990
2340
2790
3210
3740
4340
4832
5624
6036
6879

Ungalvanised
CERTEX
API
Cat. Ref. No.
Tonnes
CX01-0401
180
CX01-0402
224
CX01-0403
274
CX01-0404
333
CX01-0405
389
CX01-0406
420
CX01-0407
519
CX01-0408
585
CX01-0409
665
CX01-0410
728
CX01-0411
805
CX01-0412
896
CX01-0413
978

Diamond
Tonnes
224
274
335
405
490
520
659
710
795
840
935
1025
1135

Galvanised
CERTEX
API
Cat. Ref. No.
Tonnes
CX01-0414
162
CX01-0415
202
CX01-0416
247
CX01-0417
295
CX01-0418
347
CX01-0419
402
CX01-0420
460
CX01-0421
516
CX01-0422
582
CX01-0423
652
CX01-0424
725
CX01-0425
801
CX01-0426
880

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-28
1-30

Diamond
Tonnes
224
274
335
405
490
555
659
710
795
840
935
1025
1135

HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Bridon American Corporation
Dyform - 6 Wire Rope
strength provides greater lifting capacity while prolonging rope life.
Increased Flexibility:
The manufacturing process of Dyform-6 ropes provides
increased flexibility which makes rope installation much
easier. Lower internal stresses of Dyform-6 ropes offer
longer bending fatigue life than standard six-strand ropes.
APPLICATIONS
Dyform-6 ropes should be used wherever increased
strength or longer service life is desired. It is especially
beneficial in those applications where the rope is subjected to heavy use. It has proven superior in such applications as boom hoist ropes, clam shell ropes, load hoist
ropes, ore bridges and winch lines. Rugged Dyform-6 provides performance superior to standard six-strand ropes
in all applications, especially those which are extremely
abusive.
CHARACTERISTICS
Greater Strength:
The superior strength of Dyform-6 is a direct result of the
Dyform process which increases the amount of steel and
reduces the amount of voids in the strands.The exceptional strength of Dyform-6 allows this product to meet
or exceed the strength requirements of the Extra Extra
Improved Plow Steel grade of wire rope.This increased

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0427
CX01-0428
CX01-0429
CX01-0430
CX01-0431
CX01-0432
CX01-0433
CX01-0434
CX01-0435
CX01-0436
CX01-0437
CX01-0438

Improved Crush Resistance:


The compact strand construction of Dyform-6 ropes provides for much higher resistance to crushing.This
improves the service life of the rope, especially in those
applications which have multiple layers on the drum.
Superior Lubrication:
Dyform-6 ropes are thoroughly lubricated at stranding
and closing with an exclusive Bridon American product,
which provides excellent lubrication throughout the life
of the rope. Each wire is completely coated at the time of
manufacture to ensure that the friction between all wires
is reduced to an absolute minimum.
Longer Rope Life:
The smooth periphery of Dyform-6 reduces bearing pressures which gives longer rope life and less downtime.The
Dyform process increases the steel surface area by 100%.
This increased surface area gives higher abrasion resistance, thus reducing rope and sheave wear.

STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE


DIAMETER*
APPROX. WEIGHT
INCHES
POUNDS PER FOOT
3/8
.31
7/16
.39
1/2
.49
9/16
.63
5/8
.78
3/4
1.13
7/8
1.54
1
2.00
1 1/8
2.54
1 1/4
3.14
1 3/8
3.80
1 1/2
4.50

NOMINAL STRENGTH
TONS
8.8
11.9
15.3
19.3
22.7
32.3
43.8
57.5
71.5
87.9
106.0
125.0

*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-31
1-29

11

HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Bridon American Corporation
Constructex Wire Rope

11

CHARACTERISTICS
Greater Strength:
The design of Constructex compacts more steel per
diameter which provides for higher strength.This allows
users to lift heavier loads while maintaining the same
rope diameter.
APPLICATIONS
Constructex is recommended as a tubing line where
longer service life is desired. Superior abrasion resistance
makes Constructex the ideal wire rope for use on scrapyard cranes. Constructex can be recommended with confidence wherever abusive applications exist.
Constructex can be recommended with confidence
wherever abrasion and crush resistance are a major concern. In the conventional crane market, this rope has
increased life on scrap cranes, clam shell holding and
closing lines and boom hoist lines. Constructex also has a
long history of superior performance as a tubing line in
the well servicing industry. Most recently, Constructex
has entered the rotary drill line industry and is outperforming standard 6x19s EIP IRWC RRL lines with up to
twice the ton-miles and increased strength. For example,
a rig using 1-3/8 Constructex will have a higher rope
strength and achieve more ton-miles per foot than a rig
using 1-1/2 6x19s EIP IWRC RRL.

Increased Crush Resistance:


The unique design of Constructex with its reduction of
internal voids makes it better to withstand crushing.This
makes Constructex the ideal rope for abusive applications.
Longer Rope Life:
The smooth outside surface of Constructex is a direct
result of the swaging process.This smooth surface of
greatly increased steel area enhances resistance to damage from abrasion.

STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX01-0439
CX01-0440
CX01-0441
CX01-0442
CX01-0443
CX01-0444
CX01-0445
CX01-0446
CX01-0447
CX01-0448

DIAMETER*
INCH
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4

APPROX. WEIGHT
POUNDS PER
FOOT
0.86
1.1
1.5
2.0
2.6
3.2
3.8
4.6
5.3
6.2

NOMINAL
STRENGTH
TONS
25.5
36.5
48.5
62.5
79.5
97.6
118.0
139.0
162.0
185.0

*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of


this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!

1-30
1-32

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


GENERAL INFORMATION

Figure 1.

NOMINAL SLING STRENGTH is based upon the nominal (catalog) rope strength of the wire rope used in the
sling and other factors which affect the overall strength
of the sling. These other factors include splicing efficiency, number of parts of rope in the sling, type of hitch
(e.g., straight pull, choker hitch, basket hitch, etc.), diameter around which the body of the sling is bent (D/d) and
the diameter of pin used in the eye of the sling (Figure 1).

TABLE 1
CHOKER HITCH
RATED CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT
RATED CAPACITY
ANGLE OF CHOKE
IWRC AND FC ROPE
IN DEGREES
PERCENT**
OVER 120
100
90-120
87
60- 89
74
30- 59
62
0 - 29
49
**Percent of sling rated capacity in a choker hitch.

Figure 4.

Figure 2.

SLING ANGLE is the angle measured between a horizontal line and the sling leg or body. This angle is very
important and can have a dramatic effect on the rated
capacity of the sling. As illustrated (Figure 2), when this
angle decreases, the load on each leg increases. This
principle applies whether one sling is used to pull at an
angle, in a basket hitch or for multi-legged bridle slings.
Sling angles of less than 30 degrees are not recommended.

Figure 3. Choker hitch rated capacity adjustment. For wire


rope slings in choker hitch when angle is less than 135.

CHOKER HITCH configurations affect the rated capacity


of a sling. This is because the sling leg or body is passed
around the load, through one end attachment or eye and
is suspended by the other end attachment or eye. The
contact of the sling body with the end attachment or eye
causes a loss of sling strength at this point. If a load is
hanging free, the normal choke angle is approximately 135
degrees. When the angle is less than 135 degrees an
adjustment in the sling rated capacity must be made
(Figure 3).

As can be seen, the decrease in rated capacity is dramatic.


Choker hitches at angles greater than 135 degrees are not
recommended since they are unstable. Extreme care
should be taken to determine the angle of choke as accurately as possible.
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCY is the efficiency of the
sling splice. Any time wire rope is disturbed such as in
splicing an eye, the strength of the rope is reduced. This
reduction must be taken into account when determining
the nominal sling strength and in calculating the rated
capacity. Each type of splice has a different efficiency,
thus the difference in rated capacities for different types
of slings. Nominal splice efficiencies have been established after many hundreds of tests over years of testing.
D/d ratio is the ratio of the diameter around which the
sling is bent divided by the body diameter of the sling
(Figure 4). This ratio has an effect on the rated capacity
of the sling only when the sling is used in a basket hitch.
Tests have shown that whenever wire rope is bent
around a diameter, the strength of the rope is decreased.
Figure 5 illustrates the percentage of decrease to be
expected. This D/d ratio is applied to wire rope slings to
assure that the strength in the body of the sling is at least
equal to the splice efficiency. When D/d ratios smaller
than those listed in the rated capacity tables are necessary, the rated capacity of the sling must be decreased.
RATED CAPACITY is the maximum static load a sling is
designed to lift. The tables give rated capacities in tons
of 2000 pounds. Rated capacities contained in all the
tables were calculated by computer. Each value was calculated starting wth the nominal component rope
strength and working up from there. Due to computer
rounding of numeric values, rated capacity values for 2, 3
or 4 leg slings may not be even multiples of single leg values and may differ by a small amount. This represents
the state-of-the-art technology and tables found in other
publications which differ by this small amount should
not be construed to be in error. The difference is generally no more than one unit for any sling diameter.

2-1

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Figure 5.
When a wire rope is bent around any sheave or other circular
object there is a loss of strength due to this bending action. As
the D/d ratio becomes smaller this loss of strength becomes
greater and the rope becomes less efficient. This curve, derived
from actual test data, relates the efficiency of a rope to different D/d ratios.This curve is based on static loads only and
applies to 6x19 and 6x37 class ropes.

damaged during the proof load.


EYE DIMENSIONS are generally eight (8) sling body
diameters wide by sixteen (16) body diameters long.
Whenever possible thimbles are recommended to protect
the rope in the sling eye. Eye dimensions for thimbles are
contained in table 2. Table 2 contains only dimensions
for thimbles used in standard single part slings. Other specialized thimbles are available. Consult your sling manufacturer for details.
PIN DIAMETER should not be any greater than the natural width of the sling eye. For any sized eye and type of
sling body, the maximum allowable pin diameter may be
calculated as follows:
Maximum pin diameter = (2L + W) x 0.2
Where
L = length of eye
W = width of eye
The minimum pin diameter should never be smaller than
the nominal sling diameter.
GRADE & CONSTRUCTION of wire rope for slings is
generally accepted to be bright Improved Plow Steel or
Extra Improved Plow Steel grade 6x19 or 6x37 classification regular lay. IWRC rope has a higher rated capacity
than Fiber Core rope for mechanically spliced slings, but
the same rated capacity for hand tucked slings. This is
because when making a hand tucked splice, the core
(IWRC) of the rope is cut in the splice area and doesnt
add to the overall strength of the sling. Rated capacities
of slings using galvanized rope depend on the method of
galvanizing. The sling manufacturer should be consulted
regarding rated capacities for these types of slings.

Figure 6.

Figure 7. For bridle slings with legs of unequal length, use the
smallest horizontal angle for rated capacity calculations.

PROOF LOAD is a specific load applied to a sling or


assembly in a non-destructive test to verify the workmanship of the sling. All swaged socket or poured socket
assemblies should be proof loaded. The proof load is
generally two (2) times the vertical rated capacity for
mechanical splice slings. The maximum proof load for
hand tucked slings is 1.25 times the vertical rated capacity. Care should be taken to assure that sling eyes are not

MINIMUM SLING BODY LENGTH is the minimum


length of wire rope between splices, sleeves or fittings.
Generally the minimum body length is equal to ten (10)
times the sling body diameter. This allows approximately
one and one half (1 1/2) rope lays between splices. For
multi-part slings the minimum body length between
splices is equal to forty (40) times the component rope
diameter.
LENGTH TOLERANCE is generally plus or minus two (2)
body diameters, or plus or minus 0.5% of the sling length,
whichever is greater. The legs of bridle slings, or matched
slings are normally held to within one (1) body diameter.
Tolerances on poured or swaged socket assemblies are
generally much closer. Tolerances should always be specified to the sling manufacturer before the order is placed.
This eliminates a lot of frustration and confusion later.

2-2

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

HAND TUCKED SPLICE


A HAND TUCKED splice is made by passing the wire rope
around a thimble or forming an eye and splicing the dead
end (short end) into the live end (long end) of the rope.
Normally, each dead end strand is given one forming tuck
and three full tucks around the same strand in the body
of the rope. One additional full tuck is made when splicing more pliable wire ropes such as 6x37 classification.
A forming tuck is made by prying two adjacent strands
apart, inserting a dead end strand into the opening and
passing the strand under one, two, or three adjacent
strands in the body of the rope. The dead end strand is
set or locked tightly.
A full tuck is made by inserting a dead end strand under
and rotating it one full 360 degrees turn around a strand
in the body of the wire rope. The tucked strand is set or
locked tightly. Each subsequent full turn of the dead end
strand around the live end strand constitutes an additional full tuck.
Setting or locking of a dead end strand is accomplished by pulling the strand end in under considerable
force. A marlin spike is inserted in the same opening in
the body of the rope ahead of the tucked strand and is
rotated about the axis of the rope back to the start of the
splice or toward the previous tuck. This helps set the
tuck.

Certain end usages may indicate the desirability of special


splices such as the Navy Admiralty Splice or logging
splice. Splices made by these special methods may also
attain the efficiencies used in calculating the rated capacity tables where the rope quality and number of tucks are
equivalent to that outlined above. Development of such
efficiencies should be confirmed by the sling fabricators
making such splices.
Serving or wrapping of wire rope sling splices does not
affect the spicing efficiencies nor rated capacities. Such
servings are optional, although unserved splices are preferred because they permit visual inspection of the
spliced area.
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES are measured in
terms of efficiency (where efficiency = actual breaking
strength of spliced termination divided by actual breaking strength of rope). This efficiency will change from
splice to splice because of the many variable factors
involved in producing the splice. Splice efficiencies given
in table 3 were established so that these normal variations are accommodated. The design factor used in
establishing the rated capacities further assures that the
sling will lift the load even in those rare instances when
the splice efficiency falls slightly below the values given
in the tables. Rated capacities shown in this manual have
met with the most exacting test, that of the test of time
and use in over fifty years of actual field experience.

TABLE 3
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES
HAND TUCKED SPLICE
IPS AND EIPS
IMPROVED PLOW STEEL AND EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
6x19 & 6x37 CLASS ROPES
Rope
Nominal
Rope
Nominal
Dia.
Eff. Factor
Dia.
Eff. Factor
1/4
.90
1 1/4
.80
5/16
.89
1 3/8
.80
3/8
.88
1 1/2
.80
7/16
.87
1 5/8
.80
1/2
.86
1 3/4
.80
9/16
.85
1 7/8
.80
5/8
.84
2
.80
3/4
.82
2 1/8
.80
7/8
.80
2 1/4
.80
1
.80
2 3/8
.80
1 1/8
.80
2 1/2
.80

2-3

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS for hand tucked slings are


about the same as for any other type of sling. The use of
a swivel on single leg lifts as well as free hanging loads
which may rotate is not recommended. A tag line should
always be used to prevent rotation of the sling body.
When the sling body of a hand tucked splice is allowed
to rotate, the splice could unlay and pull out, thus causing
the load to drop.

Flemish eye splice.

MECHANICAL SPLICE
MECHANICAL SPLICE slings come in two basic types.
One being the Returned Loop and the other the Flemish

Eye or farmers splice. In either case, the splice is completed by pressing (swaging) one or more metal sleeves over
the rope juncture.
The returned loop is fabricated by forming a loop at the
end of the rope, sliding one or more metal sleeves over
the short end of the loop eye and pressing these sleeves
to secure the end of the rope to the sling body. This
makes an economical sling and in most cases one that
will give satisfactory service. A drawback to this type of
sling is that the lifting capacity of the sling depends 100%
upon the integrity of the pressed or swaged joint. Should
the metal sleeve(s) fail, the entire eye will also fail.
The flemish eye splice is fabricated by opening or unlaying the rope body into two parts, one having three
strands and the other having the remaining three strands
and the core. The rope is unlayed far enough back to
allow the loop or eye to be formed by looping one part
in one direction and the other part in the other direction
and laying the rope back together. The strands are rolled
back around the rope body. A metal sleeve is then
slipped over the ends of the splice and pressed (swaged)
to secure the ends to the body of the sling. Nominal
splice efficiencies expressed in table 4 and in the rated
capacity tables are based on this splicing method. Splice
efficiencies for other splicing methods should be confirmed by the sling manufacturer.

TABLE 4
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES
MECHANICAL SPLICED SLINGS
IMPROVED PLOW STEEL:
Diameter
IWRC
FIBER CORES
1/4 through 1"
.95
.925
1 1/16 through 2"
.925
.90
2 1/16 & larger
.90
Not Established
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL:
1/4 through 1"
.95
1 1/16 through 2"
.925
2 1/16 & larger
.90
STAINLESS STEEL, 302 & 304 GRADE:
1/4 through 1"
.95
1 1/16 through 2"
.925
2 1/16 & larger
.90

2-4

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Notice that the splice efficiency factor plays no role in


the calculation of the Choker Hitch rated capacity. This
is because as the rope passes through the eye of the sling
in a choke, the weakest part of the sling is in the body of
the sling at the choke point. Thus the splice being higher in efficiency, has no effect on the rated capacity,
because the efficiency factors are not additive.
Rated capacities for single part, choker and basket hitches are calculated exactly the same as for hand tucked
slings except for the nominal splice efficiencies. The
rated capacities adjustment table 1 for choker hitches
also applies for mechanical splice slings. Minimum D/d
ratio for basket hitches is 25. This larger D/d ratio is
required because the Nominal Splice Efficiency is higher.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS are no different from other
slings except care should be taken not to deform or damage the sleeve.
Stainless Steel slings which have sleeves made of a different grade or type metal than the rope body may experience accelerated deterioration due to an electro chemical
reaction between the two metals.This is particularly evident in salt water or brackish conditions.
ZINC OR RESIN POURED SOCKET
TYPE TERMINATIONS
While some people may debate whether zinc or resin
poured sockets are truly slings, they are generally included in the sling category. This type of termination has traditionally been the method for determining the ropes
actual breaking strength.All other types of end terminations have been compared to poured sockets. Their efficiency is therefore established to be 100% for all grades
and constructions of rope.
Choker hitches are not used as much with poured sockets as with the other more general types of slings. When
such slings are used in a choker hitch, the rated capacity
adjustment table 1 applies.
Rope assemblies with poured attachments are generally
used as a straight tension member where the rope body
does not contact the load and is otherwise kept free from
distortion or physical abuse. In such cases the minimum
recommended design factor is 3.0. If the assembly is used
as a sling then a design factor of 5.0 should be used to
calculate the rated capacity. Rated capacities for these
slings used in basket hitches are the same as mechanical
spliced slings and use the same D/d ratio factors.
Length tolerances for poured attachments can be somewhat more stringent than other types of slings. The manufacturer should be contacted and agreement reached
before the order is placed. Tolerance as small as plus or
minus 1/8 is not out of the ordinary for this type of
assembly. Specifications such as type of fitting, pin orientation, whether zinc or resin is to be used and type of
application should also be supplied to the manufacturer
when ordering these types of assemblies. Those inexperienced in the socketing process should not try to fabricate assemblies without first getting expert training. It is
far better to leave fabrication of this type of assembly to
the experts. The following socketing methods are general in nature and have withstood the test of time. Slight
variations to these methods will produce equal results.

The two procedures, while achieving the same end


result, differ significantly. It is highly recommended that
all poured sockets whether they be zinc or resin, be
proofloaded.
CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Cable-Laid Slings are fabricated from a machine made
rope comprised of seven small wire ropes. The cable-laid
body is typically 7x7x7, 7x7x19, or 7x6x19 Classification
IWRC. This construction makes for a pliable rope and
sling. These slings are used where flexibility and resistance to kinking and setting are more important than
resistance to abrasion. Since the rope is made up of many
smaller wire ropes, the slings can bend around smaller
diameters without taking a permanent set or a kink. The
many small wires are susceptible to abrasion.
The rated capacity adjustment Table 1 for choker hitches
applies to cable-laid slings as well. Note the difference in
the efficiency factor for calculating vertical choker hitch
rated capacities.
Rated capacity for a basket hitch is based on a D/d ratio of
10, where d is the diameter of the cable-laid fabric.
Tolerances and minimum sling lengths are also figured
using the cable-laid fabric diameter.
BRAIDED MULTI-PART SLINGS
Multi-part braided slings or Multi-Parts as they are known,
are generally hand fabricated slings which are braided
from 2, 3, 4 and up to as many as 48 pieces or parts of rope.
Generally 4, 6, 8 & 9 parts are the more common.They can
be either flat or round and offer the ultimate in flexibility
and versatility. These are truly the heavy weights of the
lifting industry. This book covers only the round type
slings. They snug up tightly to the load in a choker hitch
and resist kinking and setting. Loads in excess of 4000 tons
have been lifted with multi-part slings.
Nominal Splice Efficiency for multi-part slings is 0.70 for
component ropes 3/32 through 2 diameters. For larger
component rope slings, consult the sling manufacturer
for splice efficiencies.
Because of the multi-rope component construction, multipart slings react differently than standard wire rope slings
in a choker hitch therefore the nominal splice efficiency
is present in the equation. The adjustment Table 1
applies to multi-part slings also.
Rated Capacity for a basket hitch is based on a minimum
D/d ratio of 25, where d = component rope diameter.
Length tolerances for component ropes of 3/8 diameter
and smaller are plus or minus 10 component rope diameters, or plus or minus 1.5% of the sling length whichever
is greater. The legs of matched slings shall be within 5
component rope diameters of each other. For component
rope diameters 7/16 and larger, the tolerance is plus or
minus 6 component rope diameters, or plus or minus 1%
of the sling length whichever is the greater. Legs of
matched slings shall be within 3 component rope diameters of each other.
Minimum Sling Length between loops, sockets or sleeves
is recommended to be 40 times the component rope
diameter of the braided body.

2-5

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

GROMMETS
Grommets are a unique type of sling. They form a complete circle and automatically double the number of lifting legs. Several types are available, such as strand laid
hand tucked, strand laid mechanical, cable laid hand
tucked and cable laid mechanical. Grommets work well
in basket and choker hitches and general applications
will find them used in this manner. Another unique
advantage to grommets is that the load contact points
may be rotated or moved around the sling to even out
the wear points. The only area that should not come into
contact with the load is the splice area. The sling manufacturer will usually mark the area of hand tucked grommets with paint to help the user more easily identify the
splice area.
Tolerances for grommets are generally plus or minus 1%
of the circumferential length or 6 body diameters
whichever is greater.
A minimum circumference of 96 body diameters is recommended. This measurement is normally an inside circumferential measurement. The requirement for a minimum circumference of 96 times the body diameter for
grommets and endless slings was based on the require-

Rope
Dia.
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4

ment to have at least three free rope lays on either side of


the tuck of a hand spliced endless grommet prior to
being bent around a hook or pin five times the body
diameter. To eliminate the possibility of confusion, this
requirement was adopted for mechanically spliced endless grommets as well. Consult the sling manufacturer for
smaller circumferences.
The same general precautions apply to grommets as
apply to all other types of slings. However, it should be
noted that since a grommet is a continuous circle, the
D/d ratio becomes a very important consideration. The
D/d ratio must be applied to the lifting pins as well as to
the load. Normally the lifting pins will be the smallest
diameter in the system other than the diameter of the
grommet. No loads should be handled on D/d smaller
than 5 times the sling body diameter. If they must, consult
the sling manufacturer. Rated capacities covered in this
section are based on a D/d ratio of 5.
STRAND LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET
A Strand Laid Hand Tucked Grommet is made from one
continuous length of strand. No sleeves are used to make
the joint. This results in a very smooth circular sling.

TABLE 6
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES
STRAND LAID TUCKED GROMMETS
Nominal
Rope
Eff. Factor
Dia.
.78
1 3/8
.78
1 1/2
.78
1 5/8
.78
1 3/4
.78
1 7/8
.78
2
.78
2 1/8
.78
2 1/4
.78
2 3/8
.775
2 1/2
.765
2 3/4
.755
3

2-6

Nominal
Eff. Factor
.745
.735
.730
.725
.720
.715
.710
.705
.700
.695
.690
.685

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Because of the sling body construction, grommet slings


react differently than standard wire rope slings in a choker type hitch therefore the presence of the nominal
splice efficiency factor in the equation. Rated capacity
adjustment Table 1 applies.
STRAND LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE GROMMET
Strand Laid Mechanical Splice grommets are made from
one continuous length of wire rope joined by pressing or
swaging one or more sleeves over the rope juncture.This
type of grommet is not as smooth as the hand tucked, but
offers economy and ease of manufacture. An advantage is
that the swaged sleeves give clear indication of the splice
area.

Rope
Dia.
3/8
9/16
5/8
3/4
15/16
1 1/8
1 1/2

CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET


Cable Laid Hand Tucked Grommets are fabricated in the
same manner as strand laid hand tucked grommets
except one continuous length of wire rope is used. This
makes for a flexible smooth sling. The body diameters
are somewhat odd sized because the grommet body is
built up from a standard diameter component rope.
CABLE LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE
(See Rated Capacity Tables Section)
Cable Laid Mechanical Splice Grommets are fabricated
from one continuous length of cable laid wire rope fabric
with the ends joined by one or more mechanical sleeves.
They are similar to strand laid mechanical splice grommets, but offer greater flexibility.

TABLE 7
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES
CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMETS
Nominal
Rope
Nominal
Eff. Factor
Dia.
Eff. Factor
.78
1 11/16
.750
.78
1 7/8
.745
.78
2 1/4
.735
.775
2 5/8
.725
.770
3
.715
.765
3 3/8
.705
.755

Dependability In LiftingEverywhere, Every Time.

Youre in a tough lifting situation. Valuable equipment and the


lives of your workers are on the
line. You have to meet deadlines,
observe regulations and stay
within a budget. The slightest
overlooked detail can put employees and valuable equipment in
harms way. Are you sure you
have every detail covered?
When youre taking on the
weight of the world, turn to CERTEX, the lifting experts, for the

2-7

experience and resources to


make your most complex lifting
challenge like just another day at
the office.
CERTEX puts its world-wide
network into the hands of local
companies who know your needs
and are close at hand to serve
you.

Lifting Products and Services

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


GUIDELINES FOR THE RIGGER

Some Useful Guidelines For the Rigger


On the following pages are some useful tips to help the
rigger do his job more efficiently and safely. Prevailing
work rules and government regulations place full responsibility for proper performance upon the rigger, so it is
his duty to be familiar with the condition and capability
of all tools and equipment used, as well as techniques
employed. One basic rule always applies: Always
knownever guess.
Each lift may be divided into three parts, providing a convenient plan for proceeding:
1. The Lifting DeviceKnow its capability and limitations, and its condition. When was it last inspected? If
in doubt about capacity, check the placard.
2. The HitchHere is where the rigger can exercise
ingenuitybut its also the easiest place to make a
mistake.
3. The LoadThe weight must be known. But you must
also protect the load from possible damage by the
slingsand protect the slings from damage by the
load.

Type of Hitch Determines Choice of Sling

Is the lifting device adequate?


Check the placard on the crane or hoist, and then answer
three questions:
1. Is capacity adequate for this lift?
2. Will it lift high enough?
3. Is horizontal reach adequate?

Before you select a sling for a specific lift, determine the


most effective hitch to do the job, protect the load, and
protect the sling. One of three basic hitches will usually
do the job.
The type of hitch you select may determine the type of
sling body that will best do the job, as well as the length
of sling that will be needed. Lifting height, overhead clearance and hook travel will affect choice of hitch and
length of sling.
Choose a sling body type which will best support the
load while providing adequate rated capacity. The proper
choice will provide:
1. Lifting capacity needed.
2. Proper D/d Ratio.
3. Handling characteristics needed for rigging.
4. Minimal damage to the sling.
5. Minimal damage to the load.

Check the hook and reeving.


1. Are sheaves properly rigged? If multi-part reeving, will
it support the load?
2. Is the hook the right size so sling eye wont be distorted when put over the hook?
3. Check for cracks in bowl of the hook, and for evidence of point loading or bending to one side of 15%
or more.

2-8

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Protect the sling during the lift with blocking or padding


at sharp corners or where the sling body would be bent
severely.

Use blocking or padding to protect hollow vessels, loose


bundles and fragile items from scuffing and bending.
Remember that blocking becomes part of the lift, and
must be added to total weight on the sling.

Use a spreader bar between legs of a sling to prevent


excessive side pressure on the load by the sling during
the lift.

When lifting crates or wooden boxes with a basket hitch,


be sure load can withstand side pressure as tension is
applied to sling. Use spreader bars and corner protectors
to prevent damage to contents.

When attaching a sling to eye bolts, always pull on line


with the bolt axis.When hitching to bolts screwed into or
attached to a load, a side pull may break the bolts.
When lifting a bundled load with a single sling near the
center of gravity, a choke is more effective than a basket
hitch to prevent unbalance and slipping of the load in
the sling.

Use a shackle in the sling eye during a choke to protect


sling body against excessive distortion. Always put shackle pin through sling eye, rather than against the sling
bodysince sliding movement of sling body could rotate
pin, causing it to come loose.

Some riggers will use a double wrap around the load, for
360 gripping of the load, to prevent slippage during the
lift.

A sliding hook choker is superior to a shackle or unprotected eye, since it provides a greater bending radius for
the sling body.

2-9

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

You can reduce the angle of a choke with a wooden


block, or blocks, between the hitch and the load This
also increases the angle between the two legs to improve
sling efficiency.

Anytime a load is lifted beyond arms reach with a singlepart load line or straight eye-and-eye sling, use a tagline to
prevent load rotation. If a wire rope is permitted to
rotate, the strands may unlay and the ropes capacity will
be reduced.

When rigging two or more straight slings as a bridle,


select identical sling constructions of identical length
with identical previous loading experience. Normal
stretch must be the same for paired slings to avoid overloading individual legs and unbalancing the load during
the lift.

Single-part hand-spliced slings must not be permitted to


rotate when rigged in a straight, vertical hitch. Rotation
can cause the splice to unlay and pull out, resulting in
dropping of the load.

Two basket hitches can be rigged with two slings to provide better balance for long loads. Be sure that slings cannot slide toward one another along the load when the lift
is made.

Use an equalizing bar with double basket hitches to


reduce tendency of slings to slide together, and to keep
loads level. By adjusting the hook point and using a comealong or chain block to support the heavy end, the load
can be kept level during the lift.

WARNING
Hand-spliced slings should not be used
in lifts where the sling may rotate and
cause the wire rope to unlay.

Proper Use of Cribbing

Incorrect

2-10

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

To turn from side (A) to (B) in 1 & 2 above, attach on


side (B) above the Center of Gravity and on side (D) at
the Center of Gravity, then lift both hoists equally until
load is suspended. Lower auxiliary until turn is completed; detach sling at (B) before lowering load completely.

Proper Use of Cribbing

Correct

To turn or reposition a load, either one or two lifting


devices may be employed. Always use a choker hitch or
a single-leg direct attachment. Never attempt to turn a
load with a basket, since the load will slide in the hitch,
against the sling bodyresulting in damage to both the
sling and the load, and possibly a dropped load.

One Hook Load Turning


To turn a load with one hook, attach the sling directly to
the load ABOVE the Center of Gravity. The lifting hook
must be able to move, or travel, in the direction of the
turn to prevent sliding of the pivot edge of the load just
as the load leaves the ground. It may be necessary to lift
the load clear to reposition it after the turn is completed,
and irregular shapes sometimes will require blocking for
support during and after the turn.

To turn from side (B) to (C) in 3 & 4 above, lift balanced


load at (D) directly above the Center of Gravity; then
attach auxiliary at (B) and lift to desired position. Lower
both hooks simultaneously until side (C) is in desired
position.

Turning with double choker gives good control, with


weight always applied against a tight sling body and no
movement between sling and load. To rig, place both
eyes on top of load, pointing opposite direction of turn.
Body of sling is then passed under load, through both
eyes and over lifting hook. Blocking should be used
under load to protect sling and facilitate removal.
Lifting unbalanced loads when exact length slings are not
available can be accomplished by rigging a choke on the
heavy end, as right. Length can be adjusted before weight
applies, but once the load comes onto the sling, the hitch
is locked in position for the lift.

Two-hook turning is employed when it is desired to turn


the load freely in the air. Main and auxiliary hoists of a
crane can often be used, or two cranes can be used.
Center of Gravity of a rectangular object with homogenious characteristics will usually be below the junction of
lines drawn diagonally from opposite corners. When a
rectangular object has weight concentrated at one end,
Center of Gravity will be situated toward that endaway
from the intersection of diagonal lines. To avoid an
unbalanced lift, the lifting hook must be rigged directly
above the Center of Gravity.

2-11

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Kink

Eye
Deformation

Dogleg

To locate the approximate Center of Gravity of an irregularly shaped article, visualize it enclosed by a rectangle.
Where diagonals from opposite corners intersect will
usually provide a lift point near the Center of Gravity.

Overturning a heavy object onto cribbing, using one lifting hook and chainblock. To upend the object, chainblock A and the sling B should exchange positions.

Doglegs, Sets and Kinks


When a loop is pulled through, it forms a kink which
permanently deforms a wire rope by freezing or locking
wires and strands. This prevents them from sliding and
adjusting, and reduces rope strength.
A dogleg is a set which occurs when a wire rope sling is
pulled down snug against a load. A dogleg usually can be
rolled back or turned inside out, and usefulness of the
sling restored, since strands can still adjust.
Eye deformation is ordinarily not deterimental to sling
strength as long as there are no broken wires or gross
distortion of the lay of strands.An eye has two legs, so
has adequate strength for the load the body can carry. A
sling should be retired when distortion locks the strands
or flattens the rope in the eye so strands cannot move
and adjust.
Riggers Check List
1. Analyze and MeasureDetermine the total weight to
be moved as well as exactly how far it is to move and
how high it must be lifted.
2. Determine the HitchDecide how the load is to be
connected to the lifting hook and how the sling will
grip, or be attached to, the load.
3. Select the SlingIn addition to adequate Rated
Capacity for the angles and hitch involved, the sling
body should be of the type and style best suited to
handling this specific load. Select a sling with proper
end attachments or eye protection, as well as attachment hardware such as clevises.
4. Inspect the SlingMake a good visual check of the
sling you select to determine if it is in good condition
and capable of making the lift. Refer to prevailing
OSHA and ANSI regulations for inspection criteria.
5. Rig Up, Not DownAlways attach the sling to the
load first, then attach it to the hook.
6. Check EverythingBefore attempting a lift, take a
light strain on the rigging, checking to see that blocking, sling and load protection and all safety devices are
in place.
7. Stand Clear and LiftLet the lifting device and rigging
do the jobdont use brute strength to prevent
swinging or movement. Use a tagline, or tether, to control any movement. Keep all hands and toes out from
under the load when it is suspended.
8. Dont Jerk!Lift slowly and with a steady application
of power.
9. Put It Away!After youve completed the job, check
the sling for any damage (If its damaged, red tag it
immediately or advise the sling inspector.), then return
it to the sling storage rack for safekeeping until next
usage.

2-12

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


USA Standard Crane Hand Signals

Use Main Hoist.Tap fist on


head; then use regular signals.

Use Whipline (Auxiliary


Hoist). Tap elbow with one
hand, then use regular signals.

Hoist.With forearm vertical,


forefinger pointing up, move
hand in small horizontal circle.

Lower.With arm extended


downward, forefinger pointing
down, move hand in small
horizontal circles.

Travel. Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly


raised, make pushing motion
in direction of travel.

Swing. Arm extended, point


with finger in direction of
swing of boom.

Travel. (One Track). Lock the


track on side indicated by
raised fist.Travel opposite track
in direction indicated by circular motion of other fist, rotated
vertically in front of body. (For
crawler cranes only).

Travel (Both Tracks). Use both


fists in front of body, making a
circular motion about each
other, indicating direction of
travel; forward or backward.
(For crawler cranes only.)

Raise Boom. Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb


pointing upward.

Raise the Boom and Lower


the Load.With arm extended,
thumb pointing up, flex fingers in and out as long as load
movement is desired.

Lower Boom. Arm extended,


fingers closed, thumb pointing
downward.

Lower the Boom and Raise


the Load.With arm extended,
thumb pointing down, flex
fingers in and out as long as
load movement is desired.

Extend Boom (Telescoping


Booms). Both fists in front of body
with thumbs pointing outward.

Extend Boom (Telescoping


Boom). One Hand Signal. One
fist in front of chest with
thumb tapping chest.

2-13

Retract Boom (Telescoping


Booms). Both fists in front
of body with thumbs
pointing toward each
other.

Retract Boom (Telescoping


Boom). One Hand Signal. One
fist in front of chest, thumb
pointing outward and heel of
fist tapping chest.

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes

Stop. Arm extended, palm


down, hold position rigidly.

Move Slowly. Use one hand to


give any motion signal and
place other hand motionless
in front of hand giving the
motion signal. (Hoist slowly
shown as example.)

Trolley Travel. Palm up, fingers


Bridge Travel. Arm extended
forward, hand open and slightly closed, thumb pointing in
raised, make pushing motion in direction of motion, jerk hand
horizontally.
direction of travel.

Emergency Stop. Arm


extended, palm down, move
hand rapidly right and left.

Dog Everything. Clasp


hands in front of body.

Multiple Trolleys. Hold up one


finger for block marked 1 and
two fingers for block marked
2. Regular signals follow.

Temperature, Lubrication, Moisture Are Factors In


Proper Storage
Care of Slings
The amount of care and proper maintenance a sling
receives will go a long way in determining its service life.
Following are guidelines which experience has shown
helpful.
Storage: Proper storage requires that slings be kept in an
area where they will not be exposed to water, extreme
heat, or corrosive fumes, liquids, and sprays, of being run
over or kinked.
Slings should never be left beneath loads or lying around
where they may be damaged. All slings, when not in use,
should be kept on a rack. Use of a rack minimizes accidental damage and allows easier monitoring of condition

Magnet is Disconnected.
Crane Operator spreads both
hands apart palms up.

between regular inspections. A rack will also save time


by allowing larger slings to be picked up and returned by
crane, thereby reducing manhandling.
Effects of Temperature
All wire rope should be protected from extremes of temperature.The accepted rules are: Fiber core slings should
never be exposed to temperature in excess of 200F.
Steel cored slings should never be used at temperatures
above 400F, or below minus 60F.
It is not always easy to detect when wire rope has been
damaged by heat.The most common visual signs are loss
of lubrication and discoloration of wires.
The best practice to follow is that if there is the slightest
suspicion that a sling was subjected to high temperatures, it should be taken out of service immediately. If it is
absolutely necessary to use slings outside of the above
temperature range, the sling manufacturer should be consulted.
Lubrication
Like any other machine, wire rope is thoroughly lubricated at time of manufacture. Normally, for sling use under
ordinary conditions, no additional lubrication is required.
However, if a sling is stored outside or in an environment
which would cause corrosion, lubrication should be
applied during the service life to prevent rusting or corroding.
If relubrication is indicated, the same type lubricant
applied during manufacture should be used.Your sling
manufacturer can provide information on the type of
lubricant to be used and best method of application.

2-14

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


WIRE ROPE SLING INSPECTION & REMOVAL CRITERIA
Basic Inspection Criteria For Wire Rope Slings
The goal of a sling inspection is to evaluate remaining
strength in a sling which has been used previously to determine if it is suitable for continued use.
Specific inspection intervals and procedures are required
by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and by
ANSI B30.9 Regulations, and the responsibility for performance of inspections is placed squarely upon the sling user
by Federal Legislation.
As a starting point, the same work practices which apply to
all working wire ropes apply to wire rope which has been
fabricated into a sling.Therefore, a good working knowledge of wire rope design and construction will be not only
useful but essential in conducting a wire rope sling inspection.
But because wire rope is a rather complex machine, no
precise rules can be given to determine exactly when a
wire rope sling should be replaced. There are many variables, and all must be considered.
OSHA specifies that a wire rope sling shall be removed
from service immediately if ANY of the following conditions are present:
1. Broken Wires: For single-part slings, 10 randomly distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in
one strand of one rope lay. For multi-part slings these
same criteria apply to each of the component ropes. For
this inspection, a broken wire shall only be counted once;
that is, each break should have two ends.
2. Metal Loss:Wear or scraping of one-third the original
diameter of outside individual wires.This is quite difficult
to determine on slings and experience should be gained
by the inspector by taking apart old slings and actually
measuring wire diameters.
3. Distortion: Kinking, crushing, birdcaging or other damage
which distorts the rope structure.The main thing to look
for is wires or strands that are pushed out of their original positions in the rope. Slight bends in a rope where
wires or strands are still relatively in their original positions would not be considered serious damage. But good
judgment is indicated.
4. Heat Damage: Any metallic discoloration or loss of internal lubricant caused by exposure to heat.
5. Bad End Attachments: Cracked, bent or broken end fittings caused by abuse, wear or accident.
6. Bent Hooks: No more than 15 percent over the normal
throat openings, measured at the narrowest point, or
twisting of more than 10 degrees is permissable.
7. Metal Corrosion: Severe corrosion of the rope or end
attachments which has caused pitting or binding of wires
should be cause for replacing the sling. Light rusting usually does not affect strength of a sling, however.
In addition to these seven conditions specified by OSHA,
the following are also important:
8. Pulled Eye Splices: Any evidence that eye splices have
slipped, tucked strands have moved, or pressed sleeves
show serious damage may be sufficient cause to reject a
sling.
9. Unbalance: A very common cause of damage is the kink
which results from pulling through a loop while using a
sling, thus causing wires and strands to be deformed and
pushed out of their original position.This unbalances the
sling, reducing its strength.
Disposition of Retired Slings: the best inspection program
available is of no value if slings which are worn out and have
been retired are not disposed of properly.When it is determined by the inspector that a sling is worn out or damaged
beyond use, it should be tagged immediately DO NOT USE.

This sling should then be destroyed as soon as possible by


cutting the eye and fittings from the rope with a torch. This
will help assure that an employee will not mistakenly use a
sling which has been retired from service.
It should also be obvious that a good inspection program
will not only provide safer lifting conditions, but will also
extend the life of slings and thereby reduce lifting costs.
Federal Work Rules Require Specific Inspection
Intervals
Government regulations are also specific on WHEN to
inspect.
Both ANSI Standard B30.9 and OSHA require that wire rope
slings receive two types of inspections: a DAILY visual
inspection, and additional inspections where service conditions warrant.
Daily visual inspections are intended to detect serious damage or deterioration which would weaken the sling.This
inspection is usually performed by the person using the
sling in a day-to-day job. He should look for obvious things,
such as broken wires, kinks, crushing, broken attachments,
severe corrosion, etc.
Additional inspections should be performed at regular
intervals based on, (1) frequency of sling use, (2) severity of
service conditions, (3) nature of lifts, and (4) prior experience based on service life of slings used in similar circumstances.
It is required that these additional inspections be carried
out by a designated person who must have good knowledge of wire rope. An accurate WRITTEN and dated record
of all conditions observed should be kept. Any deterioration of the sling which could result in appreciable loss of
original strength should be carefully noted, and determination made on whether further use would constitute a safety
hazard.
How to Inspect
Precisely how to make proper, adequate inspections is not
detailed by OSHAyet it is in the HOW of inspection that
the big difference between a good inspection and something less become apparent.
Inspection should follow a systematic procedure:
(1) First, it is necessary that all parts of the sling are
readily visible. The sling should be laid out so
every part is accessible.
(2) Next, the sling should be sufficiently cleaned of dirt
and grease so wires and fittings are easily seen.This
can usually be accomplished with a wire brush or
rags.
(3) The sling should then be given a thorough, systematic
examination throughout its entire length, paying particular attention to sections showing the most wear.
(4) Special attention should also be paid to fittings and end
attachments, and areas of the sling adjacent to these fittings.
(5) When the worst section of a sling has been located,
this area should then be carefully checked against the
OSHA criteria.
(6) Label or identify slings that are inspected.
(7) Keep records of inspections that include dates and corresponding conditions of slings.
(8) Dispose immediately of slings that are rejected.
A knowledgeable inspector will also insist on proper storage for out-of-use slingsto make his job easier if not for
the good of the slings. Inspections are much easierand
probably more thoroughwhen slings are available for
inspection in an orderly arrangement, out of the weather,
away from heat and dirt.

2-15

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


Sling Leg Options
Standard End Fitting Combinations
To order sling legs, follow the criteria listed in pages 2-1 to 2-15. Choose the correct size from the tables on
the following pages. Determine the length needed and specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations
shown below.

2
Eye & Eye

Eye and Screw Pin Anchor Shackle

Eye & Thimble

Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble

Eye & Hook

Eye and Open Swage Socket

Eye & Thimble with


Sliding Choker Hook

Eye & Crescent Thimble

Eye and Closed Swage Socket

Eye & Slip-Thru Thimble

Slip-Thru Thimble & Hook


Eye & Eye with
Sliding Choker Hook

Thimble & Thimble

Slip-Thru Thimble &


Slip-Thru Thimble

Thimble & Hook

2-16

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
Single Leg Slings

2
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0001
CX02-0002
CX02-0003
CX02-0004
CX02-0005
CX02-0006
CX02-0007
CX02-0008
CX02-0009
CX02-0010
CX02-0011
CX02-0012
CX02-0013
CX02-0014
CX02-0015
CX02-0016
CX02-0017
CX02-0018
CX02-0019
CX02-0020
CX02-0021
CX02-0022
CX02-0023
CX02-0024
CX02-0025
CX02-0026
CX02-0027
CX02-0028
CX02-0029
CX02-0030
CX02-0031
CX02-0032

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2
4
4 1/2

VERTICAL
0.65
1.0
1.4
1.9
2.5
3.2
3.9
5.6
7.6
9.8
12
15
18
21
24
28
32
37
40
44
49
54
60
65
71
77
82
89
95
102
130
160

CHOKER
0.48
0.74
1.1
1.4
1.9
2.4
2.9
4.1
5.6
7.2
9.1
11
13
16
18
21
24
28
31
35
38
42
46
51
55
60
64
69
74
79
101
124

VERTICAL
BASKET
1.3
2.0
2.9
3.9
5.1
6.4
7.8
11
15
20
24
30
36
42
49
57
64
73
80
89
99
109
119
130
141
153
165
177
190
203
260
320

BASKET AT DEGREES
30
45
DEGREE
DEGREE
0.65
0.91
1.0
1.4
1.4
2.0
1.9
2.7
2.5
3.6
3.2
4.5
3.9
5.5
5.6
7.9
7.6
11
9.8
14
12
17
15
21
18
25
21
30
24
35
28
40
32
46
37
52
40
56
44
63
49
70
54
77
60
84
65
92
71
100
77
108
82
117
89
125
95
135
102
144
130
183
160
225

.RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
.HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
.Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-17

60
DEGREE
1.1
1.7
2.5
3.4
4.4
5.5
6.8
9.7
13
17
21
26
31
37
42
49
56
63
69
77
85
94
103
113
122
132
143
153
165
176
224
276

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
2-Leg Bridle Slings
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

TH
NG
LE

Standard Style

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0033
CX02-0034
CX02-0035
CX02-0036
CX02-0037
CX02-0038
CX02-0039
CX02-0040
CX02-0041
CX02-0042
CX02-0043
CX02-0044
CX02-0045
CX02-0046
CX02-0047
CX02-0048
CX02-0049
CX02-0050

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2

VERTICAL
1.3
2.0
2.9
3.9
5.1
6.4
7.8
11
15
20
24
30
36
42
49
57
64
73

30
DEGREE
0.65
1.0
1.4
1.9
2.5
3.2
3.9
5.6
7.6
9.8
12
15
18
21
24
28
32
37

2 LEG BRIDLE
45
DEGREE
0.91
1.4
2.0
2.7
3.6
4.5
5.5
7.9
11
14
17
21
25
30
35
40
46
52

60
DEGREE
1.1
1.7
2.5
3.4
4.4
5.5
6.8
9.7
13
17
21
26
31
37
42
49
56
63

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-18

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
3-Leg Bridle Slings
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

TH
NG
LE

Standard Style

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0051
CX02-0052
CX02-0053
CX02-0054
CX02-0055
CX02-0056
CX02-0057
CX02-0058
CX02-0059
CX02-0060
CX02-0061
CX02-0062
CX02-0063
CX02-0064
CX02-0065
CX02-0066
CX02-0067
CX02-0068
CX02-0600
CX02-0601
CX02-0602
CX02-0603
CX02-0604
CX02-0605
CX02-0606
CX02-0607
CX02-0608
CX02-0609
CX02-0610
CX02-0611

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2

3 LEG BRIDLE
VERTICAL
1.9
3.0
4.3
5.8
7.6
9.6
12
17
23
29
36
44
53
63
73
85
97
110
119
133
148
163
179
195
212
230
247
266
286
305

30
0.97
1.5
2.2
2.9
3.8
4.8
5.9
8.4
11
15
18
22
27
32
37
42
48
55
60
67
74
82
89
97
106
115
124
133
143
152

45
1.4
2.1
3.0
4.1
5.4
6.8
8.3
12
16
21
26
31
38
45
52
60
68
78
84
94
105
115
126
138
150
162
175
188
202
215

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-19

60
1.7
2.6
3.7
5.0
6.6
8.3
10
15
20
26
31
38
46
55
63
74
84
95
103
116
128
141
155
169
183
199
214
230
247
264

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
4-Leg Bridle Slings
TH
NG
LE

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC


RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

Standard Style

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0069
CX02-0070
CX02-0071
CX02-0072
CX02-0073
CX02-0074
CX02-0075
CX02-0076
CX02-0077
CX02-0078
CX02-0079
CX02-0080
CX02-0081
CX02-0082
CX02-0083
CX02-0084
CX02-0085
CX02-0086
CX02-0850
CX02-0851
CX02-0852
CX02-0853
CX02-0854
CX02-0855
CX02-0856
CX02-0857
CX02-0858
CX02-0859
CX02-0860
CX02-0861

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 1/8
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2

4 LEG BRIDLE
VERTICAL
2.6
4.0
5.7
7.8
10
13
16
22
30
39
48
59
71
84
98
113
129
147
159
178
197
217
238
260
282
306
330
354
381
406

30
1.3
2.0
2.9
3.9
5.1
6.4
7.8
11
15
20
24
30
36
42
49
57
64
73
80
89
99
109
119
130
141
153
165
177
190
203

45
1.8
2.8
4.1
5.5
7.1
9.0
11
16
21
28
34
42
50
60
69
80
91
104
112
126
139
154
168
184
200
216
233
250
269
287

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-20

60
2.2
3.5
5.0
6.7
8.8
11
14
19
26
34
42
51
62
73
85
98
112
127
138
154
171
188
206
225
244
265
286
307
330
352

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
Single Leg Slings

Stainless Steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC


Rated Capacity in Tons
Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only tp 6X19 and 6X36 Classification Wire Rope

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Type 302
CX02-0087
CX02-0088
CX02-0089
CX02-0090
CX02-0091
CX02-0092
CX02-0093
CX02-0094
CX02-0095
CX02-0096
CX02-0097
CX02-0098
CX02-0099
CX02-0100
CX02-0101
CX02-0102
CX02-0103
CX02-0104
CX02-0105
CX02-0106

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Type 304
CX02-0107
CX02-0108
CX02-0109
CX02-0110
CX02-0111
CX02-0112
CX02-0113
CX02-0114
CX02-0115
CX02-0116
CX02-0117
CX02-0118
CX02-0119
CX02-0120
CX02-0121
CX02-0122
CX02-0123
CX02-0124
CX02-0125
CX02-0126

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4

VERTICAL
0.61
0.86
1.1
1.5
2.2
2.7
3.3
4.7
6.3
8.1
10
12
14
17
20
22
25
28
32
35

CHOKER
0.38
0.58
0.82
1.1
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.5
4.7
6.0
7.4
9.1
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification wire rope.

2-21

VERTICAL
BASKET
1.0
1.6
2.2
3.1
4.3
5.4
6.7
9.4
13
16
20
24
28
33
40
45
51
57
63
69

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE

MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE


RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

SLING BODY
DIAMETER
(INCHES)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

SINGLE PART SLING


VERTICAL
BASKET
VERTICAL
CHOKER

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION

7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

CX02-0127
CX02-0128
CX02-0129
CX02-0130
CX02-0131
CX02-0132
CX02-0133

0.50
1.1

0.34
0.74

1.9
2.8

1.3
1.9

3.8
5.0

2.6
3.4

6.4

4.4

1.0
2.2
3.7
5.5
7.6
10.0
13

CX02-0157
CX02-0158
CX02-0159
CX02-0160
CX02-0161
CX02-0162
CX02-0163

7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4

CX02-0134
CX02-0135
CX02-0136
CX02-0137
CX02-0138
CX02-0139
CX02-0140
7 x 6 x 19

3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8

CX02-0141
CX02-0142
CX02-0143
CX02-0144
CX02-0145
CX02-0146
CX02-0147
CX02-0148

OR

7 x 6 x 37
CX02-0149
CX02-0150
CX02-0151
CX02-0152
CX02-0153
CX02-0154
CX02-0155
CX02-0156

TWO LEG BRIDLE OR BASKET


30
45
60
DEGREE
DEGREE
DEGREE

0.50
1.1
1.9
2.8
3.8
5.0
6.4

0.71
1.5
2.6
3.9
5.4
7.1
9.1

0.87
1.9
3.2
4.8
6.6
8.7
11

2.7
4.1
5.8
7.6
9.7
12
14

3.3
5.0
7.0
9.4
12
14
17

5.4
7.1
9.1
11
13
15
18
21

6.6
8.7
11
13
16
19
22
26

7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION

1.9
2.9

1.3
2.0

4.1
5.4

2.8
3.7

6.9
8.3

4.7
5.8

9.9

7.0

3.8
5.8
8.1
11
14
17
20

CX02-0164
CX02-0165
CX02-0166
CX02-0167
CX02-0168
CX02-0169
CX02-0170

CONSTRUCTION

7 x 6 x 19

3.8
5.0

2.6
3.4

6.4
7.7

4.4
5.4

9.3
11

6.5
7.7

13
15

9.0
10

7.6
10
13
15
19
22
26
30

CX02-0171
CX02-0172
CX02-0173
CX02-0174
CX02-0175
CX02-0176
CX02-0177
CX02-0178

OR

7 x 6 x 37
CX02-0179
CX02-0180
CX02-0181
CX02-0182
CX02-0183
CX02-0184
CX02-0185
CX02-0186

1.9
2.9
4.1
5.4
6.9
8.3
9.9
CONSTRUCTION
3.8
5.0
6.4
7.7
9.3
11
13
15

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d OF 10 OR GREATER


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER.
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED

2-22

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


4-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

2
Length
of
Sling
(SL)

Length
of
Sling
(SL)

Length
of
Sling
(SL)

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITY IN TONS
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-23

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


6-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

Length

Length

Length

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC


RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2

SINGLE LEG
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0206
CX02-0207
CX02-0208
CX02-0209
CX02-0210
CX02-0211
CX02-0212
CX02-0213
CX02-0214
CX02-0215
CX02-0216
CX02-0217
CX02-0218
CX02-0219
CX02-0220
CX02-0221
CX02-0222
CX02-0223
CX02-0224

VERTICAL
1.6
2.9
4.4
6.3
8.6
11
14
17
25
33
43
55
67
81
96
111
128
146
166

CHOKER
1.4
2.5
3.9
5.5
7.5
9.8
12
15
22
29
38
48
59
71
84
97
112
128
145

VERTICAL
BASKET
3.2
5.7
8.8
13
17
22
28
35
49
67
87
109
134
161
191
222
257
292
332

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-24

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


8-PART BRAIDED SLINGS

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC


RATED CAPACITY IN TONS

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown for 1/8" through 3/8" apply only to 7x19 galvanized wire rope.
Rated Capacities shown for 3/8" apply only to 6x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-25

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/POURED SOCKETS
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

Open-Open
ROPE
DIAMETER
(INCHES)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0392
CX02-0393
CX02-0394
CX02-0395
CX02-0396
CX02-0397
CX02-0398
CX02-0399
CX02-0400
CX02-0401
CX02-0402
CX02-0403
CX02-0404
CX02-0405
CX02-0406
CX02-0407
CX02-0408
CX02-0409
CX02-0410
CX02-0411
CX02-0412
CX02-0413
CX02-0414
CX02-0415
CX02-0416
CX02-0417
CX02-0418
CX02-0419
CX02-0420
CX02-0421

Closed-Closed Open-Closed
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0422
CX02-0423
CX02-0424
CX02-0425
CX02-0426
CX02-0427
CX02-0428
CX02-0429
CX02-0430
CX02-0431
CX02-0432
CX02-0433
CX02-0434
CX02-0435
CX02-0436
CX02-0437
CX02-0438
CX02-0439
CX02-0440
CX02-0441
CX02-0442
CX02-0443
CX02-0444
CX02-0445
CX02-0446
CX02-0447
CX02-0448
CX02-0449
CX02-0450
CX02-0451

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0392
CX02-0393
CX02-0394
CX02-0395
CX02-0396
CX02-0397
CX02-0398
CX02-0399
CX02-0400
CX02-0401
CX02-0402
CX02-0403
CX02-0404
CX02-0405
CX02-0406
CX02-0407
CX02-0408
CX02-0409
CX02-0410
CX02-0411
CX02-0412
CX02-0413
CX02-0414
CX02-0415
CX02-0416
CX02-0417
CX02-0418
CX02-0419
CX02-0420
CX02-0421

RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25


RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR
LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

2-26

EXTRA IMPROVED
PLOW STEEL IWRC
VERTICAL
0.68
1.1
1.5
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.1
5.9
8.0
10
13
16
19
23
26
31
35
40
44
49
55
60
66
72
78
85
98
113
128
144

WIRE ROPE SLINGS


1-PART SLINGS/SWAGE SOCKETS
Open-Open

Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

2
SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND OPEN
SWAGED SOCKETS

SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND


OPEN/CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS

SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND CLOSED


SWAGED SOCKETS
BOOM PENDENTS WITH SWAGED
FITTINGS

Length of Pendant is measured


as indicated on sketches.
Note:When ordering, customer
should specify parallel or right
angle (90) socket pins.

Rated Capacity in Tons of 2,000 lbs


Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only To 6x19 and 6x36 Classification Wire Rope

Open-Open

Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

Open-Open

FIBER CORE
VERTICAL
ROPE DIA.
(IN)
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0452
CX02-0453
CX02-0454
CX02-0455
CX02-0456
CX02-0457
CX02-0458
CX02-0459
CX02-0460
CX02-0461
CX02-0462
CX02-0463
CX02-0464
CX02-0465
CX02-0466
CX02-0467
CX02-0468
CX02-0469
CX02-0470
CX02-0471
CX02-0472
CX02-0473

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0496
CX02-0497
CX02-0498
CX02-0499
CX02-0500
CX02-0501
CX02-0502
CX02-0503
CX02-0504
CX02-0505
CX02-0506
CX02-0507
CX02-0508
CX02-0509
CX02-0510
CX02-0511
CX02-0512
CX02-0513
CX02-0514
CX02-0515
CX02-0516
CX02-0517

Open-Closed

Closed-Closed

IWRC
VERTICAL
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0540
CX02-0541
CX02-0542
CX02-0543
CX02-0544
CX02-0545
CX02-0546
CX02-0547
CX02-0548
CX02-0549
CX02-0550
CX02-0551
CX02-0552
CX02-0553
CX02-0554
CX02-0555
CX02-0556
CX02-0557
CX02-0558
CX02-0559
CX02-0560
CX02-0561

EIPS
0.60
0.94
1.3
1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
5.2
7.1
9.2
12
14
17
20
24
27
31
35
39
44
49
54

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0474
CX02-0475
CX02-0476
CX02-0477
CX02-0478
CX02-0479
CX02-0480
CX02-0481
CX02-0482
CX02-0483
CX02-0484
CX02-0485
CX02-0486
CX02-0487
CX02-0488
CX02-0489
CX02-0490
CX02-0491
CX02-0492
CX02-0493
CX02-0494
CX02-0495

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0518
CX02-0519
CX02-0520
CX02-0521
CX02-0522
CX02-0523
CX02-0524
CX02-0525
CX02-0526
CX02-0527
CX02-0528
CX02-0529
CX02-0530
CX02-0531
CX02-0532
CX02-0533
CX02-0534
CX02-0535
CX02-0536
CX02-0537
CX02-0538
CX02-0539

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX02-0562
CX02-0563
CX02-0564
CX02-0565
CX02-0566
CX02-0567
CX02-0568
CX02-0569
CX02-0570
CX02-0571
CX02-0572
CX02-0573
CX02-0574
CX02-0575
CX02-0576
CX02-0577
CX02-0578
CX02-0579
CX02-0580
CX02-0581
CX02-0582
CX02-0583

EIPS
0.68
1.1
1.5
2.0
2.7
3.4
4.1
5.9
8.0
10
13
16
19
23
26
31
35
40
44
49
55
60

EEIPS
0.74
1.2
1.7
2.2
2.9
3.7
4.5
6.5
8.8
11
14
18
21
25
29
34
38
43
49
54
60
66

* Values given apply when pendants are used as slings or sling assemblies.When used in a Boom suspension system, other values
apply; consult rope manufacturer.

2-27

WIRE MESH SLINGS


Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Length Selection

To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches.
Example: You wish to use a 10 wide sling on an 84 circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 10212 ". (734 +
1034 + 84")
To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add circumference of load in inches to determine minimum overall sling
length.
Example: You wish to use a 10 wide sling on an 84 circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86". (1" + 1"
+ 84")
INCHES

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

CX03-0001
CX03-0002
CX03-0003
CX03-0004
CX03-0005
CX03-0006
CX03-0007
CX03-0008
CX03-0009
CX03-0010
CX03-0011

A
WIDTH
(NOM.)

DD

HOOK
SIZE

WT. 36"
SLING

FABRIC LBS./FT.
OF LENGTH
10
12
14
GA.
GA.
GA.

1/2

2 3/4

1 3/4

3 3/4

5 TON

1 1/4

1 1/8

3/4

5 1/4

7 1/2

3/4

3 1/2

2 1/2

5 1/4

10 TON

1 7/8

1 3/4

1 1/8

5 1/2

7 3/4

3/4

3 1/2

2 1/2

6 1/4

10 TON

10

2 1/2

2 1/4

1 1/2

6 1/2

2 3/4

8 1/2

15 TON

15

3 7/8

3 3/8

2 1/4

12

1 1/4

5 1/2

11 1/4

8 1/2

25 TON

20

5 1/8

4 1/2

3 1/2

12 3/4

7 1/2

25 TON

26

6 3/8

5 5/8

3 3/4

8 3/4

10

7 3/4

10 3/4 10 1/4

12

11 1/4 12 1/4

14

8 1/4

16
18
20

3 1/2

14 3/4

7 1/2

30 TON

33

7 5/8

6 3/4

4 1/2

14 1/4

1 1/4

3 1/2

17

7 3/4

30 TON

37

8 7/8

7 7/8

5 1/4

8 1/4

12 1/2 16 1/4

1 1/4

3 1/2

19

7 3/4

30 TON

44

10 1/8

8 1/2

13 1/4

18

21 1/4

11

30 TON

51

11 3/8 10 1/8

6 3/4

8 1/2

14

20

23 1/4 11 1/4

30 TON

58

12 3/4 11 1/4

7 1/2

12

*Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size


**Standard Tolerance 1/2"
Ref. No. 4667

3-1

WIRE MESH SLINGS


Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Width Selection
How to select sling width according to Capacity, Hitch and Specification:
First, determine the hitch you will use for the gauge selected.Then read down the column under the selected hitch
and gauge to the load weight you wish to lift.Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width required.
Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 pounds. Sling width required is 8".

NOMINAL
WIDTH OF

G-35
HEAVY
DUTY

G-48
MEDIUM
DUTY

G-59
LIGHT
DUTY

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX03-0012
CX03-0013
CX03-0014
CX03-0015
CX03-0016
CX03-0017
CX03-0018
CX03-0019
CX03-0020
CX03-0021
CX03-0022
CX03-0023
CX03-0024
CX03-0025
CX03-0026
CX03-0027
CX03-0028
CX03-0029
CX03-0030
CX03-0031
CX03-0032
CX03-0033
CX03-0034
CX03-0035
CX03-0036
CX03-0037
CX03-0038
CX03-0039
CX03-0040
CX03-0041
CX03-0042
CX03-0043
CX03-0044

SLING
(INCHES)
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2
3
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20

EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED


CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
CHOKER
1,600
3,000
4,400
6,600
8,800
11,000
13,200
15,400
17,600
19,800
22,000
1,450
2,175
2,900
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
11,200
12,800
13,500
15,000
900
1,400
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000

VERTICAL
BASKET

60

45

30

3,200
6,000
8,800
13,200
17,600
22,000
26,400
30,800
35,200
39,600
44,000
2,900
4,350
5,800
9,600
12,800
16,000
19,200
22,400
25,600
27,000
30,000
1,800
2,800
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
20,000

2,700
5,100
7,480
11,225
15,000
18,700
22,440
26,180
29,920
33,660
37,400
2,320
3,700
4,900
8,150
10,880
13,600
16,300
19,000
21,700
22,900
25,500
1,600
2,400
3,500
5,200
6,900
8,600
10,400
12,100
13,900
15,600
17,300

2,000
3,800
5,600
8,400
11,250
14,000
16,800
19,600
22,400
25,200
28,000
1,740
2,700
3,670
6,100
8,100
10,200
12,000
14,000
16,200
17,000
19,000
1,300
2,000
2,800
4,200
5,700
7,100
8,500
9,900
11,300
12,700
14,100

1,600
2,800
4,400
6,600
8,800
11,000
13,200
15,400
17,600
19,800
22,000
1,450
2,175
2,900
4,800
6,400
8,000
9,600
11,200
12,800
13,500
15,000
900
1,400
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000

CAUTION!
Do not exceed rated capacities.

3-2

WIRE ROPE CLIPS


Warnings and Application Instructions For U-Bolt Clips
Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based
upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye
termination for clip sizes 1/8 through 7/8 is 80%, and
for sizes 1 through 3-1/2 is 90%.
The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon
using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC
or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large
outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be
used for sizes 1 and larger, add one additional clip. If a
pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope,
add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotationresistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes
1-1/2 and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire
rope, 19 x 7 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4 inch and smaller.
For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above,
we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the
address or telephone number on the back cover to
ensure the desired efficiency rating.
For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications,
refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do
not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations.
The style wire rope termination used for any application
is the obligation of the user.
For OSHA (Construction) applications,
see OSHA 1926.251.
Figure 1
1. Refer to Table 1 in following
these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope
from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width
from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of
wire ropelive end rests in saddle (Never saddle a dead
horse!). Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to
the other until reaching the recommended torque.

Figure 5

Figure 6

5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES:


The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together
is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles, using
the recommended number of clips on each eye (See
Figure 5).
An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips
as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are
placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the
turnback amount shown in the application instructions.
The minimum number of clips should be installed on
each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque,
and other instructions still apply.
6. IMPORTANT
Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should
be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque.
In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected
periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
Table 1
Clip
Size
(Inches)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/2

Figure 2
2. When two clips are
required, apply the second clip as near the loop or
thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating
until reaching the recommended torque. When more
than two clips are required, apply the second clip as
near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.
Figure 3
3. When three or more clips
are required, space additional clips equally between first
twotake up rope slacktighten nuts on each U-Bolt
evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.
Figure 4

4. If a pulley (sheave) is
used, in place of a thimble
add one additional clip.
Clip spacing
should be as
shown.

Rope
Size
(Inches)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-3/4
3
3-1/2

Minimum
No. of
Clips
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
9
10
10
12

Amount of
Rope to Turn
Back in Inches
3-1/4
3-3/4
4-3/4
5-1/4
6-1/2
7
11-1/2
12
12
18
19
26
34
44
44
54
58
61
71
73
84
100
106
149

* Torque
in
Ft. Lbs.
4.5
7.5
15
30
45
65
65
95
95
130
225
225
225
360
360
360
430
590
750
750
750
750
1200
1200

If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4.
If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of turnback should
be increased proportionately.
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free
of lubrication.

WARNING
Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury.
Read and understand these instructions before using clips.
Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope.
Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed.
Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.
Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads
expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).

4-1

WIRE ROPE CLIPS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
CROSBY Clips
Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for
material traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a
size forged into it.
Sizes 1/8 through 2-1/2 have forged bases.
Entire ClipGalvanized to resist corrosive and rusting
action.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
Clip sizes up through 1-1/2 have rolled threads.
Crosby Clips, all sizes 1/4 and larger, meet the performance requirements of
Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

G-450
Dimensions
(in.)

Rope
Size
(in)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.
Galv.

*1/8

CX04-0001

1010015

.22

.72

.44

.47

.41

.38

.81

.94

*3/16

CX04-0002

1010033

.25

.97

.56

.59

.50

.44

.94

1.16

1/4

CX04-0003

1010051

.31

1.03

.50

.75

.66

.56

1.19

1.44

5/16

CX04-0004

1010079

.38

1.38

.75

.88

.72

.69

1.31

1.69

3/8

CX04-0005

1010097

.44

1.50

.75

1.00

.91

.75

1.63

1.94

7/16

CX04-0006

1010113

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.03

.88

1.81

2.28

1/2

CX04-0007

1010131

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.13

.88

1.91

2.28

9/16

CX04-0008

1010159

.56

2.25

1.25

1.31

1.22

.94

2.06

2.50

5/8

CX04-0009

1010177

.56

2.38

1.25

1.31

1.34

.94

2.06

2.50

3/4

CX04-0010

1010195

.62

2.75

1.44

1.50

1.41

1.06

2.25

2.84

7/8

CX04-0011

1010211

.75

3.12

1.62

1.75

1.59

1.25

2.44

3.16

CX04-0012

1010239

.75

3.50

1.81

1.88

1.78

1.25

2.63

3.47

1-1/8

CX04-0013

1010257

.75

3.88

2.00

2.00

1.91

1.25

2.81

3.59

1-1/4

CX04-0014

1010275

.88

4.25

2.13

2.31

2.19

1.44

3.13

4.13

1-3/8

CX04-0015

1010293

.88

4.63

2.31

2.38

2.31

1.44

3.13

4.19

1-1/2

CX04-0016

1010319

.88

4.94

2.38

2.59

2.44

1.44

3.41

4.44

1-5/8

CX04-0017

1010337

1.00

5.31

2.62

2.75

2.66

1.63

3.63

4.75

1-3/4

CX04-0018

1010355

1.13

5.75

2.75

3.06

2.94

1.81

3.81

5.28

CX04-0019

1010373

1.25

6.44

3.00

3.38

3.28

2.00

4.44

5.88

2-1/4

CX04-0020

1010391

1.25

7.13

3.19

3.88

3.19

2.00

4.50

6.38

2-1/2

CX04-0021

1010417

1.25

7.69

3.44

4.13

3.69

2.00

4.05

6.63

2-3/4

CX04-0022

1010435

1.25

8.31

3.56

4.38

4.88

2.00

5.00

6.88

CX04-0023

1010453

1.50

9.19

3.88

4.75

4.69

2.38

5.88

7.63

3-1/2

CX04-0024

1010426

1.50

10.75

4.50

5.50

6.00

2.38

6.19

8.38

*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts


2-3/4 and 3-1/2 base is made of cast steel

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION
In the beginning of the chapter

4-2

WIRE ROPE CLIPS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
The SS-450 316 Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips
Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for
material traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a
size forged into it.
Available in sizes 1/8 through 5/8.
Entire clip is made from 316 Stainless Steel to resist
corrosive and rusting action.
All components are Electro-Polished.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.

SS-450

4
Dimensions
(in.)

Rope
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock
No.

1/8

CX04-0025

1011250

.22

.72

.44

.47

.41

.38

.81

.94

3/16

CX04-0026

1011261

.25

.97

.56

.59

.50

.44

.94

1.16

1/4

CX04-0027

1011272

.31

1.03

.50

.75

.66

.56

1.19

1.44

3/8

CX04-0028

1011283

.44

1.50

.75

1.00

.91

.75

1.63

1.94

1/2

CX04-0029

1011305

.50

1.88

1.00

1.19

1.13

.88

1.91

2.28

5/8

CX04-0030

1011327

.56

2.38

1.25

1.31

1.34

.94

2.06

2.50

Putting Certainty Into


Everything We Make.

CERTEX provides the rope


slings, rope terminations and
other tailor-made assemblies that
allow our customers to tackle
their lifting challenges with confidence. At CERTEX, every custom operation from cutting rope
to applying hooks and shackles
to making the most demanding
sling, carries out the same assurance of safety.
Safety is built into our products
at every stage of our fabricating
process. A CERTEX-made product can be trusted because it
starts with components that
meet the highest possible standards of safety and reliability.

4-3

Using these quality components,


the CERTEX expertise in lifting is
applied in our own rigging shops:
the result is customized lifting
equipment that will perform in the
most critical applications where
lives and property depend on it.
With experienced people
and machinery to produce the
lifting equipment that our customers specify, CERTEX companies everywhere are committed to the complete reliability
of every product that we make.

Lifting Products and Services

WIRE ROPE CLIPS


Warnings and Application Instructions For Fistgrip Clips

Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based


upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye
termination for clip sizes 1/8 through 7/8 is 80%, and
for sizes 1 through 3-1/2 is 90%.
The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon
using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC
or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large
outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be
used for sizes 1 and larger, add one additional clip. If a
pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope,
add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2 and
smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 19 x 7
Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2 and smaller.
For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above,
we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the
address or telephone number on the back cover to
ensure the desired efficiency rating.
The style of wire rope termination used for any application is the obligation of the user.
For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA
1926.251.
Figure 1
1. Refer to Table 1 in following
these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope
from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width
from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating
from one nut to the other until reaching the recommended torque.

Figure 5

Figure 6

5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES:


The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles,
using the recommended number of clips on each eye
(See Figure 5).
An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips
as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are
placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the
turnback amount shown in the application instructions.
The minimum number of clips should be installed on
each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque,
and other instructions still apply.
6. IMPORTANT
Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be
of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque.
In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected
periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
Table 1

Figure 2
2. When two clips are
required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until
reaching the recommended torque. When more than
two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the
loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip
firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.

Figure 3
3. When three or more clips
are required, space additional clips equally between first
twotake up rope slacktighten nuts on all clips, alternating from one nut to the other until reaching
recommended torque.
Figure 4

Clip
Size
(Inches)

Rope
Size
(Inches)

Minimum
No. of
Clips

Amount of Rope
to Turn Back in
Inches

*Torque
in
Ft. Lbs.

3/16

3/16

30

1/4

1/4

30

5/16

5/16

30

3/8

3/8

5-1/4

45

7/16

7/16

6-1/2

65

1/2

1/2

11

65

9/16

9/16

12-3/4

130

5/8

5/8

13-1/2

130

3/4

3/4

16

225

7/8

7/8

26

225

37

225

1-1/8

1-1/8

41

360

1-1/4

1-1/4

55

360

1-3/8

1-3/8

62

500

1-1/2

1-1/2

78

500

If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4.
If a greater number of clips are used than show in the table, the amount of turnback
should be increased proportionately.
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry,
and free of lubrication.

4. If a pulley (sheave) is
used, in place of a thimble
add one additional Fist Grip.
Fist Grip spacing should be
as shown.

WARNING
Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may
cause death or serious injury.
Read and understand these instructions before using clips.
Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope.
Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed.
Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.
Apply first load to test the assembly.This load should be of equal
or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and
retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).

4-4

WIRE ROPE CLIPS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
Fist Grip Clips
Bolts are an integral part of the saddle. Nuts can be
installed in such a way as to enable the operator to
swing the wrench in a full arc for fast installation.
All sizes have forged steel saddles.
Entire clip is Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting
action.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
Assembled with standard heavy hex nuts.

G-429

Fist Grip wire clips meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal
Specification FF-C-450 Type III, Class 1, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

G-429

Rope
Size
(in.)

Dimensions
(in.)
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.
Galv.

3 /16 1/4

CX04-0031

5/16
3/8

1010471

A
.25

B
1.25

C
.34

D
.94

E
.38

G
1.28

CX04-0032

1010499

.31

1.34

.44

1.06

.38

CX04-0033

1010514

.38

1.59

.50

1.06

.44

7/16 1/2

CX04-0034

1010532

.50

1.88

.56

1.25

9/16 5/8

CX04-0035

1010550

.63

2.28

.69

3/4

CX04-0036

1010578

.75

2.69

.88

7/8

CX04-0037

1010596

.88

2.97

CX04-0038

1010612

1.00

1 1/8

CX04-0039

1010630

1 1/4

CX04-0040

1-3/8 1-1/2

CX04-0041

Approx
L
1.63

M
.69

N
1.47

1.47

1.94

.69

1.56

1.81

2.38

.75

1.88

.50

2.19

2.75

.88

2.19

1.50

.63

2.69

3.50

1.06

2.63

1.81

.75

2.94

3.75

1.25

3.06

.97

2.13

.75

3.31

4.13

1.25

3.14

3.06

1.19

2.25

.75

3.72

4.63

1.25

3.53

1.13

3.44

1.28

2.38

.88

4.19

5.25

1.44

3.91

1010658

1.25

3.56

1.34

2.50

.88

4.25

5.25

1.44

4.03

1010676

1.50

4.13

1.56

3.00

1.00

5.56

7.00

1.63

4.66

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION
on previous page

4-5

WEDGE SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions

Wrong

Right
Figure 1

Wrong
Figure 2

* Tail Length
Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope
A minimum of 6 rope diameters,
but not less than 6.
(i.e.For 1 rope:
Tail Length = 1x 6 = 6)
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope
A minimum of 20 rope diameters,
but not less than 6.
(i.e.For 1 rope:
Tail Length = 1 x 20 = 20)

Important Safety Information


Read and Follow
Inspection/Maintenance Safety
Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.
Do not use part showing cracks.
Do not use modified or substitute parts.
Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by
lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not
reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not
repair by welding.
Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often
in severe operating conditions.
Assembly Safety
Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger
size socket. For example: When using 9/16 diameter
wire rope use a 5/8size Wedge Socket Assembly.
Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should be a
minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6.
Align live end of rope, with center line of pin.
(See Figure 1)

Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)


DO NOT ATTACH DEAD END TO LIVE END.
(See Figure 2)
Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into
socket as possible before applying first load.
To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special
wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands)
ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized
before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket
to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail
length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20
rope diameters but not less than 6 (See Figure 1).
Operating Safety
Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope
in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater
weight than loads expected in use.
Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is
based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire
Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge
Socket is 80%.
During use, do not strike the dead end section with any
other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed.
A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge
Socket.
Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This
load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.

4-6

WEDGE SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.

NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets


can be retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge.
New QUIC CHECK Go
and No-Go features cast into
wedge.The proper size wire
rope is determined when the
following criteria are met: 1.
The wire rope shall pass thru
the Go hole in the wedge. 2.The wire rope shall NOT
pass thru the No-Go hole in the wedge.

TABLE 1
Rope Size
Clip Size
*Torque Ft./Lbs.

3/8
3/8
45

1/2
1/2
65

5/8
5/8
95

3/4
3/4
130

7/8
7/8
225

1
1
225

1-1/8
1-1/8
225

Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by


lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not
reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not
repair by welding.
Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often
in severe operating conditions.
Assembly Safety
Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger
size socket. For example: When using 9/16 diameter
wire rope use a 5/8size Wedge Socket Assembly.
Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the dead end should be a
minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6. (See
Figure 1)
To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special
wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands)
ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized
before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket
to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail
length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20
rope diameters, but not less than 6. (See Figure 1)
Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table 1)
to wire rope size.
Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See
Figure 1)
Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)
Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table 1)
Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge
backwards. (See Figure 2)
Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep
into socket as possible before applying
first load.
Operating Safety
Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope
in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater
weight than loads expected in use.
Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is
based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire
Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge
Socket is 80%.
During use, do not strike the dead end section with any
other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).

*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean,
dry and free of lubrication.

Important Safety Information


Read and Follow
Inspection/Maintenance Safety
Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.
Do not use part showing cracks.
Do not use modified or substitute parts.

FIGURE 2

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION
on previous page

4-7

WEDGE SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
THE TERMINATOR
Crosbys New & ImprovedWedge Socket

S-421T
U.S. patent 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents

Basket is cast steel.


Individually magnetic particle inspected.
Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in conjunction with open swage and
spelter sockets.
Secures the tail or dead end of the wire rope to the
wedge, thus eliminates loss or Punch out of the
wedge.
Eliminates the need for an extra piece of rope, and is
easily installed.
The TERMINATOR wedge eliminates the potential
breaking off of the tail due to fatigue.
The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and
the wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse.

Incorporates Crosbys patented QUIC-CHECK Go


and No-Go feature cast into the wedge.The proper
size rope is determined when the following criteria
are met:
1. The wire rope should pass through the Go hole in
the wedge.
2. The wire rope should NOT pass through the NoGo hole in the wedge.
Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt wire rope clip.
Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the
catalog breaking strength of wire rope.
Standard S-421 wedge sockets can be retrofitted with
the new style TERMINATOR wedge.
Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin.

Dimensions
(In.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.
Wedge
Only

S-421T
Weight
Each*
(lbs.)

CX04-0050

1035555

.50

5.63

2.77

.81

.81

1.38

3.12

7.38

1.60

.88

1.56

.44

2.13

.44

1.25

1.38

6.15

CX04-0051

1035564

1.05

6.81

3.55

1.00

1.00

1.62

3.85

8.75

1.21

1.06

1.94

.50

2.44

.53

1.75

1.88

9.70

CX04-0052

1035573

1.79

8.16

4.36

1.25

1.19

2.12

4.58 10.34

1.64

1.22

2.25

.56

3.13

.69

2.00

2.19

1035027

14.50

CX04-0053

1035582

2.60

9.78

4.81

1.50

1.38

2.44

5.37 12.03

2.17

1.40

2.62

.66

3.63

.78

2.34

2.56

CX04-0046

1035036

21.50

CX04-0054

1035591

4.02

11.16

4.65

1.75

1.63

2.69

6.28 14.00

2.22

1.66

3.12

.75

4.19

.88

2.69

2.94

CX04-0047

1035045

30.75

CX04-0055

1035600

5.37

12.75

5.08

2.00

2.00

2.56

7.02 15.86

2.71

2.00

3.75

.88

4.63

1.03

2.88

3.28

1-1/8

CX04-0048

1035054

45.30

CX04-0056

1035609

7.84

14.38

5.51

2.25

2.25

3.31

7.76 17.70

2.50

2.25

4.25

1.00

5.38

1.19

3.13

3.56

**1-1/4

CX04-0049

1040448

57.50

CX04-0057

1040607

6.81

16.00

7.94

2.50

2.50

3.56

N/A

3.39

2.50

4.75

1.12

5.81

1.31

3.38

3.81

Wire
Rope
Dia.
(In.)
3/8

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.
Complete
Assembly*

S-421T
Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX04-0042

1035000

3.18

1/2

CX04-0043

1035009

5/8

CX04-0044

1035018

3/4

CX04-0045

7/8

N/A

* Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin, and Wire Rope Clip.
** 1-1/4 not available inTERMINATOR style.
Nominal.
Weight of socket, wedge, and pin.
Wedge socket meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D Type C, except those provisions required of the contractor.
For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket.

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed.
A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge
Socket.
Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This
load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.

4-8

SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines

Figure 8.

Figure 9.

ZINC-POURED SPELTER SOCKETING


1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed
The rope end should be of sufficient length so that the
ends of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the
top of the socket basket. (Fig. 8)
2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket
Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the
socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters.
(Figs. 9 & 10)
3. Broom Out Strand Wires
Unlay and Straighten the individual rope strands and
spread them evenly so that they form an included angle
of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each
individual strand for the full length of the rope end
being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the
wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the
wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in
the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and
removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9)
4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends
A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl
Chloroform or equivalent solvent. These are known
under the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane,
Perchloroethane, and Perchloroethylene.

CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful;


it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to
follow the solvent manufacturers instructions, and carefully observe all instructions printed on the label.
Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then
brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirtmaking
certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the
broom up the serving band (Fig. 11). Additionally, a solution of muriatic acid may also be used. If acid is used, the
broomed-out ends should be rinsed in a solution of bicarbonate of soda so as to neutralize any acid that may remain on the rope. Care should be exercised to prevent
acid from entering the core; this is particularly important
if the rope has a fiber core. Where it is feasible, the best
and preferred cleaning method for rope ends prior to
socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After this cleaning step,
place the broomed-out end pointing downward, allowing
it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires
are dry.
Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope
or on the serving band since it will run down the wires
when the rope is turned upright.

4-9

SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines

4
Figure 11.

Figure 10.

Figure 12.

Figure 13.

Figure 14.

5. Dip the Broomed-Out Rope Ends in Flux


Prepare a hot solution of zinc-ammonium chloride flux
comparable to Zaclon K. Use a concentration of 1 lb. of
zinc-ammonium chloride to 1 gallon of water; maintain
the solution at a temperature of 180 degrees to 200
degrees F. Swish the broomed-out end in the flux solution, then point the rope end downward until such time
as the wires have dried thoroughly (Fig. 12).
6. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket
Use clean seizing wire to compress the broomed-end into
a tight bundle which will permit the socket to be slipped
easily over the wires (Fig. 13). Before placing the socket
on the rope, make certain the socket is clean and no
moisture is present inside the bowl of the socket. Heating
the socket will dispel any residual moisture and will also
prevent the zinc from freezing or cooling prematurely.
A word of caution: Never heat a socket after it is placed
on the rope. To do so may cause damage to the rope.
After the socket is on the rope, the wires should be distributed evenly in the socket basket so the zinc can surround each wire. Use extreme care in aligning the socket
with the ropes centerline, and in making certain there
is a minimum vertical length of rope extending from the
socket equal to about 30 rope diameters. This vertical
length is necessary for rope balance. Premature wire
breaks at the socket can occur if the rope is not balanced
at pouring.

Seal the socket base with fire clay or putty but make certain the material does not penetrate into the socket base.
Should this occur, it could prevent the zinc from penetrating the full length of the socket basket thereby creating a void that would collect moisture after the socket is
placed in service (Fig. 14).
7. Pour the Zinc
The zinc used should meet ASTM Specification designation B6-49 Grade (1) Prime Western or better, and
Federal Specification QQ-Z-351-a Amendment 1, interim
Amendment 2. Pour the zinc at a temperature of 950
degrees to 1000 degrees F (Fig. 15). A word of caution:
Overheating of the zinc may affect its bonding properties. The zinc temperature may be measured with a
portable pyrometer or a Tempilstik. Remove all dross
from the top of the zinc pool before pouring. Pour the
zinc in one continuous stream until it reaches the top
of the basket and all wire ends are covered; there should
be no capping of the socket.
8. Remove Serving
After the zinc and socket have cooled remove the serving
band from the socket base and check to make certain
that the zinc has penetrated to the socket base (Fig. 16).
9. Lubricate the Rope
Apply wire rope lubricant to the rope at the base of the
socket and on any rope section where the original lubricant may have been removed.

4-10

SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines

4
Figure 15.

Figure 16.

Thermo-Set Resin Socketing


Before proceeding with a thermo-set resin socketing procedure, check the resin manufacturers instructions carefully. Each resin system has specific procedures and steps
which must be followed in the order specified for the system to give the desired results. Since any thermo-set resin
system depends upon chemical reaction, the procedure
becomes critically important. Give particular attention to
selecting sockets designed for resin socketing. The following steps give a general outline to follow for resin
socketing, they should not be used as a substitute for
detailed instructions supplied by the resin manufacturer.
1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed
The rope end should be of sufficient length so the ends
of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top
of the socket basket. (Fig. 8)
2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket
Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the
socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters.
(Figs. 9 & 10)
3. Broom Out Strand Wires
Unlay and straighten the individual rope strands and
spread them evenly so that they form an included angle
of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each
individual strand for the full length of the rope end
being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the
wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the
wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in
the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and
removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9)
4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends
A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl
Chloroform or equivalent solvent. It is also known under
the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane,
Perchlorothane, and Perchloroethylene.
CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful;
it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to
follow the solvent manufacturers instructions, and carefully observe all instructions printed on the label.

Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then


brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirtmaking
certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the
broom up to the serving band (Fig. 11). The use of acid
to etch the wires before resin socketing is unnecessary
and not recommended. Also, the use of flux on the
wires before pouring resin should be avoided since this
adversely affects resin bonding to the steel wires. Where
it is feasible, the best and preferred cleaning method for
rope ends prior to socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After
this cleaning step, place the broomed-out end pointing
downward allowing it to remain until all solvent has
evaporated and the wires are dry.
Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope
or on the serving band since it will run down the wires
when the rope is turned upright.
5. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket
Place rope in a vertical position with the broom end up.
Close and compact the broom to permit insertion of the
broomed end into the base of the socketing. Slip the
socket on, removing any temporary banding or seizing
as required. Make certain the broomed wires are uniformly spaced in the basket, with the wire ends slightly
below the top edge of the basket, and the axis of the
rope and the fitting are aligned. Seal the annular space
between the base of the socket and the rope to prevent
leakage of the resin from the basket. In addition to normal sealing materials, non-hardening butyl rubber-base
sealant or latex glazing compounds are satisfactory for
this purpose. Make sure the sealant does not enter the
base of the socket so the resin will be able to fill the
complete depth of the socket basket.
6. Pouring the Resin
Mix and pour the resin in strict accordance with the
resin manufacturers instructions.
7. Lubrication After Socket Attachment
After the resin has cured, re-lubricate the wire rope at the
base of the socket to replace any lubricant that may have
been removed during the cleaning operation.

4-11

SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines

8.Acceptable Resin Types


Properties of commerically available resins vary considerably. It is next to impossible to establish general rules to
cover all available resins. It is extremely important to
refer to the individual resin manufacturers instructions
before using any one type. If the resin manufacturer has
no data as to how his resin system preforms with wire
rope socketing, tests should be conducted before the
system is used for field applications.
When properly formulated, most thermoset resins are
acceptable for socketing. These formulations, when
mixed, form a pourable material which will harden at
ambient temperature, or upon the application of moderate heat. No open flame or molten metal hazards exist
with resin socketing since heat-curing when necessary,
requires a relatively low temperature (250-300 degrees F)
obtainable by electric resistance heating. Since resin socketing is so much simpler than zinc socketing, care must
be taken not to become lax in following the recommended procedures.
Tests have demonstrated that satisfactory wire rope socketing performance can be obtained with resins having
characteristics and properties as follows:
The resin shall be a liquid thermoset material that will
harden after being mixed with the correct proportion of
catalyst or curing agent. (Hardener)
A. Properties of Liquid (Uncured) Material
Resin and catalyst are normally supplied in two separate
containers. After thoroughly mixing the two components
together, the liquid can be poured into the socket basket.
For ease of handling, liquid resins and catalysts should
have the following properties:
1) Viscosity of the resin-catalyst mixture should be 3040,000 CPS at 75 degrees F immediately after mixing.
The viscosity will increase at lower ambient temperature and the resin may require warming prior to mixing
with the catalyst if ambient temperatures are too low.
2) Flash Point
Both resin and catalyst should have a minimum flash
point of 100 degrees F.
3) Shelf Life
Unmixed resin and catalyst should have a maximum
shelf life specified by the resin manufacturer.

4) Pot Life and Cure Time


After mixing, the resin-catalyst blend should be
pourable for approximately eight minutes and should
harden within 30 minutes. Heating the blend in the
socket should be permissible to obtain the cure.
B. Properties of the Cured Resin
1) Socket Performance
The resin shall exhibit sufficient bonding to the solvent-washed wires in a wire rope end socket to develop the breaking strength of all types, constructions and
grades of wire rope. No slippage of individual wires is
permissible when testing resin socketed rope assemblies in tension. After testing, however, some seating
of the resin cone may be apparent and is acceptable.
The resin/wire bond within the cone or basket must be
capable of withstanding tensile-shock loading encountered in normal field usage.
2) Compressive Strength
The minimum allowable compressive strength for fully
cured resin is 12000 psi.
3) Shrinkage
Maximum allowable shrinkage is 2%. To control
shrinkage, an inert filler may be used in the resin provided that the viscosity requirements are met. This
filler material should always be formulated into the
resin system by the resin manufacturer, not field
mixed by the user.
4) Hardness
The desired hardness of the cured resin system is in
the range of Barcol 40-55.
C. Performance of Resin Socketed Assemblies
Resin socketed assemblies may be moved after the resin
has hardened. If the resin manufacturers directions are
followed, resin sockets should develop the breaking
strength of the rope, and have the capability to withstand shock loading to a degree sufficient to break
the rope, without the resin cone cracking or breaking.
One final note: resin technology is changing almost daily.
Characteristics of these products vary significantly and
each must be handled differently. The resin manufacturer
should supply specific data as to fitness of their system
for wire rope socketing.

4-12

SPELTER SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Grooved Open Spelter Sockets

G-416

Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2, cast alloy steel 1-5/8


thru 4.
Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating
of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7,
6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC, or IWRC
wire rope.

Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets


1/4 thru 3/4. Sizes 7/8 thru 1-1/2 use 2 grooves. Sizes 15/8 and larger use 3 grooves.

Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification


RR-S-550D, Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Structural
Strand
Dia.
(in.)

Dimensions (in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock No.
G-416
Galv.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock No.
S-416
S.C.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1/4
5/16 3/8
7/16 1/2
9/16 5/8
1/2
3/4
9/16 5/8
7/8
11/16 3/4
1
13/16 7/8
1-1/8
15/16 1
1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/16 1-1/8
1-1/2
1-13/16 1-1/4

CX04-0058
CX04-0059
CX04-0060
CX04-0061
CX04-0062
CX04-0063
CX04-0064
CX04-0065
CX04-0066
CX04-0067

1039619
1039637
1039655
1039673
1039691
1039717
1039735
1039753
1039771
1039799

CX04-0078
CX04-0079
CX04-0080
CX04-0081
CX04-0082
CX04-0083
CX04-0084
CX04-0085
CX04-0086
CX04-0087

1039628
1039646
1039664
1039682
1039708
1039726
1039744
1039762
1039780
1039806

1.10
1.30
2.25
3.60
5.83
9.65
15.50
21.50
31.00
47.25

A
4.56
4.84
5.56
6.75
7.94
9.25
10.56
11.81
13.19
15.12

C
.75
.81
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00

D
.69
.81
1.00
1.19
1.38
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75

F
.38
.50
.56
.69
.81
.94
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.63

G
.69
.81
.94
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.75

H
1.56
1.69
1.88
2.25
2.62
3.25
3.75
4.12
4.75
5.25

J
2.25
2.25
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00

L
1.56
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.62
5.00
6.00

M
1.31
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.62
3.13
3.75
4.12
4.75
5.38

N
.31
.44
.50
.56
.62
.80
.88
1.00
1.13
1.19

1-5/8
1-3/4 1-7/8
2 2-1/8
2-1/4 2-3/8
2-1/2 2-5/8
2-3/4 2-7/8
3 3-1/8

1-5/16 1-3/8
1-7/16 1-5/8
1-11/16 1-3/4
1-13/16 1-7/8
1-15/16 2-1/8
2-3/16 2-7/16
2-1/2 2-5/8

CX04-0068
CX04-0069
CX04-0070
CX04-0071
CX04-0072
CX04-0073
CX04-0074

1039815
1039833
1039851
1039879
1041633
1041651
1041679

CX04-0088
CX04-0089
CX04-0090
CX04-0091
CX04-0092
CX04-0093
CX04-0094

1039824
1039842
1039860
1039888
1041642
1041660
1041688

55.00
82.00
129.00
167.00
252.00
315.00
380.00

16.25
18.25
21.50
23.50
25.50
27.25
29.00

3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.25
5.75

3.00
3.50
3.75
4.25
4.75
5.00
5.25

1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.88
3.12
3.38

3.00
3.13
3.75
4.00
4.50
4.88
5.25

5.50
6.38
7.38
8.25
9.25
10.50
11.12

6.50
7.50
8.50
9.00
9.75
11.00
12.00

6.50
7.00
9.00
10.00
10.75
11.00
11.25

5.75
6.50
7.00
7.75
8.50
9.00
9.50

1.31
1.56
1.81
2.13
2.38
2.88
3.00

3-1/4 3-3/8
3-1/2 3-5/8

2-3/4 2-7/8
3 3-1/8

CX04-0075
CX04-0076

1041697
1041713

CX04-0095
CX04-0096

1041704
1041722

434.00
563.00

30.88
33.25

6.25
6.75

5.50
6.00

3.62
3.88

5.75
6.50

11.88
12.38

13.00
14.00

11.75
12.50

10.00
10.75

3.12
3.25

CX04-0077

1041731

CX04-0097

1041740

783.00

36.25

7.50

7.00

4.25

7.25

13.62

15.00

13.50

12.50

3.50

Rope Dia.
(in.)

3-3/4 4

4-13

SPELTER SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Grooved Closed Spelter Sockets

G-417

Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2, cast alloy steel 1-5/8


thru 4.
Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating
of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Ratings are based on the recommended use with
6 x 7, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC or
IWRC wire rope.
Closed grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification
RR-S-550D,Type B, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Rope
Dia.
(in.)
1/4
5/16 3/8
7/16 1/2
9/16 5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4 1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4 1-7/8
2 2-1/8
2-1/4 2-3/8
2-1/2 2-5/8
2-3/4 2-7/8
3 3-1/8
3-1/4 3-3/8
3-1/2 3-5/8
3-3/4 4

Structural
Strand
Dia.
(in.)

1/2
9/16 5/8
11/16 3/4
13/16 7/8
15/16 1
1-1/16 1-1/8
1-3/16 1-1/4
1-5/16 1-3/8
1-7/16 1-5/8
1-11/16 1-3/4
1-13/16 1-7/8
1-15/16 2-1/8
2-3/16 2-7/16
2-1/2 2-5/8
2-3/4 2-7/8
3 3-1/8

Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets


1/4 thru 3/4. Sizes 7/8 thru 1-1/2 use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-5/8
and larger use 3 grooves.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock No.
G-417
Galv.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock No.
S-417
S.C.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX04-0098
CX04-0099
CX04-0100
CX04-0101
CX04-0102
CX04-0103
CX04-0104
CX04-0105
CX04-0106
CX04-0107
CX04-0108
CX04-0109
CX04-0110
CX04-0111
CX04-0112
CX04-0113
CX04-0114
CX04-0115
CX04-0116
CX04-0117

1039897
1039913
1039931
1039959
1039977
1039995
1040019
1040037
1040055
1040073
1040091
1040117
1040135
1040153
1041759
1041777
1041795
1041811
1041839
1041857

CX04-0118
CX04-0119
CX04-0120
CX04-0121
CX04-0122
CX04-0123
CX04-0124
CX04-0125
CX04-0126
CX04-0127
CX04-0128
CX04-0129
CX04-0130
CX04-0131
CX04-0132
CX04-0133
CX04-0134
CX04-0135
CX04-0136
CX04-0137

1039904
1039922
1039940
1039968
1039986
1040000
1040028
1040046
1040064
1040082
1040108
1040126
1040144
1040162
1041768
1041786
1041802
1041820
1041848
1041866

.50
.75
1.50
2.50
4.25
7.25
10.50
14.25
19.75
29.20
36.00
57.25
79.00
105.00
140.00
220.00
276.00
313.00
400.00
542.00

4-14

Dimensions
(in.)
A
4.50
4.88
5.44
6.31
7.56
8.75
9.88
11.00
12.12
13.94
15.13
17.25
19.50
21.13
23.50
25.38
27.00
29.25
31.00
33.25

B
.50
.62
.69
.81
1.06
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
1.94
2.13
2.19
2.44
2.63
3.12
3.12
3.25
4.00
4.00
4.25

C
1.50
1.69
2.00
2.63
3.00
3.63
4.13
4.50
5.30
5.33
5.75
6.75
7.63
8.50
9.50
10.75
11.50
12.25
13.00
14.25

D
.88
.97
1.16
1.41
1.66
1.88
2.30
2.56
2.81
3.19
3.25
3.75
4.38
5.00
5.50
6.25
6.75
7.25
7.75
8.50

F
.38
.50
.56
.69
.81
.94
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.63
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.88
3.12
3.38
3.62
3.88
4.25

G
.69
.81
.94
1.12
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.75
3.00
3.13
3.75
4.00
4.50
4.88
5.25
5.75
6.50
7.25

H
1.56
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.75
3.25
3.75
4.13
4.75
5.25
5.50
6.38
7.38
8.25
9.25
10.19
11.50
12.25
13.00
14.25

J
2.25
2.25
2.50
3.00
3.56
4.00
4.44
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.00
9.75
11.00
12.00
13.00
14.00
15.00

K
.50
.69
.88
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.63
4.00
4.88
5.25
5.75
6.25
7.00

L
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
6.00
6.50
7.56
8.56
9.50
10.62
11.25
11.75
12.25
13.00
14.00

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Wirelock
STEP 3 BROOMING
1. Unlay the strands of the wire rope and IWRC as far as
the seizing.
2. Cut out any fiber core.
3. Unlay the individual wires from each strand, including
the IWRC, completely, down to the seizing.
4. Remove any plastic material from broomed area.

Strand
Wire Rope
* = 5D or 50d (d= Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS
GREATER.

The following simplified, step-by-step instructions should


be used only as a guide for experienced users. For full
information, consult our document WIRELOCK TECHNICAL DATA MANUAL, WIRE ROPE USER MANUAL
by AISI and WIRE ROPE MANUFACTURERS CATALOGS.
STEP 1 SOCKET SELECTION
1. WIRELOCK is recommended for use with Crosby
416 - 417 Spelter Sockets.
2. For use with sockets other than Crosby 416 - 417 consult the socket manufacturer or Crosby Engineering.
3. Sockets used with WIRELOCK shall comply with
Federal or International (CEN, ISO) Standards.
4. WIRELOCK, as with all socketing media, depends
upon the wedging action of the cone within the socket basket to develop full efficiency. A rough finish
inside the socket may increase the load at which seating will occur. Seating is required to develop the
wedging action.
STEP 2 SEIZING
Seize the wire rope or strand as shown using soft
annealed iron wire.

Strand

Wire Rope

STEP 4 CLEANING
1. The method of cleaning will depend on the lubricant
and/ or coating on the wire.
2. The methods and materials used for cleaning should
comply with the current EPA regulations.
3. Consult the Wire Rope Technical Board, your Wire
Rope supplier or the Wire Rope Manufacturer for recommended materials and methods.
4 The currently recommended Trichlorethane does not
comply with the Clean Air Act of 1990, Section 611,
Ozone Depletion Substances.

WARNING
Incorrect use of WIRELOCK can result in an unsafe termination
which may lead to serious injury, death, or property damage.
Do not use WIRELOCK with stainless steel rope in salt water environment applications.
Use only soft annealed iron wire for seizing.
Do not use any other wire (copper, brass, stainless, etc.) for seizing.
Never use an assembly until the WIRELOCK has gelled and cured.
Remove any non-metallic coating from the broomed area.e
Sockets with large grooves need to have those grooves filled before
use with WIRELOCK.
Read, understand, and follow these instructions and those on product containers before using WIRELOCK.

4-15

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Wirelock
STEP 5 POSITIONING OF SOCKET
1. Position socket over the broom until the wires are
LEVEL with the top of the socket basket or to a minimum embedded length as shown.
2. Clamp rope and socket vertically ensuring alignment
of their axes.
3. CAUTION: DO NOT USE OVERSIZED SOCKETS
FOR WIRE ROPE.

STEP 8 MIXING AND POURING


1. Mix and pour WIRELOCK within the temperature
range of 48 degrees to 110 degrees F. Booster kits are
available for reduced temperatures.
2. Pour all the resin into a container containing all the
granular compound and mix thoroughly for two (2)
minutes with a flat paddle.
3. Immediately after mixing, slowly pour the mixture
down one side of the socket until the socket basket
is full.

Wire Rope
Strand
* = 5D or 50d (d = Diameter of the largest wire)
WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

STEP 9 CURING
1. WIRELOCK will gel in approximately 15 minutes, in
a temperature range 65 degrees F. to 75 degrees F.
2. The socket must remain in the vertical position for an
additional ten (10) minutes after gel is complete.
3 The socket will be ready for service 60 minutes after
gelling.
4. Never heat sockets to accelerate gel or curing.

STEP 6 SEAL SOCKET


Seal the base of the socket with putty or plasticine to
prevent leakage of the WIRELOCK.

STEP 7 WIRELOCK KITS


1. WIRELOCK kits are pre-measured and consist of two
(2) containers one (1) with resin and one (1) with
granular compound.
2. Use the complete kit NEVER MIX LESS THAN
THE TOTAL CONTENTS OF BOTH CONTAINERS.
3. Each kit has a shelf life clearly marked on each container and this must be observed. NEVER USE OUT
OF DATE KITS.

STEP 10 RE-LUBRICATION
Re-lubricate wire rope as required.
STEP 11 PROOF LOADING
Whenever possible, the assembly should be proof loaded.
All slings with poured sockets, in accordance with ASME
B30.9, shall be Proof Loaded.

CAUTION
WIRELOCK resin, in liquid state, is flammable.
Chemicals used in this product can give off toxic fumes and
can burn eyes and skin.
Never use out-of-date material.
Use only in well-ventilated work areas.
Never breathe fumes directly or for extended time.
Always wear safety glasses to protect eyes.
Always wear gloves to protect hands.
Avoid direct contact with skin anywhere.

4-16

RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS


The Crosby Group, Inc.

WIRELOCK W416-7
Socket Compound

100% termination efficiency.


Temperature operating range is -65 F to +240 F.
Ideal for on site applications.
No hazardous molten metal.
Improved fatigue life.
Pouring temperature without booster pack is 48 F
to 110 F.
One booster pack if pouring temperature is 35 F
to 48 F.
Two booster packs if pouring temperature is 27 F
to 35 F.
Refer to Wirelock Technical Manual for more
information.
Note: For use on 416 & 417 spelter sockets only.

Approvals
Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
United States Coast Guard
Registro Italiano Navale
Gemanischer Lloyd
NATO Numbers:
100cc 8030-21-902-1823
250cc 8030-21-902-1824
500cc 8030-21-902-1825
1000cc 8030-21-902-1826
Witnessed and tested by American Bureau of Shipping
(ABS)
Approximate U.S. Measurements:
250ccs Kit 1 Cup
500ccs Kit 1 Pint
1000ccs Kit 1 Quart
Guide to amount of WIRELOCK Required

Booster
Pack

W416-7 Kits
Kit
Size

Kits
Per Case

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock
No.

100 cc

20

CX04-0138

250 cc

12

CX04-0139

500 cc

12

1000 cc
2000 cc

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Stock
No.

1039602

.62

1039603

1039604

1.25

1039605

CX04-0140

1039606

2.54

1039607

12

CX04-0141

1039608

4.59

1039609

3/8

CX04-0142

1039610

9.00

1039611

7/16

Wire Rope
Size
(in.)

WIRELOCK
Required
(cc)

Wire Rope
Size
(in.)

WIRELOCK
Required
(cc)

1/4

1-3/4

700

5/16

17
17

1-7/8

700

1265

1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-5/8

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

4-17

35
35

2-1/8

1265

2-1/4

1410

52
52

2-3/8

1410

2-1/2

1830

86
125

2-5/8

1830

2-3/4

2250

160
210

3160

3-1/4

3795

350
350
420
495

3-1/2

4920

3-3/4

5980

7730

SWAGE SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
S-501 Open Swage Socket

Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable


for cold forming.
Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating
of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Stamp for identification after swaging without
concern for fractures (as per directions in National
Swaging Brochure).

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of


the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage
dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious
visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging,
a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC
CHECK and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has
been through the swaging operation and assist in field
inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging
for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading.

NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or
XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be
proof loaded.*

U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents.


S-501 Open Socket Specifications

Before Swage Dimensions


CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock
No.

Rope
Size
(in.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Max.
After
Swage
Dim.
(in.)

CX04-0143

1039021

1/4

.52

4.81

.50

1.38

.69

.27

2.13

.69

4.00

.38

1.50

.46

CX04-0144

1039049

5/16

1.12

6.25

.77

1.62

.81

.34

3.19

.81

5.31

.47

1.75

.71

CX04-0145

1039067

3/8

1.30

6.25

.77

1.62

.81

.41

3.19

.81

5.31

.47

1.75

.71

CX04-0146

1039085

7/16

2.08

7.81

.98

2.00

1.00

.48

4.25

1.00

6.69

.56

2.00

.91

CX04-0147

1039101

1/2

2.08

7.81

.98

2.00

1.00

.55

4.25

1.00

6.69

.56

2.00

.9

CX04-0148

1039129

9/16

4.67

9.50

1.25

2.38

1.19

.61

5.31

1.25

8.13

.66

2.25

1.16

CX04-0149

1039147

5/8

4.51

9.50

1.25

2.38

1.19

.67

5.31

1.25

8.13

.66

2.25

1.16

CX04-0150

1039165

3/4

7.97

11.56

1.55

2.75

1.38

.80

6.38

1.50

10.00

.68

2.75

1.42

CX04-0151

1039183

7/8

11.52

13.41

1.70

3.13

1.62

.94

7.44

1.75

11.63

.75

3.25

1.55

CX04-0152

1039209

17.80

15.47

1.98

3.69

2.00

1.06

8.50

2.00

13.38

.88

3.75

1.80

CX04-0153

1039227

1-1/8

25.25

17.31

2.25

4.06

2.25

1.19

9.56

2.25

15.00

1.00

4.25

2.05

CX04-0154

1039245

1-1/4

35.56

19.06

2.53

4.50

2.50

1.33

10.63

2.50

16.50

1.13

4.75

2.30

CX04-0155

1039263

1-3/8

43.75

20.94

2.80

5.00

2.50

1.45

11.69

2.50

18.13

1.13

5.25

2.56

CX04-0156

1039281

1-1/2

58.50

22.88

3.08

5.50

2.75

1.58

12.75

3.00

19.75

1.19

5.75

2.81

CX04-0157

1039307

1-3/4

88.75

26.63

3.39

6.69

3.50

1.86

14.88

3.50

23.00

1.56

6.75

3.06

CX04-0158

1042767

146.25

31.44

3.94

8.00

3.75

2.11

17.00

4.00

26.88

1.56

8.00

3.56

* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

4-18

SWAGE SOCKETS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
S-502 Closed Swage Socket

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of


the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage
dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious
visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a
uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC
CHECK and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has
been through the swaging operation and assist in field
inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging
for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading.

Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable


for cold forming.
Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of
100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Stamp for identification after swaging without concern
for fractures (as per directions in National Swaging
Brochure).
NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or
6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be
proof loaded.*

U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents.

S-502 Closed Socket Specifications

Before Swage Dimensions

Max.
After
Swage
Dim.
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock
No.

Rope
Size
(in.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX04-0184

1039325

1/4

.33

4.31

.50

1.38

.75

.27

2.12

.50

3.50

.46

CX04-0185

1039343

5/16

.75

5.44

.77

1.62

.88

.34

3.19

.67

4.50

.71

CX04-0186

1039361

3/8

.72

5.44

.77

1.62

.88

.41

3.19

.67

4.50

.71

CX04-0187

1039389

7/16

1.42

6.91

.98

2.00

1.06

.48

4.25

.86

5.75

.91

CX04-0188

1039405

1/2

1.42

6.91

.98

2.00

1.06

.55

4.25

.86

5.75

.91

CX04-0189

1039423

9/16

2.92

8.66

1.25

2.38

1.25

.61

5.31

1.13

7.25

1.16

CX04-0190

1039441

5/8

2.85

8.66

1.25

2.38

1.25

.67

5.31

1.13

7.25

1.16

CX04-0191

1039469

3/4

5.00

10.28

1.55

2.88

1.44

.80

6.38

1.31

8.63

1.42

CX04-0192

1039487

7/8

6.80

11.94

1.70

3.12

1.69

.94

7.44

1.50

10.13

1.55

CX04-0193

1039502

10.40

13.56

1.98

3.63

2.06

1.06

8.50

1.75

11.50

1.80

CX04-0194

1039520

1-1/8

14.82

15.03

2.25

4.00

2.31

1.19

9.56

2.00

12.75

2.05

CX04-0195

1039548

1-1/4

21.57

16.94

2.53

4.50

2.56

1.33

10.63

2.25

14.38

2.30

CX04-0196

1039566

1-3/8

28.54

18.63

2.80

5.00

2.56

1.45

11.69

2.25

15.75

2.56

CX04-0197

1039584

1-1/2

38.06

20.12

3.08

5.50

2.81

1.58

12.75

2.50

17.00

2.81

CX04-0198

1039600

1-3/4

51.00

23.56

3.39

6.25

3.56

1.86

14.88

3.00

20.00

3.06

CX04-0199

1042589

89.25

27.62

3.94

7.25

3.81

2.11

17.00

3.25

23.00

3.56

* Maximun Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

4-19

FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS


Esmet, Inc.
General Information
Electroline fittings are the first real advance in connecting practices since the development of wire rope.These
fittings are remarkably compact assemblies of three
basic units:
1. The sleeve, which slips over the end of the rope.
2. The plug, (see inset photo) which is inserted to
separate and hold the rope strands in the sleeve.
3. The covering socket.
The combination of these three units literally locks
the rope into a strong, solid assembly.

TYPICAL ASSEMBLY

Strand passed through sleeve.

Wire rope passed through sleeve and strands fanned out


for inspection of fluted plug.

SLEEVE
SLEEVE
Plug driven in and strands closed to apply socket.

SLEEVE

PLUG

PLUG
Socket applied showing twisted strands and
completed assembly.
Inspection
Hole

SOCKET
CUTAWAY ASSEMBLY

Working loads
Electroline terminations, when properly assembled, will
hold the normal or rated breaking strength of the IPS
wire rope. They are certified by the Underwriters
Laboratory, Inc. (Safety Appliance No. 799) to hold no
less than 85% of the rated breaking strength of the rope.
Fittings are designed for linear loads only.
Electroline terminations are NOT marked with a safe
working load (SWL) as the termination is a component
of an assembly which includes the wire rope. Due to the

many different types of ropes with which our termination may be used, the safe working load is dependent
upon the type of rope and the usage.
Electroline terminations are designed to have a breaking strength greater than 6x19 IPS IWRC wire rope of
the corresponding size. Our safety factor is 1.3 for the
machined fittings and 2.0 for the forged types. However, the rope is the weakest component of the assembly, and these safety factors cannot be used to determine the SWL of the assembly.

4-20

FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS


Esmet, Inc.
Clevis Assemblies
Forged Series: Clevis Socket Assembly
Self-Colored Steel

Dimensions (inches)

Galvanized Steel

Rope
Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

1/4

CX04-0480

GD-125-N

CX04-0492

GD-125-X

11/16

1-1/4

4-1/2

1-23/32

17/32

1/2

5/16

CX04-0481

GD-131-N

CX04-0493

GD-131-X

13/16

1-1/2

5-3/8

2-1/32

11/16

9/16

3/8

CX04-0482

GD-137-N

CX04-0494

GD-137-X

13/16

1-1/2

5-1/2

2-5/32

11/16

5/8

7/16

CX04-0483

GD-143-N

CX04-0495

GD-143-X

1-1/16

7-3/16

2-29/32

3/4

1/2

CX04-0484

GD-150-N

CX04-0496

GD-150-X

1-1/16

7-3/16

2-31/32

7/8

9/16

CX04-0485

GD-156-N

CX04-0497

GD-156-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-7/16

1-1/4

5/8

CX04-0486

GD-162-N

CX04-0498

GD-162-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-7/16

1-1/4

3/4

CX04-0487

GD-175-N

CX04-0499

GD-175-X

1-7/16

10-3/16

1-1/2

1-1/8

7/8

CX04-0488

GD-187-N

CX04-0500

GD-187-X

1-5/8

2-5/8

11

4-3/8

1-9/16

1-1/4

CX04-0489

GD-199-N

CX04-0501

GD-199-X

1-15/16

2-7/8

12-11/16

4-7/8

1-7/8

1-1/2

1-1/8

CX04-0490

GD-1112-N

CX04-0502

GD-1112-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

16-1/4

5-1/2

1-15/16

1-3/4

1-1/4

CX04-0491

GD-1125-N

CX04-0503

GD-1125-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

17

5-5/8

1-15/16

1-13/16

Machined Series: Clevis Socket Assembly


Self-Colored Steel

Cad. Plated Steel

Stainless Steel

Bronze
CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Dimensions (inches)

Esmet
Cat. No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

CX04-0504

ID-106-N

CX04-0521

ID-106-V

CX04-0538

IS-106

CX04-0555

IZ-106

17/64

3/8

2-1/16

43/64

3/16

3/16

1/2

3/32

CX04-0505

ID-109-N

CX04-0522

ID-109-V

CX04-0539

IS-109

CX04-0556

IZ-109

5/16

1/2

2-7/16

13/16

1/4

1/4

5/8

1/8

CX04-0506

ID-112-N

CX04-0523

ID-112-V

CX04-0540

IS-112

CX04-0557

IZ-112

5/16

1/2

2-7/16

13/16

1/4

1/4

5/8

5/32

CX04-0507

ID-115-N

CX04-0524

ID-115-V

CX04-0541

IS-115

CX04-0558

IZ-115

3/8

5/8

2-31/32

63/64

5/16

5/16

3/16

CX04-0508

ID-118-N

CX04-0525

ID-118-V

CX04-0542

IS-118

CX04-0559

IZ-118

3/8

5/8

2-31/32

63/64

5/16

5/16

3/4

7/32

CX04-0509

ID-121-N

CX04-0526

ID-121-V

CX04-0543

IS-121

CX04-0560

IZ-121

15/32

3/4

3-23/32

1-9/64

3/8

3/8

15/16

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

1/16

Rope
Size

Esmet
Cat. No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

3/4

1/4

CX04-0510

ID-125-N

CX04-0527

ID-125-V

CX04-0544

IS-125

CX04-0561

IZ-125

15/32

3/4

3-23/32

1-9/64

3/8

3/8

15/16

9/32

CX04-0511

ID-128-N

CX04-0528

ID-128-V

CX04-0545

IS-128

CX04-0562

IZ-128

17/32

7/8

4-1/4

1-19/64

3/8

7/16

1-1/16

5/16

CX04-0512

ID-131-N

CX04-0529

ID-131-V

CX04-0546

IS-131

CX04-0563

IZ-131

17/32

7/8

4-1/4

1-19/64

3/8

7/16

1-1/16

3/8

CX04-0513

ID-137-N

CX04-0530

ID-137-V

CX04-0547

IS-137

CX04-0564

IZ-137

5/8

4-27/32

1-31/64

7/16

1/2

1-3/16

7/16

CX04-0514

ID-143-N

CX04-0531

ID-143-V

CX04-0548

IS-143

CX04-0565

IZ-143

23/32

1-1/4

5-5/8

1-11/16

7/16

5/8

1-3/8

1/2

CX04-0515

ID-150-N

CX04-0532

ID-150-V

CX04-0549

IS-150

CX04-0566

IZ-150

51/64

1-3/8

6-11/32

1-59/64

1/2

11/16

1-9/16

9/16

CX04-0516

ID-156-N

CX04-0533

ID-156-V

CX04-0550

IS-156

CX04-0567

IZ-156

1-3/64

1-17/32

7-19/32

2-5/32

11/16

15/16

5/8

CX04-0517

ID-162-N

CX04-0534

ID-162-V

CX04-0551

IS-162

CX04-0568

IZ-162

1-3/64

1-17/32

7-19/32

2-5/32

11/16

15/16

3/4

CX04-0518

ID-175-N

CX04-0535

ID-175-V

CX04-0552

IS-175

CX04-0569

IZ-175

1-15/64

1-27/32

8-29/32

2-7/16

3/4

1-1/8

2-5/16

7/8

CX04-0519

ID-187-N

CX04-0536

ID-187-V

CX04-0553

IS-187

CX04-0570

IZ-187

1-7/16

1-7/8

10-3/16

2-47/64

13/16

1-1/4

2-5/8

CX04-0520

ID-199-N

CX04-0537

ID-199-V

CX04-0554

IS-199

CX04-0571

IZ-199

1-3/4

2-1/4

12

3-7/64

15/16

1-1/2

Extra Strength Series: Clevis Socket with Pin and Cotter Pin
Self-Colored Steel

Galvanized Steel

Dimensions (inches)

Rope
Size

CERTEX Cat.
Ref. No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Esmet
Cat. No.

7/16

CX04-0572

PD-143-N

CX04-0579

PD-143-X

1-1/16

7-3/16

2-19/32

1/2

CX04-0573

PD-150-N

CX04-0580

PD-150-X

1-1/16

7-3/16

2-19/32

9/16

CX04-0574

PD-156-N

CX04-0581

PD-156-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-11/64

1-1/4

1-3/16

5/8

CX04-0575

PD-162-N

CX04-0582

PD-162-X

1-1/4

2-1/2

8-5/8

3-11/64

1-1/4

1-3/16

3/4

CX04-0576

PD-175-N

CX04-0583

PD-175-X

1-7/16

10-3/16

3-11/16

1-1/2

1-3/8

7/8

CX04-0577

PD-187-N

CX04-0584

PD-187-X

1-15/16

2-7/8

12-5/8

4-7/8

1-7/8

1-1/2

CX04-0578

PD-199-N

CX04-0585

PD-199-X

2-3/16

3-5/16

15-1/2

5-5/8

1-7/8

1-13/16

NOTE: Extra Strength Fittings rated at 100% RBS of Extra-Improved Plow Steel Wire Rope.
Larger sizes available.

4-21

HAND SWAGING TOOLS


Nicopress
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1100
No. 000-WCI Hand Swager
Small, compact, can be carried in your pocket. Swages 1/32, 3/64, and
1/16 oval and stop sleeves. Has built in cable cutter. Packaged in plastic
pouch. 9 long, wt. 12 oz.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1101


00-2-3SC Hand Swager, ECONOMY MODEL.

5-function tool, swages 1/16 and 3/32 oval and stop sleeves, plus 1/8 stop
sleeves. 14 long, wt. 2 lbs.
Also available in three hole tool No. 000-1.5-3, swages sizes listed above
plus 3/64 oval and stop sleeves.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1102


No. 0-SC Hand Swagers.
Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging.
No. 0-3/64SCswages 3/64 oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/64 and 1/16
stainless steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/16SCswages 1/16 oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/32 stainless
steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-3/32SCswages 3/32 oval and 3/32, 1/8 stop sleeves, plus 1/8
stainless steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/8SCswages 1/8 oval and 5/32, 3/16, 7/32 stop sleeves.
No. 0-5/32SCswages 5/32 oval sleeves.
No. 03-16SCswages 3/16 oval sleeves.
All No. 0-SC tools20 long, wt. 4.2 lbs.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1103


No. 0 Hand Swagers.
Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging.
No. 0-7/32 swages 7/32 oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/4 swages 1/4 oval and 1/4, 9/32, 5/16 stop sleeves.
No. 0-9/32 swages 9/32 oval sleeves.
No. 0-5/16 swages 5/16 oval sleeves.
All No. 0 tools 28 long, wt. 5 lbs.

4-22

HAND SWAGING TOOLS


Nicopress
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1104
No. 32-VC: VG Tool

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 1/2


Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .2-1/2 pounds
A small hand tool with two sleeves
pressing grooves in the head. It is used
for splicing with Nicopress Oval and Stop
Sleeves having C or G letters in their
Stock Numbers.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1105


No. 51 Tool

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1/4


Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .5-1/4 pounds
Each tool has a single sleeve pressing
groove for the size of cable. Range
accommodated3/64 through 7/32.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1106 and CX04-1107


Types Nos. 63 and 64 Tools

Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20


Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .6 pounds
These are multiple sleeve-pressing
groove hand tools. The No. 63V-XPM
has three grooves and is used only with
Oval Sleeves. For cable sizes 1/8, 5/32
and 3/16.
The No. 64-CGMP has four grooves and is
used for Oval Sleeves in the range of cable
sizes from 1/16 through 5/32. The C
groove is also used for the No. 871-1-C
Stop Sleeve.

4-23

HAND SWAGING TOOLS


Nicopress
Copper Oval Sleeves

Nicopress Oval Sleeve

Finished Eye Splice

Oval Sleeve Stock No.


Plain Copper
Zinc-Plated Copper

Cable
CERTEX
Size Cat. Ref. No.
1/32"
CX04-0796
3/64"
CX04-0797
1/16"
CX04-0798
3/32"
CX04-0799
1/8"
CX04-0800
5/32"
CX04-0801
3/16"
CX04-0802
7/32"
CX04-0803
1/4"
CX04-0804
5/16"
CX04-0805
3/8"
7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"

Nicopress
Stock No.
17-1-B
18-11-B4
18-1-C
18-2-G
18-3-M
18-4-P
18-6-X
18-8-F2
18-10-F6
18-13-G9

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-0811
CX04-0812
CX04-0813
CX04-0814
CX04-0815
CX04-0816
CX04-0817
CX04-0818
CX04-0819
CX04-0820

18-23-H5
18-24-J8
18-25-K8
18-27-M1
18-28-N5

CX04-0821
CX04-0822
CX04-0823
CX04-0824
CX04-0825

CX04-0806
CX04-0807
CX04-0808
CX04-0809
CX04-0810

Hand Tool

Nicopress
CERTEX
Nicopress
Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
27-1-B
CX04-0826
*17-BA
28-11-B4
CX04-0827
51-B4-887
28-1-C
CX04-0828
51-C-887
28-2-G
CX04-0829
51-G-887
28-3-M
CX04-0830
51-M-850
28-4-P
CX04-0831
51-P-850
28-6-X
CX04-0832
51-X-850
28-8-F2
CX04-0833
51-F2-850
28-10-F6
CX04-0834
3-F6-950
28-13-G9
CX04-0835
3-G9-950
NO. 635 Hydraulic Tool Dies
28-23-H5
28-24-J8
28-25-K8
28-27-M1
28-28-N5

CX04-0836
CX04-0837
CX04-0838
CX04-0839
CX04-0840

Approx.
Weight
per 1000
Sleeves
Lbs.
0.6
2
3
5
17
23
49
56
80
114

Sleeve
Length
Before
Compressed
Approx.
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
9/16"
5/8"
15/16"
7/8"
1-1/8"
1-1/16"

Sleeve
Length
After
Compressed
Approx.
5/16"
7/16"
7/16"
7/16"
3/4"
7/8"
1-3/16"
1-1/16"
1-1/2"
1-3/8"

153
302
410
551
802

1-1/4"
1-3/4"
1-7/8"
2"
2-3/8"

1-5/8"
2-5/16"
2-1/12"
2-5/8"
3-1/8"

Oval H5
Oval J8
Oval K8
Oval M1
Oval N5

*Formerly 17:1 Tool

Copper Stop Sleeves

Nicopress Stop Sleeve

Cable
Size
1/32"
3/64"
1/16"
1/16"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-0841
CX04-0842
CX04-0843
CX04-0844

3/32"

CX04-0845

3/32"

CX04-0846

1/8"

CX04-0847

5/32"

CX04-0848

3/16"

CX04-0849

7/32"
1/4"
5/16"

CX04-0850
CX04-0851
CX04-0852

Nicopress
Stop Sleeve
Stock No.
871-32-B
871-12-B4
871-1-C
***871-1-Q
871-17-J
(Yellow)
***871-3-Q
871-18-J
(Red)
871-19-M
871-20-M
(Black)
871-22-M
871-23-F6
871-26-F6

Finished Stop

Nicopress
CERTEX
Hand Tool
Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
CX04-0853
*17-BA
CX04-0854 51-B4-887
CX04-0855
51-C-887
CX04-0856
51-Q-929

Outside
Diameter
of Sleeve
1/8"
11/64"
13/64"
1/4"

Approx.
Weight
per 1000
Sleeves
Lbs.
3/4
1-1/2
2
2

Sleeve
Length
Before
Compressed
Approx.
1/4"
7/32"
7/32"
5/32"

**Typical
Holding
Strength of
Stop Sleeve
Lbs.
120
240
430
425

CX04-0857

51-MJ

21/64"

5/16"

600

CX04-0858

51-Q-929

1/4"

5/32"

550

CX04-0859

51-MJ

21/64"

5/16"

900

CX04-0860

51-MJ

27/64"

13

5/16"

1,200

CX04-0861

51-MJ

27/64"

12

5/16"

1,600

CX04-0862
CX04-0863
CX04-0864

51-MJ
3-F6-950
3-F6-950

7/16"
21/32"
21/32"

20
60
60

5/8"
11/16"
11/16"

2,500
3,500
4,000

*Formerly 17:1 Tool.


**Holding strengths shown are based on use of galvanized aircraft cable.
***Electro Galvanized Steel Sleeves.

4-24

SWAGING SLEEVES
Nicopress
Tin Plated Copper Oval Sleeves for Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable
*NICOPRESS TOOLS

Cable
Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Nicopress
Oval
Sleeve
Stock
Number

3/64"

CX04-0865

428-1.5-VB4

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Nicopress
Single Groove
Hand Tool
Stock No.

CX04-0879

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Nicopress
Number 635
Hydraulic
Tool Die

Weight
(lbs.)
per 1000
Sleeves
Approx.

Sleeve
Length
Before
Compression
Approx.

Sleeve
Length
After
Compression
Approx.

33V-CGB4

CX04-0898

OVAL B4

3/8"

7/16"

33V-CGB4
64-CGMP
33V-CGB4
64-CGMP
64-CGMP
63-XPM
64-CGMP
63-XPM

CX04-0899

OVAL C

3/8"

7/16"

CX04-0900

OVAL G

3/8"

7/16"

CX04-0901

OVAL M

17

9/16"

3/4"

CX04-0902

OVAL P

23

5/8"

7/8"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Nicopress
Multi-Groove
Hand Tool
Stock No.

51-B4-887

CX04-0888
CX04-0888
CX04-0890
CX04-0888
CX04-0890
CX04-0890
CX04-0894
CX04-0890
CX04-0894

CX04-0894

63-XPM

1/16"

CX04-0866

428-2-VC

CX04-0880

51-C-887

3/32"

CX04-0867

428-3-VG

CX04-0881

51-G-887

1/8"

CX04-0868

428-4-VM

CX04-0882

51-M-850

5/32"

CX04-0869

428-5-VP

CX04-0883

51-P-850

3/16"

CX04-0870

428-6-VX

CX04-0884

51-X-850

CX04-0903

OVAL X

49

15/16"

1-3/16"

7/32"

CX04-0871

428-7-VF2

CX04-0885

51-F2-850

CX04-0904

OVAL F2

59

7/8"

1-1/16"

1/4"

CX04-0872

428-8-VF6

CX04-0886

3-F6-950

CX04-0905

OVAL F6

81

1"

1-3/8"

5/16"

CX04-0873

428-10-VG9

CX04-0887

3-G9-950

CX04-0906

OVAL G9

120

1-1/16"

1-3/8"

3/8"

CX04-0874

428-12-VH5

CX04-0907

OVAL H5

155

1-3/16"

1-1/2"

7/16"

CX04-0875

428-14-VJ8

CX04-0908

OVAL J8

310

1-3/4"

2-5/16"

1/2"

CX04-0876

428-16-VK8

CX04-0909

OVAL K8

420

1-7/8"

2-9/16"

9/16"

CX04-0877

428-18-VM1

CX04-0910

OVAL M1

565

2"

2-13/16"

5/8"

CX04-0878

428-20-VN5

CX04-0911

OVAL N5

822

2-3/8"

3-1/4"

The 428 Series oval sleeves are made from special materials and are specifically designed for use with stainless steel aircraft cable.
The tin plating gives this Nicopress sleeve a distinctive appearance.

Stainless Steel Oval Sleeves


NICOPRESS OVAL SLEEVES

CABLE
SIZE
1/32"
3/64"
1/16"
3/32"
1/8"
5/32"
3/16"
7/32"
1/4"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-0912
CX04-0913
CX04-0914
CX04-0915
CX04-0916
CX04-0917
CX04-0918
CX04-0919
CX04-0920

Nicopress
SLEEVE
STOCK
NUMBER
168-1-VB
168-1.5-VB4
168-2-VB4
168-3-VC
168-4-VG
168-5-VM
168-6-VP
168-7-VX
168-8-VF2

APPROX.
WEIGHT
(LBS)
PER 1000
SLEEVES
1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2-1/4
3-3/4
14
17
31
44

APPROX.
LENGTH
BEFORE
COMPRESSION
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
23/32"
3/4"
7/8"
1-1/8"

Conform to military standard (MS-51844)


*Information on power press dies for high speed production will be furnished upon request.

4-25

NICOPRESS TOOL SELECTION

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-0921
CX04-0922
CX04-0923
CX04-0924
CX04-0925
CX04-0926
CX04-0927

Nicopress
HAND
TOOL
STOCK
NO.
31-B
51-B4-887
51-B4-887
51-C-887
51-G-887
51-M-850
51-P-850

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Nicopress
NUMBER
635
HYDRAULIC
TOOL DIE

CX04-0928
CX04-0929
CX04-0930
CX04-0931
CX04-0932
CX04-0933
CX04-0934
CX04-0935

OVAL B4
OVAL B4
OVAL C
OVAL G
OVAL M
OVAL P
OVAL X
OVAL F2

SWAGING SLEEVES
ESCO Corporation
Stainless Steel Swage Sleeves
High initial ductility allows ESCO stainless steel to flow
evenly around the wire rope during swaging, for total
gripping strength plus extremely high crack and fracture resistance.
During swaging, ESCO stainless steel work-hardens more
than any other swaging steel to provide toughness and
on-the-job durability.
Plus, stainless steel is corrosion-resistant.

Duplex sleeves
ESCO Stainless Steel Duplex Sleeves allow for easy
adjustment of eye size. Make grommets, plain eyes, and
tight thumbled eyes quickly and precisely every time. No
splicing. No die changes.
All ESCO Stainless Steel Sleeves swage in two to three
pressings, each sleeve in open-channel dies.
Use one-piece sleeves for 1/8 to 1 wire rope
Use two-piece sleeves for 1/2 to 2-1/2 wire rope.

WARNING!
All ESCO swage sleeves are designed for use with 6x19 class or 6x37 class, right
regular lay, E.I.P., I.W.R.C. wire rope manufactured to U.S. specifications. If other
constructions of wire rope are used with these fittings, the fabricator should
make up and test sample assemblies to make sure they will perform adequately
in the entended application. For complete instructions on how to install and
swage ESCO Sleeves, refer to ESCO Swage Instructions, Manual No. 219.

One-piece Duplex Sleeves

Rope
Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Weight
Each

Length (L)

Before Swage
Width (A)

After Swage
Height (B)

Length

Diameter

Die
Description

1/8"

CX04-1108

1/2 oz.

7/16"

1/4"

3/8"

1/2"

0.25"

1/8" OC

3/16"

CX04-1109

1/2 oz.

1/2"

3/8"

9/16"

9/16"

0.38"

3/16" OC

1/4"

CX04-1110

1/2 oz.

7/8"

9/16"

3/4"

1"

0.52"

1/4" OC

5/16"

CX04-1111

0.15 lb.

1-3/8"

3/4"

1-1/8"

1-9/16"

0.75"

3/8" OC

3/8"

CX04-1112

0.15 lb.

1-1/2"

3/4"

1-1/8"

1-7/8"

0.75"

3/8" OC

7/16"

CX04-1113

0.30 lb.

1-3/4"

1"

1-7/16"

1-15/16"

1.00"

1/2" OC

1/2"

CX04-1114

0.32 lb.

2"

1"

1-7/16"

2-1/4"

1.00"

1/2" OC

9/16"

CX04-1115

0.60 lb.

2-1/4"

1-3/16"

1-3/4"

2-1/2"

1.26"

5/8" OC

5/8"

CX04-1116

0.50 lb.

2-3/8"

1-1/4"

1-13/16"

2-5/8"

1.26"

5/8" OC

3/4"

CX04-1117

1.00 lb.

3-1/16"

1-7/16"

2-1/8"

3-3/8"

1.52"

3/4" OC

7/8"

CX04-1118

1.50 lbs.

3-5/16"

1-5/8"

2-1/2"

3-3/4"

1.75"

7/8" OC

1"

CX04-1119

2.10 lbs.

3-3/8"

1-7/8"

2-7/8"

3-13/16"

2.03"

1" OC

OC = Open Channel Die

WARNING
Never exceed the Working Load Limit
stated by the wire rope manufacturer.

4-26

SWAGING SLEEVES
ESCO Corporation
Stainless Steel Sleeves for Duplex Eyes
Two-piece Duplex Sleeves

Rope
Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Weight
Each

Before Swage
Length (L)

Width (A)

After Swage
Height (B)

Length

Diameter

Die
Description
1/2" OC

1/2"

CX04-1120

0.14 lb.

1"

15/16"

1-3/8"

1-1/8"

1.00"

9/16"

CX04-1121

0.32 lb.

1-1/4"

1-3/16"

1-11/16"

1-7/16"

1.26"

5/8" OC

5/8"

CX04-1122

0.28 lb.

1"

1-5/16"

1-13/16"

1-3/16"

1.26"

5/8" OC

3/4"

CX04-1123

0.44 lb.

1-3/16"

1-3/8"

2-1/8"

1-7/16"

1.52"

3/4" OC

7/8"

CX04-1124

0.68 lb.

1-3/8"

1-11/16"

2-1/2"

1-5/8"

1.75"

7/8" OC

1"

CX04-1125

0.96 lb.

1-9/16"

1-3/4"

2-3/4"

1-13/16"

2.03"

1" OC

1-1/8"

CX04-1126

1.5 lbs.

1-7/8"

2"

3-3/16"

2-1/8"

2.25"

1-1/8" OC

1-1/4"

CX04-1127

2 lbs.

2-1/8"

2-3/8"

3-5/16"

2-1/2"

2.50"

1-1/4" OC

1-3/8"

CX04-1128

2 lbs.

2-1/8"

2-5/16"

3-9/16"

2-1/2"

2.50"

1-1/4" OC

1-1/2"

CX04-1129

2 lbs.

2-1/4"

2-1/2"

3-7/8"

2-5/8"

2.69"

1-1/2" OC

1-5/8"

CX04-1130

3 lbs.

2-3/8"

2-13/16"

4-5/16"

2-3/4"

3.06"

1-3/4" OC

1-3/4"

CX04-1131

3 lbs.

2-1/2"

2-13/16"

4-7/16"

2-7/8"

3.06"

1-3/4" OC

2"

CX04-1132

4.3 lbs.

2-7/8"

3-3/16"

5"

3-1/4"

3.50"

2" OC

2-1/4"

CX04-1133

6.5 lbs.

3-1/8"

3-3/4"

5-11/16"

3-5/8"

4.00"

2-1/4" OC

2-1/2"

CX04-1134

7.5 lbs.

3-1/8"

4"

6-3/8"

3-5/8"

4.38"

2-1/2" OC

OC = Open Channel Die

WARNING
Never exceed the Working Load Limit
stated by the wire rope manufacturer.

4-27

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Loos & Co.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1135


Type C-108

Type C-108 Simple construction, all parts protected against rust and salt water. Designed as an indispensable part
of boat equipment. Especially suited for quick easy cutting of shrouds, stays, halyards, and other rigging of hi-tensile
wire rope or cable up to 5/16 diameter. Inexpensive insurance for that rare time when a mast breaks. The C-108
will cut virtually any material including steel rods up to 5/16 diameter and tempered steel spring wires up to 1/4
diameter. Weight: 4.5 lbs. Length: 22

IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1136


Type C-108Type C-112

Type C-112 Like the C-108, this cutter also has maximum force transmission which applies the maximum leverage
just at the right moment. This coupled with Swiss precision blades make the C-112 and the C-108 amazingly easy to
use. The C-112 will handle a maximum capacity of 1/2 hi-tensile strands. Weight: 8.25 lbs. Length: 29
IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1137 / Type C-108Type C-12


CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1138 / Type C-108Type C-16
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1139 / Type C-108Type C-16E

Type C-12 Capacity: 3/8 diameter and smaller. Length: 19. Weight: 3 lbs.
Type C-16 Capacity: 5/8 diameter and smaller. Length: 23. Weight: 5 lbs.
Type C-16E Electrical Cable Cutter Cuts ACSR cable up to 3/4. Length: 23. Weight: 5 lbs.
IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1140


Type C-108CB Base

CB Base for Bench Mounting C-12 and C-16 Cutters Simply remove one handle from your C-12 or C-16 Cutter,
bolt on our base and your portable cutter has been converted to a stationary bench mounted cutter.
IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

4-28

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Impact Type (Hammer Action)

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1143


Model 2

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142


Model 1A
SPECIFICATIONS:All are portable. Firm base required for operation.

Actuated by striking with a hammer, they are simple to


operate, and do a superior cutting job with only a few
blows. These cutters are precision engineered to deliver
a cut without affecting the original roundness of the wire
rope. The blades and dies are made of the best tool steel
available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.


CX04-1141
CX04-1142
CX04-1143

Model
1
1A
2

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141


Model 1

For Cutting Wire Rope:


Up to 3/4 Model 1 designed for occasional on-thejob-cutting.
Up to 1-1/16 use Model 1A.
Up to 1-1/2 use Model 2.

Capacity
3/4"
1-1/16"
1-1/2"

4-29

Height
6"
7"
9"

Base
3-1/2"
6-1/4"
7-3/4"

Weight
7 lbs.
15 lbs.
28 lbs.

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Impact Type (Hammer Action)

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141 / Model No. 1

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142 / Model No. 1A

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1143 / Model No. 2

WARNING
Wear safety goggles, use cable bands and
read instruction sheet before using this tool.

4-30

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Impact Type (Hammer Action)
Model No. 1
(Light Duty)

Model No. 1A
(Heavy Duty)
CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Morse
Part
No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Morse
Part
No.

Packed
Weight

Cutter Complete

CX04-0936

101

8 lbs.

Cutter Complete

CX04-0945

121

17 lbs.

Casting Base

CX04-0937

102

4 lbs.

Casting Base

CX04-0946

122

12 lbs.

Plunger

CX04-0938

103

3 lbs.

Plunger

CX04-0947

123

4 lbs.

Die (Set)

CX04-0939

104

4 oz.

Die (Set)

CX04-0948

124

7 oz.

Blade (With Pin)

CX04-0940

105

2 oz.

Blade (With Pin)

CX04-0949

125

2 oz.

Blade Pin Only

CX04-0941

106

1 oz.

Blade Pin Only

CX04-0950

126

1 oz.

Plunger Guide Pin

CX04-0942

107

1 oz.

Plunger Guide Pin

CX04-0951

127

1 oz.

Guard

CX04-0943

108

1 oz.

Guard

CX04-0952

128

2 oz.

Warning Decals

CX04-0944

109

Warning Decals

CX04-0953

129

Description

Description

Packed
Weight

Model No. 2
(Extra Heavy Duty)

Description
Cutter Complete
Casting Base
Plunger
Die (Set)
Blade (With Pin)
Blade Pin Only
Plunger Guide Pin
Guard
Warning Decals

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Morse
Part
No.

CX04-0954
CX04-0955
CX04-0956
CX04-0957
CX04-0958
CX04-0959
CX04-0960
CX04-0961
CX04-0962

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139

Packed
Weight
28 lbs.
21 lbs.
7 lbs.
10 oz.
5 oz.
1 oz.
1 oz.
3 oz.

Designed for use with the Morse-Starrett cutter. The


band is a sheet of pliable but very tough steel indented
with a groove and lock seam at one edge and is made
in lengths and sizes to fit various sized cable up to
1-1/2 inches in diameter.
Application of the band is simple, requires no special
tools; and may be made in 20 seconds with an ordinary
pair of pliers.
Note: Each size rope requires a band of corresponding
size. All bands packed and sold in boxes of 50 of a single
size only.

Morse-Starrett Cable Bands

CABLE BANDS: Steel, Galvanized


CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1144
CX04-1145
CX04-1146

3/16"
9/16"
15/16"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1147
CX04-1148
CX04-1149

1/4"
5/8"
1"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1150
CX04-1151
CX04-1152

5/16"
11/16"
1-1/8"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1153
CX04-1154
CX04-1155

4-31

3/8"
3/4"
1-1/4"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1156
CX04-1157
CX04-1158

7/16"
13/16"
1-3/8"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX04-1159
CX04-1160
CX04-1161

1/2"
7/8"
1-1/2"

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated)

Lift latch to open.

Insert wire rope.


Close latch. Pump handle
This efficient, portable Hydrashear is a self-contained hydraulic cable cutter recommended by wire rope manufacturers, and used by industries throughout the world.
This tool is precision engineered to give a good, clean cut with minimum effort. Just pump the handle {78} no outside
power needed. It can be easily carried to the job, and placed anywhere to do its work.
The blades and shear blades are made of the finest tool steel available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances,
which means long life, as well as superior performance. Three models available.
Hydrashears are used by earth-moving and construction contractors, factory warehouses, rigging lofts, elevator repairmen. All models will operate underwater.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-1162
CX04-1163
CX04-1164

Model
W
P
C

Capacity
3/4"
1-1/8"
1-3/4"

Dimensions
12" x 3-5/8" x 6" high
14" x 4-1/8" x 7" high
18-1/2" x 5" x 8" high

4-32

Weight
21 lbs.
34 lbs.
66 lbs.

WIRE ROPE CUTTERS


Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated)
Model W P C

HYDRASHEAR REPLACEMENT PARTS


PART
NO. DESCRIPTION
1.
Die Set
4.
Blade
5.
Blade Pin
6.
Hinge Pin
7.
Ram
8.
Ram Collar
10.
Ram Retracting Spring
11.
Cover Plate
15.
Ram Cup Leather Retainer
33.
Latch
36.
Pump Handle
38.
Latch Pin
43.
Shear Blade Holder
60.
Bypass Valve
61.
Standard Repair Kit
62.
Overhaul Kit

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-0963
CX04-0964
CX04-0965
CX04-0966
CX04-0967
CX04-0968
CX04-0969
CX04-0970
CX04-0971
CX04-0972
CX04-0973
CX04-0974
CX04-0975
CX04-0976
CX04-0977

MODEL
W
W1
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W10
W11
W15
W33
W36
W38
W43
N/A
W61
W62

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-0978
CX04-0979
CX04-0980
CX04-0981
CX04-0982
CX04-0983
CX04-0984
CX04-0985
CX04-0986
CX04-0987
CX04-0988
CX04-0989
CX04-0990
CX04-0991
CX04-0992
CX04-0993

MODEL
P
P1
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
P10
P11
P15
P33
P36
P38
P43
P60
P61
P62

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX04-0994
CX04-0995
CX04-0996
CX04-0997
CX04-0998
CX04-0999
CX04-1000
CX04-1001
CX04-1002
CX04-1003
CX04-1004
CX04-1005
CX04-1006
CX04-1007
CX04-1008
CX04-1009

Items listed in the Standard Repair Kit and Overhaul Kit must be purchased in kit form only.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1165


#61 STANDARD REPAIR KIT includes:

14. Ram Cup Leather


17. Check Valve Gasket
18. Check Valve Spring
19. Ball Check Valve
20. Packing Nut

21. Ball Suction Valve


22. Suction Valve Spring
23. Suction Valve Gasket
24. Plunger Packing Screw
26. Plunger End Packing

27. Plunger
28. Plunger Packing Set
32. Release Valve
44. Cover Gasket
47. Packing Nut Wrench

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1166


#62 OVERHAUL KIT includes #61 Standard Repair Kit and all parts listed below:

12. Cover Plate Screws (3)


13. Ram Retainer Screw
16. Check Valve Plug
24. Suction Valve Plug
30. Handle Hinge Bolt

31. Release Valve Retainer


34. Handle Grip
35. Ram Collar Screws (3)
37. Bail
39. Snap Rings (4)

4-33

40. Guard Screws (2)


42. Guard Plate
46. Lock Nut
50. Air Vent Valve
61. Standard Repair Kit

MODEL
C
C1
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C10
C11
C15
C33
C36
C38
C43
C60
C61
C62

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions

Zone A: Repair Not Required


Zone B: 10% of Original Dimension
Zone C: 5% of Original Dimension
Zone D: See Minimum Thread Size Chart
Figure 1

Side Load

Back Load
Wrong
Figure 2

Tip Load

5
Right
Figure 3

Wrong
Figure 4

Important Safety Information


Read and Follow
A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear,
gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive
documented inspection program, should be conducted
by trained personnel in compliance with the schedule
in ANSI B30. 10.
For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating
loads, the hook and threads should be periodically
inspected by Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant.
(Note: Some disassembly may be required.)
Never use a hook whose throat opening has been
increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10
degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any
other way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not
work properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip.
Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits
shown in Figure 1.
Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or
gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick, or gouge shall be
repaired by grinding lengthwise, following the contour
of the hook, provided that the reduced dimension is
within the limits shown in Figure 1.
Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by welding, heating, burning, or bending.

Figure 5

Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See


Figure 2.)
Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed
to be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of
assembly may be reduced when used with synthetic
material.
Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is supporting a load.
The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or
safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30,
Insurance, etc. (Note: When using latches, see instructions in Understanding: The Crosby Group Warnings
for further information.)
Always make sure the hook supports the load. (See
Figure 3). The latch must never support the load (See
Figure 4).
When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the
angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not
greater than 45 degrees, and the included angle
between the legs does not exceed 90 degrees* (See
Figure 5).
See ANSI/ASME B30.10 Hooks for additional information.
* For angles greater than 90 degrees, or more than (2) legs, a master link or bolt
type anchor shackle should be used to attach the legs of the sling to the hook.

WARNING
Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel hoisting by cranes or derricks. A Crosby 319,
320, or 322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when secured with bolt, nut and pin) may
be used for lifting personnel. A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 Latch attached
(when secured with cotter pin or bolt, nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel.
Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop the load.
Hook must always support the load. The load must never be supported by the latch.
Never apply more force than the hooks assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating.
Read and understand these instructions before using hook.

5-1

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Basic Machining and Thread Information
Minimum Thread Size

Maximum Shank Diameter

Wrong thread and/or shank size can cause stripping and loss of load.
The maximum diameter is the largest diameter, after cleanup, that could be expected after allowing for straightness,
pits, etc.
All threads must be Class 2 or better.
The minimum thread length engaged in the nut should not be less than (1) thread diameter.
Hook shanks are not intended to be swaged on wire rope or rod.
Hook shanks are not intended to be drilled and internally threaded.
Crosby cannot assume responsibility for, (A) the quality of machining, (B) the type of application, or (C) the means
of attachment to the power source or load.
Consult the Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart (See below) for the minimum thread size for
assigned Working Load Limits (WLL).
Remove from service any Hook which has threads corroded more than 20% of the nut engaged length.

Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart


Working Load Limit
(tons)

Hook Identification
319-C
320-CN
320-C
322-C

319-A
320-AN
320-A
322-A

DC
FC
GC
HC
IC
JC
KC
LC
NC
OC
PC
SC
TC
UC

DA
FA
GA
HA
IA
JA
KA
LA
NA
OA
PA
SA
TA
UA
WA
XA
YA
ZA

319-B
DB
FB
GB
HB
IB
JB
KB
LB
NB
OB

319-C
320-CN
320-C
322-C

319-A
320-AN
320-A
322-A

.75
1
1.5
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50

1
1.5
2
3
*4.5/5
7
11
15
22
30
37
45
60
75
100
150
200
300

319-B
.5
.6
1
1.4
2.0
3.5
5.0
6.5
10
13

Maximum
Shank
Diameter
after
Machining
(in.)

319-C
(Carbon)

319-A (Alloy)
319-B (Bronze)

.53
.62
.66
.81
1.03
1.27
1.52
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.50
6.12
6.38
7.00
8.62

1/2-13 unc
5/8-11 unc
5/8-11 unc
3/4-10 unc
7/8-9 unc
1 1/8-7 unc
1 1/4-7 unc
1 5/8-8 un
2-8 un
2 1/4-8 un
2 3/4-8 un
3-8 un
3 1/4-8 un
3 3/4-8 un

1/2-13 unc
5/8-11 unc
5/8-11 unc
3/4-10 unc
7/8-9 unc
1 1/8-7 unc
1 3/8-6 unc
1 5/8-8 un
2-8 un
2 1/4-8 un
2 3/4-8 un
3-8 un
3 1/2-8 un
4-4 unc
4 1/2-8 un
5 1/2-8 un
6 1/4-8 un
7 1/2-8 un

Minimum Thread Size

* 320-AN is rated at 5 tons


Working Load LimitThe maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to support in general service when the pull is applied in-line, unless noted
otherwise, with respect to the centerline of the product. The term is used interchangeably with the followiing terms:
1. WLL 2. Rated Load Value 3. SWL 4. Safe Working Load 5. Resultant Safe Working Load.

5-2

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Shank Hooks
Patented trademark indicates
QUIC-CHECK product.

Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into


the product which address two (2) QUICCHECK features:
Deformation IndicatorsTwo strategically
placed marks, one just below the shank or eye
and the other on the hook tip, which allows
for a QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus
indicating abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape
measure) to measure the distance between
the marks.The marks should align to either an
inch or half-inch increment on the measuring
device. If the measurement does not meet this
criteria, the hook should be inspected further
for possible damage.

S-319
S-319 N

Angle IndicatorsIndicates the maximum included angle


which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These
indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other
included angles between two sling legs.

Working Load Limit*


(tons)

Carbon
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
20
25
25
30
30
40
40
50
50

Alloy
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7
11
15
22
30
30
37
37
45
45
60
60
75
75
100
100
150
200
300

Bronze
.5
.6
1
1.4
2
3-1/2
5
6-1/2
10

Shank Hooks
Stock No.

Hook Identification
Code
319-C
319CN
320-C
320-CN
322-C

319-A
319AN
320-A
320AN
322-A

DC
FC
GC
HC
IC
JC
KC
LC
NC
OC
OC
PC
PC
SC
SC
TC
TC
UC
UC

DA
FA
GA
HA
IA
JA
KA
LA
NA
OA
OA
PA
PA
SA
SA
TA
TA
UA
UA
WA
WA
XA
YA
ZA

319-BN
DB
FB
GB
HB
IB
JB
KB
LB
NB

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Carbon
S-319-C
S-319CN
S.C.

CX05-0001
CX05-0002
CX05-0003
CX05-0004
CX05-0005
CX05-0006
CX05-0007
CX05-0008
CX05-0009
CX05-0010
CX05-0011
CX05-0012
CX05-0013
CX05-0014
CX05-0015
CX05-0016
CX05-0017
CX05-0018
CX05-0019

1028505
1028514
1028523
1028532
1028541
1028550
1028563
1028572
1028581
1024386
1024402
1024420
1024448
1024466
1024484
1024509
1024545
1024563
1024581

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Alloy
S-319-A
S-319AN
S.C.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Bronze
S-319-B
S.C.

Shank**
Length
Type

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX05-0020
CX05-0021
CX05-0022
CX05-0023
CX05-0024
CX05-0025
CX05-0026
CX05-0027
CX05-0028
CX05-0029
CX05-0030
CX05-0031
CX05-0032
CX05-0033
CX05-0034
CX05-0035
CX05-0036
CX05-0037
CX05-0038
CX05-0039
CX05-0040
CX05-0041
CX05-0042
CX05-0043

1028701
1028710
1028723
1028732
1028741
1028750
1028765
1028774
1028783
1024803
1024821
1024849
1024867
1024885
1024901
1024929
1024965
1024983
1025009
1025027
1025045
1025063
1025081
1025090

CX05-0044
CX05-0045
CX05-0046
CX05-0047
CX05-0048
CX05-0049
CX05-0050
CX05-0051
CX05-0052

1028900
1028909
1028918
1028927
1028936
1028945
1028954
1028963
1028972

Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Long
Std.
Long
Std.
Long
Std.
Long
Std.
Long
Std.
Long
Std.
Std.
Std.

.50
.75
1.00
1.82
3.69
7.25
13.49
18.00
35.33
72.00
85.50
134.00
172.00
182.00
214.00
268.00
312.00
390.00
426.00
610.00
675.00
735.00
1020.00
1390.00

** See column "Y" on next page for actual length. New 319N Style Hook.
Hook I.D. Codes: AAlloy Steel, BBronze High Strength, CCarbon Steel.
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through
22 tonaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tonsaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is
4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 tonaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30
ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-3

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Shank Hooks

The most complete line of


shank hoist hooks. Available
3/4 to 300 tons.
Available in carbon steel, alloy
steel, and bronze.
Quenched and Tempered.
Proper design, careful forging,
and precision controlled
quench and tempering give
maximum strength without
excessive weight and bulk.
Every Crosby Shank Hook has
a pre-drilled cam which can
be equipped with a latch.
Simply purchase the latch
assemblies listed and shown
on following pages. Even
years after purchase of the
original hook, latch asemblies
can be added.
Load Rating code stamped on
each hook.

Shank Hook dimension


with PL Latch Assembled

Dimensions
(in.)
Hook
I.D.
Code
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
N
O
O
P
P
S
S
T
T
U
U
W
W
X
Y
Z

D
2.86
3.16
3.59
4.00
4.84
6.28
7.54
8.34
10.34
13.62
13.62
14.06
14.06
15.44
15.44
18.50
18.50
20.62
20.62
23.00
23.00
24.38
26.69
30.12

F
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.25
4.25
5.00
5.00
5.38
5.38
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.75
7.75
6.81
6.81
6.75
7.50
9.50

G
.73
.84
1.00
1.14
1.44
1.82
2.26
2.60
3.01
3.62
3.62
4.56
4.56
5.06
5.06
6.00
6.00
6.69
6.69
8.59
8.59
9.12
9.75
10.62

H
.81
.94
1.16
1.31
1.63
2.06
2.63
2.94
3.50
4.62
4.62
5.00
5.00
5.50
5.50
6.50
6.50
7.25
7.25
9.88
9.88
10.94
11.81
12.94

J
.93
.97
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.78
2.41
2.62
3.41
4.00
4.00
4.25
4.25
4.75
4.75
5.75
5.75
6.50
6.50
5.88
5.88
6.00
6.60
8.00

K
.63
.71
.88
.94
1.31
1.66
1.88
2.19
2.69
3.00
3.00
3.62
3.62
3.72
3.72
4.44
4.44
4.81
4.81
5.50
5.50
6.00
7.00
7.25

L
5.14
5.68
6.35
7.14
8.63
10.43
12.52
13.47
16.65
23.09
31.09
32.12
41.12
34.12
43.12
36.06
47.56
41.16
49.16
42.12
48.12
45.75
50.50
54.69

M
.63
.71
.88
.94
1.13
1.44
1.63
1.94
2.38

O
.93
.97
1.06
1.16
1.41
1.69
2.22
2.41
3.19
3.25
3.25
3.00
3.00
3.38
3.38
4.12
4.12
5.38
5.38
4.50
4.50
4.50
5.00
6.25

P
1.96
2.22
2.44
2.78
3.47
4.59
5.25
5.96
6.88
8.78
8.78
11.38
11.38
12.63
12.63
14.81
14.81
16.53
16.53
17.38
17.38
18.00
19.25
22.69

R
2.35
2.59
2.76
3.16
3.85
4.77
5.88
6.37
8.14
9.44
9.44
12.56
12.56
14.00
14.00
15.50
15.50
19.38
19.38
18.41
18.41
18.38
20.50
23.50

T
.97
.97
1.03
1.16
1.53
1.94
2.46
2.59
2.81
3.44
3.44
3.88
3.88
4.75
4.75
5.69
5.69
6.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.25

X
.59
.66
.72
.88
1.16
1.41
1.81
2.00
2.56
3.12
3.12
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.25
8.00
9.50

Y
2.06
2.25
2.59
2.84
3.34
3.84
4.38
4.50
5.50
10.00
18.00
15.00
24.00
15.00
24.00
14.50
26.00
15.00
23.00
15.00
21.00
18.00
20.00
20.00

Z
.69
.78
.88
1.00
1.25
1.56
1.94
2.19
2.63
3.12
3.12
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
7.00
7.00
7.25
8.00
9.50

Deformation
Indicator
AA
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
6.50
6.50
7.00
7.00
8.00
8.00
10.00
10.00
11.50
11.50
12.00
12.00
13.00
13.00
15.00

Dimensions shown are for S-4320 Latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits.
Dimension before machining (as forged).
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through
22 tonaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tonsaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is
4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 tonaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30
ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-4

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Eye Hooks

OLD

NEW
The 320N has a new cross section that
enhances overall performance

S-320N

S-320

Eye Hook dimensions with


PL Latch Assembled

All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the following features:
Designed with a 5:1 Design Factor.
Every Crosby Eye Hook has a pre-drilled cam which
can be equipped with a latch. Even years after purchase of the original hook, latch assemblies can be
added.
Eye hooks are load rated.
Available in carbon steel and alloy steel.
QUIC-CHECK: Hoist hooks incorporate two types of
strategically placed markings forged into the product
which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features: they are
Deformation Indicators and Angle Indicators
The following additional features have been incorporated
into the new Crosby S-320N Eye Hoist Hooks. (Sizes 3/4
ton Carbon thru 22 ton Alloy.)
A new cross section design (see inset drawing) that
enhances the overall performance.
Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at
20,000 cycles.
Can be proof tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load
Limit.
Can be Metric Rated at 5:1 Design Factor.
Low profile hook tip.
New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class
standard for lifting.
Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.

High cycle, long life spring.


When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole
in the tip of hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule
1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting.
Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features:
Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed marks,
one just below the shank or eye and the other on the
hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed,
thus indicating abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to
measure the distance between the marks.The marks
should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on
the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet
this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for
possible damage.
Angle IndicatorsIndicates the maximum included angle
which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.
These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.
NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4 TC22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye
Hooks (20 TC60 TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit.All carbon hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.Alloy eye
hooks 1 ton through 22 tonaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times
Working Load Limit.Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tonsaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All Alloy shank hooks average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All
Bronze hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load
Limit.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-5

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Eye Hooks
Working Load
Limit* (tons)

Carbon
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40

Alloy
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7
11
15
22
30
37
45
60

Hook
Identification Code

Stock No.

S-320C
Carbon

S-320A
Alloy

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Carbon
S-320-C
S.C.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Carbon
G-320-C
Galv.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Alloy
S-320-A
S.C.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

DC
FC
GC
HC
IC
JC
KC
LC
NC
OC
PC
SC
TC

DA
FA
GA
HA
IA
JA
KA
LA
NA
OA
PA
SA
TA

CX05-0053
CX05-0054
CX05-0055
CX05-0056
CX05-0057
CX05-0058
CX05-0059
CX05-0060
CX05-0061
CX05-0062
CX05-0063
CX05-0064
CX05-0065

1022200
1022211
1022222
1022233
1022244
1022255
1022264
1022277
1022288
1023289
1023305
1023323
1023341

CX05-0066
CX05-0067
CX05-0068
CX05-0069
CX05-0070
CX05-0071
CX05-0072
CX05-0073
CX05-0074

1022208
1022219
1022230
1022241
1022249
1022262
1022274
1022285
1022296

CX05-0075
CX05-0076
CX05-0077
CX05-0078
CX05-0079
CX05-0080
CX05-0081
CX05-0082
CX05-0083
CX05-0084
CX05-0085
CX05-0086
CX05-0087

1022375
1022386
1022397
1022406
1022419
1022430
1022441
1022452
1022465
1023546
1023564
1023582
1023608

.61
.89
1.44
2.07
4.30
8.30
15.00
21.60
39.50
60.00
105.00
148.00
228.00

New 320N Style Hook. Utilizes S-4320 Latch Kit only.


* See NOTE at end of product.

Working Load
Limit*
(tons)
Carbon
Alloy
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
3
3
5
5
7
7-1/2
11
10
15
15
22
20
30
25
37
30
45
40
60
New 320N Style Hook.
S-320 Style Hook.

Dimensions
(in.)
A
4.42
5.07
5.64
6.39
7.90
10.09
12.43
13.94
17.09
19.47
24.81
27.44
32.31

B
1.47
1.75
2.13
2.41
2.94
3.81
4.66
5.38
6.63
7.00
8.50
9.31
10.75

C
3.34
3.81
4.14
4.69
5.77
7.37
9.07
10.08
12.53
14.06
18.19
20.12
23.72

D
2.83
3.11
3.53
3.97
4.81
6.27
7.45
8.30
10.30
13.62
14.06
15.44
18.50

F
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.25
4.25
5.00
5.38
6.00
7.00

G
.73
.84
1.00
1.13
1.44
1.81
2.25
2.59
3.00
3.62
4.56
5.06
6.00

H
.81
.94
1.16
1.32
1.63
2.06
2.63
2.94
3.50
4.62
5.00
5.50
6.50

5-6

J
.90
.93
1.00
1.13
1.47
1.75
2.29
2.50
3.30
4.00
4.25
4.75
5.75

K
.63
.71
.88
.94
1.31
1.66
1.88
2.19
2.69
3.00
3.62
3.72
4.44

M
.56
.63
.75
.85
1.13
1.38
1.63
1.94
2.38

O
.89
.91
1.00
1.09
1.36
1.61
2.08
2.27
3.02
3.25
3.00
3.38
4.12

P
2.00
2.24
2.50
2.82
3.51
4.52
5.40
6.00
6.93
8.78
11.38
12.63
14.81

Q
.75
.91
1.13
1.25
1.56
2.00
2.44
2.84
3.50
3.50
4.50
4.94
5.69

T
.87
.98
1.03
1.16
1.53
1.96
2.47
2.62
2.83
3.44
3.88
4.75
5.69

Deformation
Indicator
AA
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
6.50
7.00
8.00
10.00

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Swivel Hooks

Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product


which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK features:
Deformation Indicators
Two strategically placed
marks, one just below the
shank or eye and the other
on the hook tip, which
allows for a QUIC-CHECK
measurement to determine
if the throat opening has
changed, thus indicating
abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring
device (i.e., tape measure)
to measure the distance
between marks. The marks
should align to either an
inch or half-inch increment
on the measuring device. If
the measurement does not
meet this criteria, the hook
should be inspected further
for possible damage.
ForgedQuenched and
Tempered.

S-322

Patented
trademark
indicates
QUIC-CHECK
product.

Proper design, careful forging, and


precision controlled quench and tempering gives maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk.
Every Crosby Swivel hoist hook has a
pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch. Simply purchase the
latch assemblies listed and shown
beginning on page 5-17. Even years
after purchase of the original hook,
latch assemblies can be added.
Load rating codes stamped on each
hook. 322 Swivel Hooks use the same
load rating code as 319 Shank Hooks,
see page 5-3 for proper Hook
Identification Codes.

Angle IndicatorsIndicates the maximum included angle which is allowed


between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These indicators also provide the
opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.
U.S. Patents 5,381,650 & 5,193,480 & 5,103,755 and foreign equivalents.

Working
Load Limit*
(Tons)

322C

322A

Dimensions
(in.)
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
322 CN
Stock No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
322 AN
Stock No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Deformation
Indicator
AA

3/4

CX05-0088

1048600

CX05-0096

1048804

.75

2.00

.82

1.25

2.86

1.25

.75

.81

.93

.63

5.66

.56

.89

4.53

.38

1.50

1-1/2

CX05-0089

1048609

CX05-0097

1048813

1.25

2.50

1.25

1.50

3.15

1.38

.84

.94

.97

.71

6.71

.63

.91

5.37

.50

2.00

1-1/2

CX05-0090

1048618

CX05-0098

1048822

2.25

3.00

1.50

1.75

3.59

1.50

1.00

1.16

1.06

.88

7.75

.75

1.00

6.12

.63

2.00

CX05-0091

1048627

CX05-0099

1048831

2.30

3.00

1.50

1.75

3.99

1.62

1.13

1.31

1.19

.94

8.25

.85

1.09

6.50

.63

2.00

4-1/2

CX05-0092

1048636

CX05-0100

1048837

4.96

3.50

1.64

2.00

4.84

2.00

1.44

1.63

1.50

1.31

9.69

1.13

1.36

7.50

.75

2.50
3.00

CX05-0093

1048645

CX05-0101

1048854

10.29

4.50

2.29

2.50

6.27

2.50

1.81

2.06

1.78

1.66

12.47

1.38

1.61

9.66

1.00

7-1/2

11

CX05-0094

1048654

CX05-0102

1048865

16.18

5.00

2.37

2.75

7.54

3.00

2.25

2.63

2.41

1.88

14.54

1.63

2.08

11.16

1.13

4.00

10

15

CX05-0095

1048663

CX05-0103

1048877

23.25

5.62

2.48

3.12

8.33

3.25

2.59

2.94

2.62

2.19

16.09

1.94

2.27

12.00

1.25

4.00

15

22

CX05-0653

1048672

CX05-0104

1048886

47.00

7.10

3.76

4.10

10.38

4.25

3.00

3.50

3.41

2.69

21.22

2.38

3.02

16.59

1.50

5.00

30

CX05-0105

1025688

70.50

7.00

3.75

4.00

13.62

3.66

4.00

2.86

23.22

2.86

3.25

18.06

1.50

6.50

322CCarbon Steel 322AHook and Bail-Alloy Steel.


Dimensions for hooks 3/4-ton carbon thru 22-ton alloy are for 4320 latch kit. Dimensions for hooks 30-ton alloy and larger are for PL latch kit.
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon swivel hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.
All Alloy swivel hooksaverage straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.
This hook is a positioning device and is not intended to rotate under load. For swivel hooks designed to rotate under load see page 5-29.
Use in salt water requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with A.S.M.E., B30.101.2.1(b)(2)(c) 1996.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-7

HOIST HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when
hook is loaded.
Forged Alloy Steel Quenched and
Tempered.
Eye Style rated for both Wire Rope and
Grade 80/100 Chain.
Meets ASTM A-952-96 and proposed
Euronorm standards for Grade 80 & 100
chain fittings.
Fatigue rated.
The SHUR-LOC hook, if properly
installed and locked, can be used for
personnel lifting applications and meet
the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).
G-414 Heavy Thimble should be used
with wire rope slings.
Individually Proof Tested at 2 1/2 time
the Working Load Limit with certification.
Trigger repair Kit available (S-4316).
Consist of spring, roll pin, and trigger.
Designed with Engineered Flat to
connect to
Grade 8 chain fittings.

Chain Size

(In.)
-1/4 - 5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

(mm)
6
7-8
10
13
16

Certex
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05 - 0849
CX05 - 0850
CX05 - 0851
CX05 - 0852
CX05 - 0853

Grade 100 Alloy Chain


Working Load Limit *
(lbs.)
4:1
3200
5700
8800
15000
22600

S-1316 A
Stock No.
1022896
1022914
1022923
1022932
1022941

Chain
Size

Wire Rope XIP IWRC


Mechanical Splice
Size
(in.)
5/16
7/16
1/2
5/8
7/8

Working Load Limit *


(lbs.)
5:1
2000
3800
5000
7800
15200

Dimensions
(in.)

(In.)

(mm)

Certex
Cat. Ref. No.

S-1316 A
Stock No.

--

CX05 - 0849

1022896

.79

3.95

.79

2.60

.63

1.16

1/4 - 5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

7-8
10
13
16

CX05 - 0850
CX05 - 0851
CX05 - 0852
CX05 - 0853

1022914
1022923
1022932
1022941

1.08
1.30
1.65
2.20

5.31
6.51
8.23
10.06

1.10
1.17
1.67
2.04

3.51
4.39
5.49
6.55

0.81
0.94
1.16
1.50

1.48
2.21
2.22
2.65

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-8

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
0.85
1.81
3.24
5.96
12.75

Engineered
Flat Size
for S-325A
(in.) - (mm)
-1/4-5/16",
7-8mm
3/8" , 10mm
1/2" , 13mm
5/8" , 16mm

OTHER HOOKS
NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Sliding Choker Hooks

NEWCO sliding hooks afford faster handling on factory made slings for handling pipe, logging, machinery, and in stevedoring. Its free movement permits rapid adjustment of the sling to varying sized loads.Saddle is rounded to minimize
wear Hook opening is large enough to take a galvanized plow steel thimble the same size as hook size.
All Choker Hooks manufactured by Newco Mfg. Co., Inc., used in any other way than the Choker Configuration, will not be warranteed.

Flat or Braided Sliding Hooks


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0106
CX05-0107
CX05-0108
CX05-0109
CX05-0110
CX05-0111
CX05-0112
CX05-0113
CX05-0114

HOOK
NO.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

6
PARTS
3/32
1/8
3/16

1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2-9/16

WT.
LBS.
1
1.4
1.75
3.25
5
6.5
11
26
50

8
PARTS
1/16
3/32
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2

W.L.L.
1,500
2,600
3,400
5,100
7,000
13,000
15,000
23,000
30,000

A
9/16
11/16
13/16
1 3/16
1 7/16
1 3/4
2
2 5/16
2 13/16

B
9/16
11/16
15/16
1 1/4
1 7/16
1 3/4
2
2 5/16
2 13/16

C
1/2
5/8
7/8
1 1/16
1 5/32
1 7/16
1 17/32
1 3/4
2 3/16

D
1 3/4
2
2 1/8
2 3/4
3
3 1/8
4 1/4
5 5/8
7

E
3/8
7/16
17/32
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

F
5/8
11/16
3/4
15/16
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 9/16
1 3/4
2

G
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 11/32
3 31/32
4 5/8
5 1/16
6 5/16
8 11/16
10 5/8

H
3 3/4
4 1/4
4 11/16
5 5/8
6 1/4
7 3/16
8 5/8
11 5/8
14 1/2

* Manganese Bronze Alloy

Round or Regular Sliding Hooks


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0115
CX05-0116
CX05-0117
CX05-0118
CX05-0119
CX05-0120
CX05-0121
CX05-0122

HOOK
NO.
1/4-5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8-1
1 1/8-1 1/4
1 3/8-1 1/2

ROPE
SIZE
1/4-5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8-1
1 1/8-1 1/4
1 3/8-1 1/2

WT.
LBS.
1
1.4
1.85
4
4.5
10
26
50

W.L.L.
1,500
2,600
3,400
5,100
8,000
15,000
23,000
30,000

THIMBLE
SIZE
1/4-5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8-1
1 1/8-1 1/4
1 3/8-1 1/2

* Manganese Bronze Alloy

5-9

A
9/16
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
2 5/16
2 13/16

B
9/16
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
2 5/16
2 13/16

C
1/2
5/8
7/8
1 1/8
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/4
2 3/8

D
1 3/4
2
2 1/8
2 3/4
3 1/8
4 1/4
5 5/8
7

E
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
11/16
7/8
1
1 1/4

F
5/8
11/16
3/4
15/16
1 1/4
1 9/16
1 3/4
2

G
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
4 7/16
4 11/16
6 1/16
8 11/16
10 5/8

H
3 3/4
4 1/4
4 13/16
5 15/16
6 7/16
8 1/8
11 5/8
14 1/2

OTHER HOOKS
NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks

This hook is designed to choke a secure hold on a load in position.A latch prevents the eye of the sling from disengaging from the hook.
Sizes available 3/8 thru 3/4.
Latch Kits Available

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

HOOK
NO.

ROPE
SIZE

WT.
LBS.

W.W.L.

THIMBLE
SIZE

CX05-0123

S 3/8

3/8

1 1/4

2,600

3/8

11/16

11/16

5/8

7/16

CX05-0124

S 1/2

1/2

1 3/4

3,400

1/2

3/4

3/4

7/8

2 1/8

1/2

CX05-0125

S 5/8

5/8

3 1/4

5,100

5/8

7/8

7/8

1 1/8

2 3/4

9/16

CX05-0126

S 3/4

3/4

8,000

3/4

1 1/8

3 1/8

11/16

1 1/4

11/16

3 1/8

4 1/4

3/4

3 5/8

4 13/16

15/16

4 7/16

5 15/16

4 11/16

6 7/16

Crosby
Sliding Choker Hooks

A-350

Forged Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Single
Part
Rope
Size
(in.)

Eight
Part
Rope
Size
(in.)

3/8

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0127

Crosby
A-350
Stock
No.
S.C.

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1028042

2500

.77

2.06

1.13

.63

2.41

.63

.38

.84

.91

4.28

2.59

.63

1/2

1/8

CX05-0128

1028060

3300

1.19

2.25

1.31

.75

2.97

.78

.50

.97

1.06

4.97

3.09

.75

5/8

3/16

CX05-0129

1028088

5000

2.89

3.06

1.63

.75

3.56

.94

.56

1.13

1.31

6.38

3.88

1.00

5/8

3/16

CX05-0130

1028104

5000

2.70

3.06

1.63

1.00

3.56

.94

.56

1.13

1.31

6.38

4.00

1.13

3/4

1/4

CX05-0131

1028122

8000

2.95

3.38

2.13

1.00

4.25

1.16 .63

1.44

1.63

7.66

4.56

1.13

3/4

1/4

CX05-0132

1028140

8000

5.00

3.38

2.13

1.44

4.25

1.16 .63

1.44

1.63

7.66

4.78

1.13

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.


When ordering, EYE diameter "C" should be specified.

5-10

OTHER HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Snap Hooks

G-3315

Forged Carbon Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Pressed steel latches and stainless steel springs, bolts and nuts.
For replacement latch kit, order Stock No. 9900299.

5
Hook
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-3315
Stock
No.
Galv.

7/16

CX05-0133

1023056

750

.23

.25

.75

.75

.44

2.25

.75

3.94

3.25

9/16

CX05-0134

1023074

1000

.52

.34

1.12

.81

.56

2.69

.88

4.75

3.84

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

Round Reverse Eye

1210

Forged Carbon Steel Galvanized.

Size
(in.)
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1 - 1 1/8
1 1/4 - 1 3/8

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0135
CX05-0136
CX05-0137
CX05-0138
CX05-0139
CX05-0140

Crosby
Stock No.
Galv.

Working
Load Limit
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
Latch No.

919019
919037
919055
919073
919091
919135

300
400
700
1200
1800
2700

0.4
0.6
1.1
1.6
2.0
5.5

1090027
1090027
1090045
1090063
1090081
1090081

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

5-11

A
.81
.94
1.12
1.19
1.50
1.88

B
1.38
1.56
1.88
2.06
2.75
3.50

C
.28
.31
.38
.44
.62
.81

D
.50
.62
.75
.88
1.12
1.38

E
1.62
2.00
2.25
3.00
3.50
4.00

F
4.00
4.50
5.25
6.50
8.00
9.12

G
.75
.94
1.06
1.25
1.50
1.62

H
2.25
2.75
3.00
3.38
4.38
5.00

J
.97
1.22
1.44
1.63
2.00
2.38

R
.47
.59
.69
.75
.94
1.06

OTHER HOOKS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Barrel Hooks
Forged Carbon Steel
Meets the performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D,Type V, Class 6, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.

S-377

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0141

Crosby
Stock No.
(Per Pair)
S-377
S.C.

Working
Load Limit*
Per Pair
(tons)

Weight Each
Per Pair
(lbs.)

1028248

3.56

Dimensions
(in.)
I.D.
of Eye

O.D.
of Eye

Overall
Length

Width
of Lip

1.56

2.81

5.00

2.88

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

Sorting Hook
Forged Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered.
Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat
plates or large cylindrical shapes.
The long tapered point allows easy grab in rings, pear
links, eye bolts or lifting holes.

A-378

Working
Load Limit*
at tip of
Hook
(tons)

Working
Load Limit*
at bottom of
Hook
(tons)

7 1/2

Dimensions
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
A-378
Stock No.
S.C.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

I.D.
of Eye

Overall
Length

Opening
at top of
Hook

Radius at
bottom of
Hook

CX05-0142

1028024

6.42

1.38

9.69

2.81

.625

* Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-12

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
S-4320 Hook Latch Kit

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Important Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks

Step 1
Place hook at approximately a 45 degree
angle with the cam up.

Step 2
Position coils of spring
over cam with legs of
spring pointing toward
point of hook and loop
of spring positioned
down and lying against
the hook.

Step 3
Position latch to side of
hook points. Slide latch
onto spring legs
between lockplate and
latch body until latch is
partially over hook
cam.Then depress latch
and spring until latch
clears point of hook.

Steps 4, 5, & 6
4. Line up holes in
latch with hook cam.
5. Insert bolt through
latch, spring, and cam.
6.Tighten self-locking
nut on one end of bolt.

WARNING
Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not
followed.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
Hook must always support the load.The load must never be
supported by the latch.
See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane
or Derricks.A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 latch
attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for
lifting personnel.
A S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-320N Hook.
Read and understand these instructions before using hook
and latch.

5-13

Step 7 For Personnel


Lifting
With latch in closed
position and rigging
resting in bowl of
hook, insert cotter pin
through hook tip and
secure by bending
prongs.

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
S-4320 Hook Latch Kit

(For Crosby 319N, 320N, and 322N Hooks)


Important Safety Information
Read & Follow
Always inspect
hook and latch
before using.
Never use a latch
that is distorted or
bent.
Always make sure
spring will force
the latch against
the tip of the hook.
Always make sure hook supports the load. The latch
must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.)
When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the
angle between the legs is less than 90 and if the hook
or load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of
this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.)

Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices


under slack conditions.
Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device.
When using latch for personnel lifting, select proper
cotter pin (See Figure 5). See Step 7 below for proper
installation instructions.
Never reuse a bent cotter pin.
Never use a cotter pin with a smaller diameter or
different length than recommended in Figure 5.
Never use a nail, a welding rod, wire, etc., in place
of recommended cotter pin.
Always ensure cotter pin is bent so as not to interfere with sling operation.
Periodically inspect cotter pin for corrosion and
general adequacy.
Hook Working
Load Limit
(tons)

Hook
Identification
Code

Recommended
Cotter Pin Dimensions
(in.)

Carbon

Alloy

Carbon

Alloy

Diameter

Length

3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3
5
7 1/2
10
15

1
1 1/2
2
3
5
7
11
15
22

DC
FC
GC
HC
IC
JC
KC
LC
NC

DA
FA
GA
HA
IA
JA
KA
LA
NA

1/8
1/8
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8

3/4
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
2
3
3

The current SS-4055 latch kit and the PL latch will not fit new 319N, 320N,
or 322N hooks. They will continue to be offered in both styles to service
existing hooks. Important The new S4320 latch kit will not fit the old 319,
320, or 322 hooks.

Figure 5

IMPORTANT Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Steps 4, 5 & 6

Step 7

Place hook at approximately a 45 degree angle


with the cam up.

Position coils of spring


over cam with legs of
spring pointing toward
point of hook and loop
of spring positioned
down and lying against
the hook.

Position latch to side of


hook points. Slide latch
onto spring legs between
lockplate and latch body
until latch is partially over
hook cam. Then depress
latch and spring until
latch clears point of hook.

4. Line up holes in latch


with hook cam.
5. Insert bolt through
latch, spring, and cam.
6. Tighten self-locking nut
on one end of bolt.

For Personnell Lifting

With latch in closed position and rigging resting


in bowl of hook, insert
cotter pin through hook
tip and secure by bending prongs.

WARNING

Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
Hook must always support the load. The load must never be supported by the latch.
See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks. A Crosby S-319N, S-320N, S-322N
Hook with an S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel.
An S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-319N, S-320N and S-322N Hook.
DO NOT use this latch in applications requiring non sparking.
Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.

5-14

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit

S-4320
Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with
instructions.

Replacement Latch Kit for New 320N Hooks


Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.
High cycle, long life spring.
Can be made into a Positive Locking Hook when proper cotter pin is utilized.

IMPORTANT: The new S-4320 Latch Kit will not fit the old style 320 and 319 hooks.

Hook Size
(Tons)
Carbon
Alloy
3/4
1
1
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2
3
3
5
5
7
7 1/2
11
10
15
15
22

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX05-0143
CX05-0144
CX05-0145
CX05-0146
CX05-0147
CX05-0148
CX05-0149
CX05-0150
CX05-0151

Crosby
S-4320
Stock
No.
1096325
1096374
1096421
1096468
1096515
1096562
1096609
1096657
1096704

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.03
.04
.04
.06
.10
.15
.28
.33
.84

A
.94
1.00
1.09
1.21
1.53
1.88
2.38
2.62
3.44

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-15

B
.50
.54
.63
.66
.83
1.04
1.25
1.35
1.66

Dimensions
(in.)
C
.20
.22
.23
.28
.35
.44
.53
.59
.66

D
.15
.17
.17
.17
.20
.20
.27
.27
.39

E
1.44
1.56
1.66
1.91
2.31
2.88
3.44
3.81
5.18

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Crosby Model PL Hook Latch Kit

Right
Figure 1

Wrong

Right

Figure 2

Figure 3

Wrong
Figure 4

IMPORTANT Instructions for Assembling Model PL Latch on Crosby or McKissick Hooks

Step 1
Place hook at approximately a 45 degree
angle with the cam up.

Step 2
Position coils of spring
over cam with legs of
spring pointing toward
point of hook and loop
of spring positioned
down and lying against
the hook.

Step 3
Position latch to side of
hook points. Slide latch
onto spring legs
between lockplate and
latch body until latch is
partially over hook
cam.Then depress latch
and spring until latch
clears point of hook.

Steps 4, 5, & 6
4. Line up holes in
latch with hook cam.
5. Insert bolt through
latch, spring, and cam.
6.Tighten self-locking
nut on one end of bolt.

Step 7 For Personnel


Lifting
With latch in closed
position and rigging
resting in bowl of
hook, insert bolt
through latch and
secure with nut and
cotter pin.When bolt,
nut and cotter pin are
not being used, store
them in a designated
place upon the personnel platform.

Important Safety Information


Read & Follow
Always inspect hook and latch before using.
Never use a latch that is distorted or bent.
Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook.
Always make sure hook supports the load.The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.)
When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between the legs is less than 90 and if the hook or
load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.)
Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions.
Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device.
* The Model PL Latch Replaces Model G-5066

WARNING
Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not
followed.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting by Cranes
or Derricks.A Crosby or McKissick Hook with a positive
Locked PL or S-4320 Latch may be used to Lift Personnel.
Hook must always support the load.The load must never be
supported by the latch.
Read and understand these instructions before using hook
and latch.

5-16

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Positive Locking Flapper Latch

PL Latch
(Patented in U.S.A. & Canada)

Latch Ordering Instructions


1. Specify PL latch kit stock number from chart below.
2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.
3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy).
Heavy duty latch with easy operating features.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Flapper lever indicates locked or unlocked position.
Assembly instructions included with each latch.
Meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (when secured with the bolt, nut and pin) for lifting personnel.

* NOTE:The PL latch will not work on 320N Hooks.

Hook Size
(tons)
Carbon
Alloy
3
4 1/2
5
7
7 1/2
11
10
15
15
22
20
30
25
37
30
45
40
60
50
75

100 - 150

200

300

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0152
CX05-0153
CX05-0154
CX05-0155
CX05-0156
CX05-0157
CX05-0158
CX05-0159
CX05-0160
CX05-0161
CX05-0162
CX05-0163
CX05-0164

Crosby
PL Latch Kit
Stock No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1093711
1093712
1093713
1093714
1093715
1093716
1093717
1093718
1093719
1093720
1093721
1093723
1093724

.54
.66
1.00
1.25
2.96
4.05
8.63
10.00
14.30
27.00
33.25
45.00
55.00

A
2.57
3.00
3.63
4.00
5.31
6.00
7.00
6.75
8.00
9.88
10.88
11.88
12.50

B
2.34
2.34
2.77
3.22
4.00
4.44
6.63
7.00
7.66
8.19
11.06
11.19
12.19

Patented in USA & Canada

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-17

Dimensions
(in.)
C
D
1.94
.56
2.00
.63
2.38
.63
2.69
.63
2.91
.84
3.19
1.06
4.06
2.24
4.03
2.24
4.38
3.46
5.13
3.38
6.38
3.38
6.38
3.38
8.00
3.38

E
1.13
1.38
1.63
1.88
2.38
2.88
4.50
4.75
5.50
6.50
7.50
8.75
9.75

F
2.00
2.22
2.38
3.38
3.44
4.25
6.12
6.38
7.25
8.88
10.00
11.25
13.00

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Hook Latch Kit

Right

Wrong

Figure 1

Right

Figure 2

Figure 3

Wrong
Figure 4

IMPORTANT Instructions for Assembling SS-4055 Latch on Crosby Hooks

Step 1
Place hook at approximately a
45 degree angle with a cam up.

Step 2
Position coils of spring over
cam with tines of spring
pointing toward point of hook
and loop of spring positioned
down and lying against the
hook.

Step 3
Position latch over tines of
spring with ears partially over
hook cam. Swing latch to one
side of hook, point and
depress latch and spring until
latch clears point of hook.

Steps 4, 5, & 6
4. Line up holes in latch with
hook cam.
5. Insert bolt through latch,
spring, and cam.
6.Tighten self-locking nut on
one end of bolt.

Important Safety Information


Read and Follow
Always inspect hook and latch before using.
Never use a latch that is distorted or bent.
Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook.
Always make sure hook supports the load.The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2)
When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between legs is small enough and the legs are not tilted so that nothing bears against the bottom of the latch. (See Figure 3 & 4)
Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions.
Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device.

WARNING
Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not
followed.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g)(4)(iv)(B).A hook and this style
latch must not be used for lifting personnel.
Hook must always support the load.The load must never be
supported by the latch.
Read and understand these instructions before using hook
and latch.

5-18

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Crosby Latch Kit

SS-4055

Stainless steel construction with cadmium plated steel nuts.


Shipped packaged and unassembled.
Instructions included for easy field assembly.

LATCH ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS


1. Specify latch kit stock number.
2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.
3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy).
* NOTE: These latches will not work on 320N Hooks

Carbon

Hook Size
(tons)
Alloy

Bronze

3/4
1
1 1/2 - 2
3
5
7 1/2 -10
15
20
25 - 30
40

1
1 1/2
2-3
4 1/2
7
11 - 15
22
30
37 - 45
60

.5
.6
1.0 - 1.4
2.0
3.5
5.0 - 6.5
10.0

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX05-0165
CX05-0166
CX05-0167
CX05-0168
CX05-0169
CX05-0170
CX05-0171
CX05-0172
CX05-0173
CX05-0174

Crosby
SS-4055
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1090027
1090045
1090063
1090081
1090107
1090125
1090143
1090161
1090189
1090205

.02
.02
.03
.06
.11
.17
.39
.63
1.12
1.77

.38
.38
.47
.56
.58
.59
.83
.94
2.19
3.31

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-19

Dimensions
(in.)
B
C
.16
.16
.19
.17
.20
.27
.39
.52
.39
.52

1.44
1.60
1.84
2.41
2.97
3.66
4.94
5.88
6.50
7.88

D
.59
.59
.82
1.00
1.21
1.50
1.90
2.56
3.84
4.12

HOOK LATCHES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Alloy Hook Latch Kit

S-4088
To be used on A-327 and A-339 Grade 8 Sling Hooks

Hook
Chain
Size
(in.)
9/32 (1/4)
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.
CX05-0175
CX05-0176
CX05-0177
CX05-0178
CX05-0179
CX05-0180

Crosby
S-4088
Stock
No.
1090250
1090251
1090252
1090253
1090254
1090255

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.06
.14
.15
.15
.15
.15

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.78
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.56

B
.16
.19
.19
.19
.26
.26

C
2.03
2.62
2.94
3.09
4.12
4.56

Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

5-20

D
.94
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.62
1.75

ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
AS-1 Jaw & Hook

AS-1

5
Angular contact bearings maximize efficiency, reliability and service life of swivel and extend the life of the
wire rope.
Designed for high rotation speed: Lower torque
required to initiate rotation.
Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load
Limit with certification.
Hook models utilize genuine Crosby hooks which are
forged alloy steel, Quenched and Tempered and contain the patented QUIC-CHECK markings.
Design Factor of 5 to 1.
Entire swivel is Zinc plated to resist corrosion.

Thimble Insert
When terminating with wire rope clips, we recommend the use of the Thimble Insert.The result will
be extended wire rope life.
Allows standard swivel to be used in application
requiring a thimble fitting.
For use with our Bullet Style (AS-7) and Jaw Style
(AS-1,AS-2,AS-3 & AS-4) swivels.
Machined from carbon steel.
Zinc plated.
Wire Rope
Size (in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

AS-20
Stock No.

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8 - 1
1 1/8 -1 1/4
1 1/2

CX05-0700
CX05-0701
CX05-0702
CX05-0703
CX05-0704
CX05-0705

1038200
1038209
1038218
1038227
1038236
1038245

Dimensions
(in.)

AS-1 JAW & HOOK


Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-1
Stock
No.

.45

1/8

CX05-0181

1016001

.7

.88

.25

.25

.38

.41

4.25

2.88

.88

.75

1.50

.75

1/4

CX05-0182

1016010

1.5

1.31

.38

.31

.44

.56

5.38

3.19

.97

.84

1.50

1.5

3/8

CX05-0183

1016025

2.5

1.63

.50

.50

.69

.78

6.25

4.09

1.13

1.13

1.50

3.0

1/2

CX05-0184

1016026

6.0

2.00

.75

.75

.94

1.19

8.63

4.94

1.06

1.44

2.50

5.0

5/8

CX05-0185

1016040

11.8

2.50

.88

1.00

1.13

1.53

10.69

6.50

1.81

1.81

3.00

8.5

3/4

CX05-0186

1016045

24.0

3.00

1.19

1.56

1.34

2.09

13.69

8.69

1.91

2.59

4.00

10

7/8

CX05-0187

1016056

53.0

4.00

1.50

1.75

1.75

3.50

17.75

11.00

2.75

3.00

5.00

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Deformation
Indicator
AA

15

CX05-0188

1016064

53.0

4.00

1.50

1.75

1.75

3.50

17.75

11.00

2.75

3.00

5.00

25

1 1/4

CX05-0189

1016075

97.0

5.00

2.00

2.00

2.38

3.69

20.88

13.63

3.38

3.63

6.50

35

1 1/2

CX05-0190

1016082

140.0

5.00

2.00

2.00

2.38

3.69

24.00

14.06

3.00

4.56

7.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-21

ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
AS-2 Jaw & Jaw

AS-2

Dimensions
(in.)

AS-2 JAW & JAW

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-2
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

.45

1/8

CX05-0191

1016103

.5

.88

2.38

3.13

.38

.25

.25

.19

.41

.75

1/4

CX05-0192

1016114

1.0

1.31

3.56

4.44

.44

.31

.38

.22

.56

1.5

3/8

CX05-0193

1016122

2.0

1.63

4.06

5.44

.69

.50

.50

.28

.78

3.0

1/2

CX05-0194

1016131

4.5

2.00

6.25

8.13

.94

.75

.75

.38

1.19

5.0

5/8

CX05-0195

1016139

9.5

2.50

7.75

10.63

1.13

1.00

.88

.53

1.53

8.5

3/4

CX05-0196

1016148

15.0

3.00

9.63

12.31

1.34

1.56

1.19

.56

2.09

10

7/8

CX05-0197

1016157

40.0

4.00

14.00

17.50

1.75

1.75

1.50

.81

3.50

15

CX05-0198

1016166

40.0

4.00

14.00

17.50

1.75

1.75

1.50

.81

3.50

25

1 1/4

CX05-0199

1016175

78.0

5.00

15.94

20.69

2.38

2.00

2.03

1.13

3.69

35

1 1/2

CX05-0200

1016184

78.0

5.00

15.94

20.69

2.38

2.00

2.03

1.13

3.69

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

AS-3 Jaw & Eye

AS-3

Dimensions
(in.)

AS-3 JAW & EYE


Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-3
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

.45

1/8

CX05-0201

1016205

.5

.88

2.50

3.25

.25

.19

.25

.38

.41

.25

.25

.38

.84

.75

1/4

CX05-0202

1016216

1.0

1.31

3.69

4.56

.31

.22

.38

.44

.56

.31

.38

.44

.88

1.5

3/8

CX05-0203

1016224

2.0

1.63

4.19

5.44

.50

.28

.50

.69

.78

.50

.66

.63

1.38

3.0

1/2

CX05-0204

1016232

4.0

2.00

6.19

8.13

.75

.38

.75

.94

1.19

.75

.91

1.00

2.00

5.0

5/8

CX05-0205

1016243

9.0

2.50

7.88

10.19

1.00

.53

.88

1.13

1.50

1.00

1.25

1.19

2.63

8.5

3/4

CX05-0206

1016250

15.0

3.00

9.50

12.25

1.56

.56

1.25

1.34

2.09

1.25

1.41

1.50

3.13

10

7/8

CX05-0207

1016259

40.0

4.00

13.75

17.31

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

1.63

1.81

4.69

15

CX05-0208

1016268

40.0

4.00

13.44

17.31

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

2.00

2.13

4.69

25

1 1/4

CX05-0209

1016277

75.0

5.00

16.00

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.00

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

35

1 1/2

CX05-0210

1016286

75.0

5.00

16.00

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.00

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-22

ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
AS-4 Eye & Jaw

AS-4
Dimensions
(in.)

AS-4 EYE & JAW


Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-4
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

.45

1/8

CX05-0211

1016306

.5

.88

2.50

3.25

.25

.19

.25

.38

.41

.25

.25

.38

.81

.75

1/4

CX05-0212

1016314

1.0

1.31

3.63

4.56

.31

.22

.38

.44

.56

.31

.38

.44

.88

1.5

3/8

CX05-0213

1016325

2.0

1.63

4.19

5.50

.50

.28

.50

.69

.78

.50

.66

.63

1.34

3.0

1/2

CX05-0214

1016332

4.3

2.00

6.19

8.13

.75

.38

.75

.94

1.19

.75

.91

1.00

2.00

5.0

5/8

CX05-0215

1016343

9.0

2.50

7.88

10.19

1.00

.53

.88

1.13

1.44

1.00

1.25

1.19

2.63

8.5

3/4

CX05-0216

1016352

15.0

3.00

9.44

12.25

1.56

.56

1.19

1.34

2.09

1.25

1.41

1.50

3.13

10

7/8

CX05-0217

1016361

39.0

4.00

14.13

17.75

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

1.72

1.66

1.81

4.69

15

CX05-0218

1016370

40.0

4.00

13.81

17.75

1.75

.81

1.50

1.75

3.50

2.00

2.03

2.13

4.69

25

1 1/4

CX05-0219

1016375

75.0

5.00

15.94

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.31

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

35

1 1/2

CX05-0220

1016379

75.0

5.00

15.94

20.75

2.00

1.13

2.31

2.38

3.69

2.25

2.31

2.38

5.25

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

AS-5 Eye & Eye

AS-5
Dimensions
(in.)

AS-5 EYE & EYE


Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

.45
.75
1.5
3.0
5.0
8.5
10
15
25
35

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-5
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX05-0221
CX05-0222
CX05-0223
CX05-0224
CX05-0225
CX05-0226
CX05-0227
CX05-0228
CX05-0229
CX05-0230

1016409
1016418
1016427
1016436
1016445
1016454
1016463
1016472
1016481
1016490

.5
1.0
2.0
4.0
8.5
15.0
37.0
39.0
72.0
72.0

A
.88
1.31
1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-23

B
2.63
3.75
4.31
6.13
7.75
9.31
13.88
13.25
16.00
18.00

C
3.38
4.63
5.56
8.13
10.63
12.31
17.50
17.50
20.75
20.75

D
.38
.44
.63
1.00
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.13
2.38
2.38

E
.25
.31
.50
.75
1.00
1.25
1.72
2.00
2.25
2.25

F
.25
.38
.66
.91
1.25
1.41
1.63
2.13
2.31
2.31

G
.81
.88
1.34
2.00
2.63
3.13
4.69
4.69
5.25
5.25

ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS


The Crosby Group, Inc.
AS-6 Eye & Hook

AS-6
Dimensions
(in.)

AS-6 EYE & HOOK

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-6
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

.45
.75
1.5
3.0
5.0
8.5
10
15
25
35

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

CX05-0231
CX05-0232
CX05-0233
CX05-0234
CX05-0235
CX05-0236
CX05-0237
CX05-0238
CX05-0239
CX05-0240

1016502
1016513
1016520
1016529
1016538
1016547
1016556
1016565
1016574
1016583

1.0
1.5
2.0
6.0
11.5
23.5
52.0
53.0
94.0
138.0

A
.88
1.31
1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00

B
4.31
5.50
6.13
8.56
10.75
13.56
17.88
17.44
20.88
24.00

C
2.88
3.19
4.09
4.94
6.50
8.69
11.00
11.00
13.63
14.06

D
.88
.97
1.13
1.06
1.81
1.90
2.75
2.75
3.38
3.00

E
.25
.38
.66
.91
1.25
1.40
1.66
2.03
2.34
2.34

F
.81
.88
1.34
2.00
2.63
3.13
4.69
4.69
5.25
5.25

G
.25
.31
.50
.75
1.00
1.25
1.72
2.00
2.25
2.25

Deformation
Indicator
AA

.75
.84
1.13
1.44
1.81
2.59
3.00
3.00
3.63
4.63

1.50
1.50
1.50
2.50
3.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
6.50
7.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

AS-7 Bullet Style Jaw & Jaw

AS-7
AS-7 BULLET STYLE
JAW & JAW

Dimensions
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Wire
Line
Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
AS-7
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

.45
.75
1.5
3.0
5.0
8.5
10
15
25
35

1/8
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

CX05-0241
CX05-0242
CX05-0243
CX05-0244
CX05-0245
CX05-0246
CX05-0247
CX05-0248
CX05-0249
CX05-0250

1016604
1016611
1016622
1016631
1016640
1016649
1016652
1016658
1016662
1016667

.5
1.0
2.0
4.0
8.0
14.5
40.0
40.0
84.0
84.0

A
.88
1.31
1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-24

B
2.38
3.56
4.06
5.44
7.75
9.88
13.13
13.13
15.94
15.94

C
3.13
4.44
5.19
7.06
10.06
12.38
16.75
16.75
20.75
20.75

D
.38
.44
.56
.81
1.13
1.25
1.75
1.75
2.38
2.38

E
.25
.31
.50
.75
1.00
1.31
1.75
1.75
2.00
2.00

F
.31
.38
.44
.63
.88
1.00
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.00

G
.40
.56
.81
.94
1.56
2.13
3.25
3.25
3.69
3.69

SWIVELS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing
(For swiveling under loads)

S-1
JAW & HOOK

S-3
JAW & EYE

Swivel Number
(type)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.
S.C.

Working Load
Limit*
(metric tons)

Wire Rope
Size
(in.)

Weight Each
(lbs.)

3-S-1
3-S-2
3-S-3
3-S-4
3-S-5
3-S-6
5-S-1
5-S-2
5-S-3
5-S-4
5-S-5
5-S-6
8 1/2-S-1
8 1/2-S-2
8 1/2-S-3
8 1/2-S-4
8 1/2-S-5
8 1/2-S-6
10-S-1
10-S-2
10-S-3
10-S-4
10-S-5
10-S-6
15-S-1
15-S-2
15-S-3
15-S-4
15-S-5
15-S-6
25-S-1
25-S-2
25-S-3
25-S-4
25-S-5
25-S-6
35-S-1
35-S-2
35-S-3
35-S-4
35-S-5
35-S-6
45-S-1
45-S-2
45-S-3
45-S-4
45-S-5
45-S-6

CX05-0251
CX05-0252
CX05-0253
CX05-0254
CX05-0255
CX05-0256
CX05-0257
CX05-0258
CX05-0259
CX05-0260
CX05-0261
CX05-0262
CX05-0263
CX05-0264
CX05-0265
CX05-0266
CX05-0267
CX05-0268
CX05-0269
CX05-0270
CX05-0271
CX05-0272
CX05-0273
CX05-0274
CX05-0275
CX05-0276
CX05-0277
CX05-0278
CX05-0279
CX05-0280
CX05-0281
CX05-0282
CX05-0283
CX05-0284
CX05-0285
CX05-0286
CX05-0287
CX05-0288
CX05-0289
CX05-0290
CX05-0291
CX05-0292
CX05-0293
CX05-0294
CX05-0295
CX05-0296
CX05-0297
CX05-0298

297011
297020
297039
297048
297057
297066
297217
297226
297235
297244
297253
297262
297413
297422
297431
297440
297459
297468
297618
297627
297636
297645
297654
297663
297814
297823
297832
297841
297850
297869
298118
298127
298136
298145
298154
298163
298216
298225
298234
298243
298252
298261
298314
298323
298332
298341
298350
298369

3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
8 1/2
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
25
25
25
25
25
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
45
45
45
45

1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1
1
1

9.81
9.63
9.12
9.00
8.50
9.32
15.51
13.69
13.50
12.33
11.30
14.24
29.42
26.16
24.90
29.00
29.25
32.00
46.75
45.75
43.50
44.00
42.00
45.50
73.75
62.75
61.00
61.00
49.00
63.00
140.00
140.00
135.00
135.00
130.00
135.00
220.00
155.00
150.00
150.00
145.00
215.00
251.00
235.00
225.00
225.00
215.00
270.00

S-2
JAW & JAW

S-4
EYE & JAW

* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load
Limit.

S-6
EYE & HOOK

S-5
EYE & EYE

SWIVEL
5-25

SWIVELS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing

S-1
JAW & HOOK

S-3
JAW & EYE

S-2
JAW & JAW

5
S-4
EYE & JAW

S-5
EYE & EYE

S-6
EYE & HOOK

Designed to swivel under load.


All swivels individually proof tested with certification.
All hooks furnished with latches assembled.
All jaws complete with bolts, nuts and cotter pins.
Pressure lube fitting provided.
NOT TO BE USED ON DEMOLITION (WRECKING) BALLS.
Other types and capacities up to 600 tons, available to meet your requirements.
Working
Load Limit*
(metric tons)

Dimensions
(in.)
A

11.38

9.28

9.34

9.41

11.44

4.94

2.75

.75

.88

1.62

1.38

1.34

1.31

1.44

.75

1.03

1.12

1.25

1.12

1.00

13.31

10.31

10.06

9.81

13.06

6.50

3.00

.88

1.00

2.25

1.78

1.69

1.62

1.81

1.00

1.28

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.12

8 1/2

16.44

12.62

12.25

11.88

16.06

7.56

4.00

1.00

1.56

2.81

2.12

2.06

2.12

2.25

1.25

1.41

1.62

1.50

1.62

1.38

10

19.72

16.75

16.12

15.50

19.09

8.69

4.50

1.50

1.75

3.38

2.56

2.25

3.50

2.59

1.69

1.69

2.75

1.88

1.94

1.75

15

22.00

17.12

16.75

16.38

21.62

11.00

5.00

1.50

1.75

3.38

2.88

3.00

3.50

3.00

1.94

2.03

2.75

2.12

2.38

1.75

25

26.78

20.75

21.50

22.25

27.53

13.62

6.00

2.00

2.00

4.62

3.44

3.62

3.69

3.66

2.25

2.31

3.88

2.38

3.00

2.38

35

29.94

20.75

21.50

22.25

30.69

14.06

6.50

2.00

2.00

4.62

3.88

3.75

3.69

4.56

2.25

2.31

3.88

2.38

3.19

2.38

45

35.06

25.25

25.88

26.50

35.69

15.44

7.00

2.25

2.50

5.00

4.75

4.25

4.00

5.06

2.50

2.53

4.00

3.00

3.25

3.00

* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

IMPORTANT Crosby Swivels should only be used with the recommended wire rope. Contact the wire rope manufacturer for the proper wire rope to
be used with Crosby Swivels.

5-26

SWIVELS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Chain Swivels

G-401
Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 1 except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-401
Stock
No.
Galv.

1/4

CX05-0299

1016233

850

.13

1.25

.69

.75

.62

1.12

.25

.69

.31

2.25

2.75

1.69

1.25

5/16

CX05-0300

1016251

1250

.25

1.63

.81

1.00

.75

1.38

.31

.81

.38

2.72

3.34

2.06

1.47

3/8

CX05-0301

1016279

2500

.54

2.00

.94

1.25

1.00

1.75

.38

1.00

.50

3.44

4.19

2.50

1.88

1/2

CX05-0302

1016297

3600

1.12

2.50

1.31

1.50

1.25

2.25

.50

1.31

.63

4.25

5.25

3.19

2.44

5/8

CX05-0303

1016313

5200

2.09

3.00

3/4

CX05-0304

1016331

7200

3.09

3.50

1.56
1.75

1.75
2.00

1.50
1.75

2.75
3.25

.62
.75

1.50
1.88

.75
.88

5.13
5.78

6.31
7.22

3.88
4.94

2.94
3.46

Working
Load
Limit *
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit

Regular Swivels

G-402
Hot Dip Galvanized
Quenched & Tempered
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-402
Stock
No.
Galv.

1/4

CX05-0305

1016019

850

.21

1.25

.69

.75

1.06

.69

.31

2.94

1.69

3.44

5/16

CX05-0306

1016037

1250

.39

1.63

.81

1.00

1.25

.81

.38

3.56

2.06

4.19

3/8

CX05-0307

1016055

2250

.71

2.00

.94

1.25

1.50

1.00

.50

4.31

2.50

5.06

1/2

CX05-0308

1016073

3600

1.32

2.50

1.31

1.50

2.00

1.31

.63

5.44

3.19

6.44

5/8

CX05-0309

1016091

5200

2.49

3.00

1.56

1.75

2.38

1.50

.75

6.56

3.88

7.81

3/4

CX05-0310

1016117

7200

4.02

3.50

1.75

2.00

2.63

1.88

.88

7.19

4.31

8.69

7/8

CX05-0311

1016135

10000

6.25

4.00

2.06

2.25

3.06

2.13

1.00

8.38

5.00

10.13

Dimensions
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX05-0312

1016153

12500

8.95

4.50

2.31

2.50

3.50

2.38

1.13

9.63

5.75

11.63

1 1/4

CX05-0313

1016199

18000

16.37

5.63

2.69

3.13

3.69

3.00

1.38

11.13

6.75

13.36

1 1/2

CX05-0314

1016215

45200

45.79

7.00

4.19

4.00

4.19

4.00

2.25

17.13

10.00

20.13

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-27

SWIVELS
The Crosby Group, Inc
Jaw End Swivels

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type


VII, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
401, 402 and 403 swivels are positioning devices and are not intended to rotate
under load.
U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and foreign equivalents

G-403
Hot Dip Galvanized
Quenched & Tempered

Size
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-403
Stock
No.
Galv.

1/4

CX05-0315

1016395

850

.21

1.25

.69

.75

.69

.69

.47

1.03

.31

.88

.25

2.63

3.38

1.69

1.69

5/16

CX05-0316

1016411

1250

.34

1.63

.81

1.00

.81

.81

.50

1.13

.38

.88

.31

2.94

3.88

2.06

1.81

3/8

CX05-0317

1016439

2250

.66

2.00

.94

1.25

1.00

1.00

.63

1.41

.50

1.06

.38

3.63

4.75

2.50

2.25

1/2

CX05-0318

1016457

3600

1.34

2.50

1.31

1.50

1.31

1.31

.75

1.75

.63

1.31

.50

4.50

6.06

3.19

2.88

5/8

CX05-0319

1016475

5200

2.48

3.00

1.56

1.75

1.63

1.50

.94

2.06

.75

1.50

.63

5.31

7.31

3.88

3.44

3/4

CX05-0320

1016493

7200

3.88

3.50

1.75

2.00

1.88

1.88

1.13

2.53

.88

1.75

.75

6.06

8.31

4.31

4.00

7/8

CX05-0321

1016518

10000

5.87

4.00

2.06

2.25

2.13

2.13

1.19

2.75

1.00

2.06

.88

7.00

9.53

5.00

4.53

CX05-0322

1016536

12500

9.84

4.50

2.31

2.50

2.63

2.38

1.75

3.72

1.13

2.81

1.13

8.56

11.69

5.75

5.94

1 1/4

CX05-0323

1016572

18000

15.75

5.69

2.69

3.13

3.13

3.00

2.06

4.31

1.50

2.81

1.38

9.44

13.13

6.75

6.38

1 1/2

CX05-0324

1016590

45200

54.75

7.00

4.19

4.00

5.63

4.00

2.88

6.00

2.25

4.44

2.25

14.74

20.84

10.00

10.84

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

5-28

WIRE ROPE THIMBLES


The Crosby Group, Inc.
Standard Wire Rope Thimbles

G-411
Standard

Recommended for light duty service.


Hot Dip galvanized Steel.
G-411 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type II, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

Rope
Dia
(in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8 - 1 1/4

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-411
Stock No.
Galv.

Weight
Per 100
(lbs.)

CX05-0325
CX05-0326
CX05-0327
CX05-0328
CX05-0329
CX05-0330
CX05-0331
CX05-0332
CX05-0333
CX05-0334
CX05-0335

1037256
1037274
1037292
1037318
1037336
1037354
1037372
1037390
1037416
1037434
1037452

3.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
6.70
12.50
34.50
47.10
84.60
97.50
175.00

Dimensions
(in.)
A
1.94
1.94
1.94
2.13
2.38
2.75
3.50
3.75
5.00
5.69
6.25

B
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.50
1.63
1.88
2.25
2.50
3.50
4.25
4.50

C
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.25
1.47
1.75
2.38
2.69
3.19
3.75
4.31

D
.69
.69
.69
.81
.94
1.13
1.38
1.63
1.88
2.50
2.75

E
.25
.31
.38
.44
.53
.69
.91
1.08
1.27
1.39
1.75

F
.16
.22
.28
.34
.41
.53
.66
.78
.94
1.06
1.31

G
.05
.05
.05
.05
.06
.08
.13
.14
.16
.16
.22

H
.13
.13
.13
.13
.16
.19
.34
.34
.44
.41
.50

Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles

G-414 and SS-414

A rugged rope thimble recommended for heavy duty service.


Available in Hot Dip galvanized or Stainless Steel.
G-414 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type III, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
Dimensions
(in.)

Stock No.
Rope
Dia.
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-414
Galv.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
SS-414
Stainless

Weight
Per 100
(lbs.)

* 1/4
* 5/16
* 3/8
7/16
* 1/2
9/16
* 5/8
* 3/4
7/8
*1
1 1/8 -1 1/4
1 1/4 - 1 3/8
1 3/8 - 1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8 - 2
2 1/4

CX05-0336
CX05-0337
CX05-0338
CX05-0339
CX05-0340
CX05-0341
CX05-0342
CX05-0343
CX05-0344
CX05-0345
CX05-0346
CX05-0347
CX05-0348
CX05-0349
CX05-0350
CX05-0351
CX05-0352

1037639
1037657
1037675
1037693
1037719
1037737
1037755
1037773
1037791
1037817
1037835
1037853
1037871
1037899
1037915
1037933
1037951

CX05-0353
CX05-0354
CX05-0355

CX05-0356

CX05-0357
CX05-0655

1037960
1037988
1038004

1038022

1038040
1038068

6.50
11.80
21.60
34.70
51.00
51.00
75.70
158.10
177.80
313.90
400.00
811.00
1294.80
1700.00
1775.00
2775.00
3950.00

* SS-414 sizes available in stainless steel type 304.

5-29

A
2.19
2.50
2.88
3.25
3.63
3.63
4.25
5.00
5.50
6.13
7.00
9.06
9.00
11.25
12.19
15.13
17.13

B
1.63
1.88
2.13
2.38
2.75
2.75
3.25
3.75
4.25
4.50
5.13
6.50
6.25
8.00
9.00
12.00
14.00

C
1.50
1.81
2.13
2.38
2.75
2.69
3.13
3.81
4.25
4.94
5.88
6.81
7.13
8.13
8.50
10.38
11.88

D
.88
1.06
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.88
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.50
6.00
7.00

E
.41
.50
.63
.72
.81
.88
.97
1.22
1.38
1.56
1.81
2.19
2.56
2.72
2.84
3.09
3.63

F
.28
.34
.41
.47
.53
.59
.66
.78
.94
1.06
1.31
1.44
1.56
1.72
1.84
2.09
2.38

G
.06
.08
.11
.13
.14
.14
.16
.22
.22
.25
.25
.38
.50
.50
.50
.50
.63

H
.23
.28
.34
.38
.41
.41
.50
.66
.75
.88
1.13
1.13
1.13
1.38
1.31
1.50
1.63

WIRE ROPE THIMBLES


The Crosby Group, Inc.
Solid Wire Rope Thimbles

Fits pin for open wire rope socket, boom pendant clevis and wedge socket.
Rope
Dia.
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
S-412
S.C.
Stock No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX05-0358
CX05-0359
CX05-0360
CX05-0361
CX05-0362
CX05-0363
CX05-0364

1037121
1037149
1037167
1037185
1037201
1037229
1037247

.61
2.21
2.32
5.45
5.25
9.29
9.81

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4 - 1 3/8

Dimensions
(in.)
A
2.81
4.69
4.69
6.06
6.06
7.25
7.25

B
1.75
3.00
3.00
3.81
3.81
4.56
4.56

C
.25
.38
.38
.50
.50
.63
.63

D
1.06
1.31
1.50
1.75
2.13
2.38
2.63

E
.75
1.06
1.06
1.38
1.38
1.75
1.94

F
.56
.81
.81
1.06
1.06
1.31
1.53

G
.28
.41
.41
.53
.53
.66
.78

H
.88
1.13
1.38
1.63
1.81
2.06
2.31

J
2.13
3.38
3.38
4.50
4.50
5.38
5.38

K
1.63
2.25
2.25
3.25
3.25
3.88
3.88

L
1.56
2.56
2.56
3.44
3.44
4.06
4.13

Cast Ductile Iron.

NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc.


Slip-Thru Thimble
NEWCO SLIP-THRU THIMBLES are designed to allow passage of an identical thimble through its eye.This is a necessity when a regular sling is used as a choker sling. SLIPTHRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of the sling from
mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessively.The generous inside Dimensions allow the thimbles to fit
large crane hooks. Rope retention ears are tapered so they
can be bent or peened over wire rope.

DIMENSIONS & DATA


CERTEX
NEWCO
Cat. Ref. No.
NO.
CX05-0365
CX05-0366
CX05-0367
CX05-0368
CX05-0369
CX05-0370
CX05-0371
CX05-0372
CX05-0373
CX05-0374

W-2
W-3
W-4
W-5
W-6
W-7
W-8
W-9
W-10
W-11

SLING SIZE
SINGLE
8 PTS.
5/16-3/8
1/2-9/16
5/8-3/4
7/8-1
1 1/8-1 1/4
1 3/8-1 1/2
1 5/8-1 3/4
1 7/8-2
2 1/8-2 1/4
2 1/2-3

3/32-1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16-1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8-1

DIMENSIONS
D
E

6 PTS.

3/32-1/8
3/16
1/4-5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8-1
1 1/8

2 1/8
2 3/8
3 3/8
3 3/4
4 3/8
5
6 3/4
8
8 1/2
9

4 1/8
4 3/8
6 5/8
7 1/8
8 3/8
9 1/2
11 3/4
14 1/2
15 1/2
18 1/2

7/16
5/8
13/16
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 5/8
1 13/16
2 1/8
2 1/2
3 3/16

13/16
1
1 5/16
1 5/8
1 7/8
2 1/8
2 9/16
3 1/4
3 3/4
4 11/16

9/16
5/8
5/8
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 7/16
1 7/8
2
2 1/2

WT.
LBS.

3 1/4
4
5 3/8
6 1/4
7 1/8
8 1/8
9 3/8
13
13
15 3/4

5 1/4
6
8 1/2
9 3/8
11
12 1/2
14 3/4
19 1/4
20 3/8
24 3/4

1.3
1.5
3.11
5.5
8.6
10
17.6
53
66
126

Casing and Choker Thimbles


The No. 83 Casing Thimble has been designed for the oil industry.The Choker
Thimbles, No. 82, No. 84, No. 85, No. 86 and No. 87 are designed especially for braided
choker slings.The ears can be peened over to retain wire rope.
CERTEX
NEWCO
Cat. Ref. No.
NO.
CX05-0375
CX05-0376
CX05-0377
CX05-0378
CX05-0379
CX05-0380

82
*83
84
85
86
87

SLING SIZE
6PT
8PT
1/8
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16

DIMENSIONS & DATA


FITS CHOKER
HOOK
A
B
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7

5-30

1/2
5/8
13/16
15/16
1 1/8
1 3/8

7/8
1
1 5/16
1 7/16
1 11/16
1 15/16

HR

WT.
LBS.

1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 3/4

2 1/8
2 1/2
2 7/8
3 1/4
3 5/8
4 1/16

3 1/4
3 7/8
4 7/16
5
5 3/4
6 3/8

1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
11/16

.7
1.1
1.8
2.2
3.3
4.7

MASTER LINK
The Crosby Group, Inc.
A-342 Master Link
Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered.
Individually proof tested to 2 times Working Load Limit
with certification unless otherwise noted.
Sizes from 1/2 to 2 are drop forged.

Size
(in.)
**1/2
**5/8
**3/4
**7/8
**1
**1-1/4
**1-1/2
**1-3/4
**2
**2-1/4
2-1/2
**2-3/4
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
4-1/4
4-1/2
4-3/4
5

*
**

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0706
CX05-0707
CX05-0708
CX05-0709
CX05-0710
CX05-0711
CX05-0712
CX05-0713
CX05-0714
CX05-0715
CX05-0716
CX05-0717
CX05-0718
CX05-0719
CX05-0720
CX05-0721
CX05-0722
CX05-0723
CX05-0724
CX05-0725
CX05-0726

Crosby
Stock
No.
S.C.
1014262
1014280
1014306
1014315
1014324
1014342
1014360
1014388
1014404
1014422
1014468
1014440
1014486
1014501
1014529
1015051
1015060
1015067
1015079
1015088
1015094

Working
Load
Limit
(lbs.)
7000
9000
12300
14000
24360
36000
54300
84900
102600
143100
147300
216900
228000
262200
279000
336000
373000
354000
360000
389000
395000

Proof Load
(lbs.)
14000
18000
28400
28000
48700
72400
113200
169800
205200
289200

433800

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.89
1.63
2.25
3.40
5.00
9.75
17.12
26.12
41.12
54.80
71.60
87.70
115.00
145.00
194.00
198.00
228.00
302.00
342.00
436.00
516.00

MASTER LINK

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.25
3.50
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.75
5.00

B
2.50
3.00
2.75
3.75
3.50
4.38
5.25
6.00
7.00
8.00
8.00
9.50
9.00
10.00
12.00
10.00
10.00
12.00
14.00
14.00
15.00

C
5.00
6.00
5.50
6.38
7.00
8.75
10.50
12.00
14.00
16.00
16.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
24.00
20.00
20.00
24.00
28.00
28.00
30.00

D
3.50
4.25
4.25
5.50
5.50
6.88
8.25
9.50
11.00
12.50
13.00
15.00
15.00
16.50
19.00
17.50
18.00
20.50
23.00
23.50
25.00

E
6.00
7.25
7.00
8.14
9.00
11.25
13.50
15.50
18.00
20.50
21.00
21.50
24.00
26.50
31.00
27.50
28.00
32.50
37.00
37.50
40.00

Deformation
Indicator
3.00
3.50
3.50
4.50
4.50
5.50
6.50
7.50
9.00

Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.


Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A957(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4
Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
Welded Master Link.

A-342

A-342 and A-345 Master Links incorporate markings


forged into the product which address
two (2) QUIC-CHECK features:
Deformation Indicators Two strategically placed
marks one on each side of the link, which allows for a
QUIC-CHECK measurement to determine if the link
dimensions have changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to
measure the distance between the marks.The marks
should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on
the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet
this criteria, the Master Link should be inspected further
for possible damage.

Angle Indicators Forged at 45


degree angles at each end of the
link, they are utilized to quickly
check the approximate included
angles between two sling legs.

5-31

A-342

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.

HG-223
Hook & Hook
Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 Class
5, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

HG-225
Hook & Eye
Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 Class
6, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

HG-226
Eye & Eye
Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 Class
4, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

HG-227
Jaw & Eye
Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 Class
8, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

HG-228
Jaw & Jaw
Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 Class
7, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.

Hot Dip galvanized.


End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the
eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4 through 2 1/2, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4 through 5/8, and pins and cotters on sizes 3/4 through
2 3/4.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Crosbys Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced impact properties for greater
toughness at all temperatures.
Typical hardness levels,Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all sizes.
Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if requested at time of order.
Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye, Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.

5-32

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-223 Hook & Hook

Hot Dip galvanized steel.


End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULLS ONLY.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Thread
Diameter &
Take Up
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock
No.
Galv.

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
A

E
Closed

J
Open

K
Closed

M
Open

N
Closed

BB

1/4 x 4

CX05-0423

1030011

400

.30

.25

.45

1.59

1.27

11.12

7.12

11.94

7.94

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0424

1030039

700

.47

.31

.50

1.94

1.50

12.81

8.31

13.81

9.31

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0425

1030057

1000

.78

.38

.56

2.30

1.77

16.50

10.50

17.72

11.72

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0426

1030075

1500

1.60

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

17.82

11.82

19.38

13.38

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0427

1030093

1500

1.83

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

23.82

14.82

25.38

16.38

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0428

1030119

1500

2.28

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

29.82

17.82

31.38

19.38

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0429

1030137

2250

2.75

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

19.25

13.25

21.25

15.25

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0430

1030155

2250

3.38

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

25.25

16.25

27.25

18.25

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0431

1030173

2250

3.50

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

31.25

19.25

33.25

21.25

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0432

1030191

3000

3.89

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

20.88

14.88

23.28

17.28

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0433

1030217

3000

5.28

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

26.88

17.88

29.28

20.28

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0434

1030235

3000

5.43

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

32.88

20.88

35.28

23.28

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0435

1030253

3000

6.33

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

44.88

26.88

47.28

29.28

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0436

1030271

4000

8.10

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

34.25

22.25

37.00

25.00

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0437

1030299

4000

9.95

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

46.25

28.25

49.00

31.00

18.00

1x6

CX05-0438

1030315

5000

9.33

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

23.63

17.63

26.69

20.69

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0439

1030333

5000

11.93

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

35.63

23.63

38.69

26.69

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0440

1030351

5000

14.00

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

47.63

29.63

50.69

32.69

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0441

1030379

5000

17.25

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

59.63

35.63

62.69

38.69

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0442

1030397

6500

20.58

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

37.94

25.94

41.56

29.56

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0443

1030413

6500

23.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

49.94

31.94

53.56

35.56

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0444

1030431

6500

27.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

61.94

37.94

65.56

41.56

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0445

1030459

7500

27.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

40.94

28.94

44.44

32.44

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0446

1030477

7500

31.00

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

52.96

34.94

56.44

38.44

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0447

1030495

7500

37.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

64.94

40.94

68.44

44.44

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1 Form 1 CLASS 5, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

5-33

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-225 Hook & Eye

Hot Dip galvanized steel.


End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the
eye. For turnbuckles sizes 1/4 through 2 1/2, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue
properties.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 CLASS 6, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread
Diameter &

Crosby
Stock

Working
Load

Dimensions
(in.)

Take Up
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

No.
Galv.

Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1/4 x 4

CX05-0448

1030636

400

.29

.25

.45

1.59

1.27

11.46

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0449

1030654

700

.49

.31

.50

1.94

1.50

13.19

8.69

13.47

9.47

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0450

1030672

1000

.78

.38

.56

2.30

1.77

16.98

10.98

17.94

11.94

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0451

1030690

1500

1.61

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

18.45

12.45

19.67

13.67

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0452

1030716

1500

1.85

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

24.45

15.45

25.67

16.67

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0453

1030734

1500

2.26

.50

.66

2.94

2.28

30.45

18.45

31.67

19.67

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0454

1030752

2250

2.70

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

19.96

13.96

21.47

15.47

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0455

1030770

2250

3.13

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

25.96

16.96

27.47

18.47

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0456

1030798

2250

3.78

.63

.84

3.69

2.81

31.96

19.96

33.47

21.47

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0457

1030814

3000

3.89

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

21.63

15.63

23.45

17.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0458

1030832

3000

4.61

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

27.63

18.63

29.45

20.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0459

1030850

3000

5.83

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

33.63

21.63

35.45

23.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0460

1030878

3000

6.33

.75

.98

4.52

3.33

45.63

27.63

47.45

29.45

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0461

1030896

4000

8.10

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

34.78

22.78

36.91

24.91

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0462

1030912

4000

9.95

.88

1.13

5.19

3.78

46.78

28.78

48.91

30.91

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0463

1030930

5000

9.33

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

24.80

18.80

27.20

21.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0464

1030958

5000

11.93

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

36.80

24.80

39.20

27.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0465

1030976

5000

14.00

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

48.80

30.80

51.20

33.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0466

1030994

5000

17.25

1.00

1.25

5.84

4.25

60.80

36.80

63.20

39.20

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0467

1031010

6500

19.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

39.13

27.13

42.06

30.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x18

CX05-0468

1031038

6500

23.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

51.13

33.13

54.06

36.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0469

1031056

6500

24.00

1.25

1.50

7.22

5.13

63.13

39.13

66.06

42.06

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0470

1031074

7500

27.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

41.72

29.72

44.72

32.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0471

1031092

7500

31.00

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

53.72

35.72

56.72

38.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0472

1031118

7500

37.50

1.50

1.88

8.34

5.75

65.72

41.72

68.72

44.72

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

E
Closed

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-34

J
Open

K
Closed

M
Open

N
Closed

X
Closed

BB

7.46

12.09

8.09

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-226 Eye & Eye

5
Hot Dip galvanized steel.
End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the
eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4 through 2 1/2, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 CLASS 4, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread
Diameter &

CERTEX

Crosby
Stock

Working
Load

Weight

Take Up
(in.)
1/4 x 4

Dimensions
(in.)

Cat. Ref. No.

No
Galv.

Limit*
(lbs.)

Each
(lbs.)

J
Open

K
Closed

M
Open

N
Closed

X
Closed

BB

CX05-0473

1031252

500

.26

.25

11.80

7.80

12.25

8.25

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0474

1031270

800

.45

.31

13.56

9.06

14.12

9.62

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0475

1031298

1200

.76

.38

17.47

11.47

18.16

12.16

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0476

1031314

2200

1.54

.50

19.08

13.08

19.96

13.96

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0477

1031332

2200

1.13

.50

25.08

16.08

25.96

16.96

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0478

1031350

2200

2.14

.50

31.08

19.08

31.96

19.96

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0479

1031378

3500

3.28

.63

20.68

14.68

21.68

15.68

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0480

1031396

3500

2.83

.63

26.68

17.68

27.68

18.68

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0481

1031412

3500

3.42

.63

32.68

20.68

33.68

21.68

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0482

1031430

5200

3.79

.75

22.38

16.38

23.62

17.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0483

1031458

5200

4.61

.75

28.38

19.38

29.62

20.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0484

1031476

5200

5.48

.75

34.38

22.38

35.62

23.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0485

1031494

5200

7.19

.75

46.38

28.38

47.62

29.62

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0486

1031519

7200

7.22

.88

35.32

23.32

36.82

24.82

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0487

1031537

7200

9.95

.88

47.32

29.32

48.82

30.82

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0488

1031555

10000

9.04

1.00

25.97

19.97

27.72

21.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0489

1031573

10000

11.50

1.00

37.97

25.97

39.97

27.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0490

1031591

10000

14.00

1.00

49.97

31.97

51.72

33.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0491

1031617

10000

17.25

1.00

61.97

37.97

63.72

39.72

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0492

1031635

15200

19.00

1.25

40.31

28.31

42.56

30.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0493

1031653

15200

23.00

1.25

52.31

34.31

54.56

36.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0494

1031671

15200

27.00

1.25

64.31

40.31

66.56

42.56

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0495

1031699

21400

27.50

1.50

42.50

30.50

45.00

33.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0496

1031715

21400

31.00

1.50

54.50

36.50

57.00

39.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0497

1031733

21400

37.50

1.50

66.50

42.50

69.00

45.00

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0498

1031779

28000

52.50

1.75

57.38

39.38

60.38

42.38

4.62

2.38

10.00

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0499

1031797

28000

58.00

1.75

69.38

45.38

72.38

48.38

4.62

2.38

10.00

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0500

1031813

37000

85.25

2.00

75.69

51.69

79.19

55.19

5.75

2.69

13.09

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0501

1031831

60000

144.25

2.50

78.62

54.62

82.62

58.62

6.50

3.12

13.78

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0502

1031859

75000

194.00

2.75

81.00

57.00

85.50

61.50

7.00

3.25

15.22

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-35

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-227 Jaw & Eye

Hot Dip galvanized steel.


End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
Turnbuckle eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in
the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4 through 2 1/2, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4 through 5/8, and pins and cotters on 3/4 through 2 3/4
sizes.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1CLASS 8, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Thread
Diameter

CERTEX

Crosby
Stock

Working
Load

Weight

& Take
Up (in.)
1/4 x 4

Dimensions
(in.)

Cat. Ref. No.

No.
Galv.

Limit*
(lbs.)

Each
(lbs.)

E
Closed

J
Open

K
Closed

M
Open

N
Closed

X
Closed

BB

CX05-0503

1031877

500

.30

.25

.41

1.58

.62

11.35

7.35

12.07

8.07

.78

.34

1.75

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0504

1031895

800

.50

.31

.47

1.98

.87

13.71

8.71

14.01

9.51

.94

.44

2.09

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0505

1031911

1200

.80

.38

.50

2.12

.87

16.81

10.81

17.77

11.77

1.12

.53

2.52

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0506

1031939

2200

1.51

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

18.29

12.29

19.48

13.48

1.44

.72

3.23

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0507

1031957

2200

1.71

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

24.29

15.29

25.48

16.48

1.44

.72

3.23

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0508

1031975

2200

2.08

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

30.29

18.29

31.48

19.48

1.44

.72

3.23

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0509

1031993

3500

2.35

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

19.74

13.74

21.28

15.28

1.75

.88

3.90

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0510

1032019

3500

3.17

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

25.74

16.74

27.28

18.28

1.75

.88

3.90

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0511

1032037

3500

3.61

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

31.74

19.74

33.28

21.28

1.75

.88

3.90

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0512

1032055

5200

4.00

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

21.19

15.19

23.11

17.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0513

1032073

5200

4.75

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

27.19

18.19

29.11

20.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0514

1032091

5200

5.93

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

33.19

21.19

35.11

23.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0515

1032117

5200

7.00

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

45.19

27.19

47.11

29.11

2.09

1.00

4.69

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0516

1032135

7200

8.36

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

34.34

22.34

36.57

24.57

2.38

1.25

5.10

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0517

1032153

7200

9.75

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

46.34

28.34

48.57

30.57

2.38

1.25

5.10

18.00

1x6

CX05-0518

1032171

10000

8.92

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

24.34

18.34

26.89

20.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0519

1032199

10000

11.20

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

36.34

24.34

38.89

26.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0520

1032215

10000

13.30

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

48.34

30.34

50.89

32.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0521

1032233

10000

17.00

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

60.34

36.34

62.89

38.89

3.00

1.44

6.36

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0522

1032251

15200

19.42

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

38.82

26.82

42.05

30.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0523

1032279

15200

24.18

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

50.82

32.82

54.05

36.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0524

1032297

15200

28.50

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

62.82

38.82

66.05

42.05

3.56

1.81

7.72

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0525

1032313

21400

28.99

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

40.50

28.50

44.25

32.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0526

1032331

21400

35.00

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

52.50

34.50

56.25

38.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

18.00

1 1/2 x 24
1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0527

1032359

39.18

7.88

2.81

64.50

40.50

68.25

44.25

4.06

2.12

8.62

24.00

1032395

53.75

1.50
1.75

2.06

CX05-0528

21400
28000

2.38

9.40

3.38

55.38

37.38

59.78

41.78

4.62

2.38

10.00

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0529

1032411

28000

60.68

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

67.38

43.38

71.78

47.78

4.62

2.38

10.00

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0530

1032439

37000

89.00

2.00

2.50

11.86

3.69

72.62

48.62

77.95

53.95

5.75

2.69

13.09

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0531

1032457

60000

150.00

2.50

2.88

13.56

4.44

75.80

51.80

82.40

58.40

6.50

3.12

13.78

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0532

1032475

75000

183.00

2.75

3.50

15.22

4.19

77.88

53.88

85.50

61.50

7.00

3.25

15.22

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-36

TURNBUCKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

Hot Dip galvanized steel.


End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4 through 5/8, and pins and cotters on 3/4 through 2 3/4
sizes.
Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1CLASS 7, except for those provisions required for the contractor.

Thread
Diameter &

Crosby
Stock

Working
Load

Weight

Dimensions
(in.)

Take Up
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

No.
Galv.

Limit*
(lbs.)

Each
(lbs.)

E
Closed

J
Open

K
Closed

M
Open

N
Closed

BB

1/4 x 4

CX05-0533

1032493

500

.36

.25

.41

1.58

.62

10.90

6.90

11.90

7.90

4.00

5/16 x 4 1/2

CX05-0534

1032518

800

.52

.31

.47

1.98

.87

12.36

8.36

13.90

9.40

4.50

3/8 x 6

CX05-0535

1032536

1200

.81

.38

.50

2.12

.87

16.14

10.14

17.38

11.38

6.00

1/2 x 6

CX05-0536

1032554

2200

1.56

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

17.50

11.50

19.00

13.00

6.00

1/2 x 9

CX05-0537

1032572

2200

1.74

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

23.50

14.50

25.00

16.00

9.00

1/2 x 12

CX05-0538

1032590

2200

2.40

.50

.63

2.75

1.06

29.50

17.50

31.00

19.00

12.00

5/8 x 6

CX05-0539

1032616

3500

2.72

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

18.80

12.80

20.88

14.88

6.00

5/8 x 9

CX05-0540

1032634

3500

3.43

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

24.80

15.80

26.88

17.88

9.00

5/8 x 12

CX05-0541

1032652

3500

3.91

.63

.75

3.50

1.31

30.80

18.80

32.88

20.88

12.00

3/4 x 6

CX05-0542

1032670

5200

4.11

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

20.00

14.00

22.60

16.60

6.00

3/4 x 9

CX05-0543

1032698

5200

5.46

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

26.00

17.00

28.60

19.60

9.00

3/4 x 12

CX05-0544

1032714

5200

6.43

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

32.00

20.00

34.60

22.60

12.00

3/4 x 18

CX05-0545

1032732

5200

8.07

.75

.94

4.18

1.50

44.00

26.00

46.60

28.60

18.00

7/8 x 12

CX05-0546

1032750

7200

8.17

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

33.36

21.36

36.32

24.32

12.00

7/8 x 18

CX05-0547

1032778

7200

10.78

.88

1.13

4.85

1.75

45.36

27.36

48.32

30.32

18.00

1x6

CX05-0548

1032796

10000

10.18

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

22.72

16.72

26.06

20.06

6.00

1 x 12

CX05-0549

1032812

10000

12.52

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

34.72

22.72

38.06

26.06

12.00

1 x 18

CX05-0550

1032830

10000

15.14

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

46.72

28.72

50.06

32.06

18.00

1 x 24

CX05-0551

1032858

10000

18.08

1.00

1.19

5.53

2.06

58.72

34.72

62.06

38.06

24.00

1 1/4 x 12

CX05-0552

1032876

15200

20.59

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

37.34

25.34

41.54

29.54

12.00

1 1/4 x 18

CX05-0553

1032894

15200

24.68

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

49.34

31.34

53.54

35.54

18.00

1 1/4 x 24

CX05-0554

1032910

15200

28.20

1.25

1.75

7.21

2.81

61.34

37.34

65.54

41.54

24.00

1 1/2 x 12

CX05-0555

1032938

21400

30.69

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

38.50

26.50

43.50

31.50

12.00

1 1/2 x 18

CX05-0556

1032956

21400

36.75

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

50.50

32.50

55.50

37.50

18.00

1 1/2 x 24

CX05-0557

1032974

21400

40.67

1.50

2.06

7.88

2.81

62.50

38.50

67.50

43.50

24.00

1 3/4 x 18

CX05-0558

1033018

28000

54.00

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

53.38

38.38

59.18

41.18

18.00

1 3/4 x 24

CX05-0559

1033036

28000

63.36

1.75

2.38

9.40

3.38

65.38

41.38

71.18

47.18

24.00

2 x 24

CX05-0560

1033054

37000

94.25

2.00

2.50

11.86

3.69

69.54

45.54

76.72

52.72

24.00

2 1/2 x 24

CX05-0561

1033072

60000

165.00

2.50

2.88

13.56

4.44

72.98

48.98

82.18

58.18

24.00

2 3/4 x 24

CX05-0562

1033090

75000

198.00

2.75

3.50

15.22

4.19

74.75

50.75

85.50

61.50

24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

5-37

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Klein Tools, Inc.
Grips for PVC-Covered Conductors
The serpentine jaws of this grip series are specially
machined to allow insertion of insulated conductor
through the jaws, which reduces danger of slippage
which might result in insulation damage. Eliminates
necessity of stripping insulation from conductor. Round
inside-jaw contour.
Inside Jaw Contour

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Klein
Cat. No.

Minimum
Conductor
inches (mm)

Maximum
Conductor
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs (kg)

Jaw
Length
inches (cm)

CX05-0563

1659-20

.20 (5.08)

.42 (10.67)

4500 (2041)

3 (1.36)

4 (10.2)

CX05-0564

1659-30

.31 (7.87)

.50 (12.70)

4500 (2041)

3 3/4 (1.70)

4 3/4 (12.1)

CX05-0565

1659-40

.49 (12.45)

.79 (20.07)

8000 (3629)

7 3/4 (3.52)

5 1/2 (14.0)

CX05-0566

1659-50

.79 (20.07)

1.01 (25.65)

8000 (3629)

7 3/4 (3.52)

5 1/2 (14.0)

Grips for Extra-High-Strength Cables, Messenger, Guy Strand and Conductors


A family of grips for cable sizes from .12 (3.10 mm) to
1.0 (25.4 mm). Double V grooves give four-point contact, reducing chance of slipping and providing proper
alignment. For larger conductors, see our grips with
round inside-jaw contour.
Inside Jaw Contour
Maximum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

.12 (3.05)

.37 (9.40)

.218 (5.54)

.55 (13.97)

.16 (4.06)

1628-16

.31 (7.87)

CX05-0571

1628-17

CX05-0572

1628-18

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Klein
Cat. No.

CX05-0567

1613-40

CX05-0568

1684-5

CX05-0569

1684-5F*

CX05-0570

Minimum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs (kg)

Jaw
Length
inches (cm)

4500 (2041)

3 (1.36)

4 (10.2)

8000 (3629)

6 1/4 (2.83)

5 (12.7)

.55 (13.97)

8000 (3629)

6 1/4 (2.83)

5 (12.7)

.62 (15.75)

15,000 (6804)

15 1/2 (7.03)

7 1/4 (18.4)

.50 (12.70)

.75 (19.05)

15,000 (6804)

17 (7.71)

7 1/4 (18.4)

.75 (19.05)

1.00 (25.40)

15,000 (6804)

17 (7.71)

7 1/4 (18.4)

* Similar to No. 1684-5 above except with a file inserted in jaw for extra gripping power. Replacement file No. 578 and screws
No. 573 are also available.

Parallel-Jaw Grips

1685-20

Inside Jaw Contour

1685-30

These lightweight, compact grips pull an exceptionally wide range of cable sizes and types. Each grip is designed with
round inside-jaw contours.The lower jaw is serrated to firmly grip insulated cables and conductors.The design
includes a latch that prevents the grip from falling in case of jaw disengagement from the cable, plus a large-diameter
eye that accommodates large hooks on hoists, winches and tackle blocks.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Klein
Cat. No.

CX05-0573

1685-20

CX05-0574

1685-30

Minimum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs (kg)

.157 (4)

.844 (22)

4500 (2041)

3 (1.3)

2.36 (6.0)

.625 (16)

1.250 (32)

6600 (2994)

5 (2.3)

4.5 (11.43)

5-38

Jaw
Length
inches (cm)

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein Haven Grips

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Klein
Cat. No.

Minimum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs. (kg)

CX05-0575

1604-10

14 B&S .06 (1.52)

2 B&S .25 (6.35)

2500 (1134)

1 (.45)

CX05-0576

1604-20

8 B&S .125 (3.18)

Steel Strand .50 (12.70)

5000 (2268)

2 1/2 (1.13)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Klein
Cat. No.

Minimum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs. (kg)

CX05-0577

1604-20L

8 B&S .125 (3.18)

Steel Strand .50 (12.70)

5000 (2268)

2 1/2 (1.13)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Minimum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Klein
Cat. No.

Maximum
Cable Size
inches (mm)

Maximum
Safe Load
lbs (kg)

Approx.
Weight Each
lbs. (kg)

CX05-0578

1625-20

1 B&S .28 (7.11)

Wire Rope .75 (19.05)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

CX05-0579

1625-20 7/8

1 B&S .38 (9.65)

Wire Rope .88 (22.35)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

CX05-0580

1625-20 1

1 B&S .50 (12.70)

Wire Rope 1.00 (25.40)

8000 (3629)

3 1/2 (1.59)

Designed for use when light, compact grip is desired and where conductor damage is not a factor. Gripping pressure
of the knurled jaw is applied to 1/4 (6.35 mm) cable area.
1604-20L and 1625 series have a swing latch to help hold cable in the jaw.
OSHA Information
OSHA requires that all hand tools and equipment be maintained in good working order and that they be free from
damage caused by wear or abuse (OSHA Part 1910, Subpart P, Section 1910.242).
In addition, OSHA Part 1926, Subpart V, Section 1926.955, paragraph 7 (ii) and 8 specifically state that:
The manufacturers load rating shall not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling line sock connections, and all loadbearing hardware and accessories.
Conductor grips shall not be used on wire rope unless designed for this application.

5-39

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein Haven Grips
AWG/B&S Wire Gauges
Diameters of American (AWG) or
Brown & Sharpe (B&S) Wire Gauges

No. of
Wire
Gauge

American
(AWG or
Brown &
Sharpe
(B&S)
inches

No. of
Wire
Gauge

American
(AWG or
Brown &
Sharpe
(B&S)
inches

0000

.460

21

.028462

000

.40964

22

.025347

00

.3648

23

.022571

.32486

24

.0201

25

.0179

.2893

.25763

26

.01594

.22942

27

.014195

.20431

28

.012641

.18194

29

.011257

30

.010025

.16202

.14428

31

.008928

.12849

32

.00795

.11443

33

.00708

10

.10189

34

.006304

35

.005614

11

.090742

12

.080808

36

.005

13

.071961

37

.004453

14

.064084

38

.003965

15

.057068

39

.003531

40

.003144

16

.05082

17

.045257

18

.040303

19

.03589

20

.031961

5-40

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Lewis Mfg. Co.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0581

Model SE

Single lifting eye with dual topside opening.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0582

Model DLE

5
Dual list with suspension lift eyes.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0583

Model TSO

Topside multiple openings with single lift steel reinforced eye.

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0584

Model U

Single bail top opening for bus drops and suspension. (#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A.Approv.)

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0585

Model O

For stringing overhead synthetic ropes or swivel lines where no swivel is required, or to join conductor or rope splice.
Used in reaving conductor and/or rope.

5-41

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Lewis Mfg. Co.
Model J Double Weave 6 3/4 to 8

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0586
CX05-0587

SIZE
6 3/4"-8"

WORK LOAD
9,100 lbs.
10,100 lbs.

WEIGHT
9.4 lbs.
10.2 lbs.

WEAVE
Double

MESH LENGTH
58"
64"

EYE
6" Braided

Lewis Snake Grips

The Lewis Snake Grip expands or contracts to grip different or identical cable and/or rope sizes as per the customers
needs.
SAVE time stringing up, changing and unstringing because the snake requires no special tools.The swivel and swing
link go smoothly through blocks and prevent line twisting.
INSTALL new cable by using old existing cable as pulling line.Always seize the ends of the grips by banding or taping.

LEWIS TYPE LSG WIRE ROPE SNAKES


CERTEX Cat. Ref. No

SIZE

UTS

WK. LD.

REGULAR SIZE SNAKES


CX05-0588

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1/2"

4,486

1,200

CX05-0589

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1"

7,500

2,500

CX05-0590

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 1 1/2"

10,000

3,500

CX05-0591

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2"

12,000

4,000

CX05-0592

LEWIS TYPE LSG 2" - 2 3/4"

16,000

5,000

CX05-0593

LEWIS TYPE LSG 2 3/4" - 3 1/2"

20,000

6,500

CX05-0594

LEWIS TYPE LSG 3 1/2" - 4 1/4"

24,000

8,000

SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES


CX05-0595

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1 1/2"

4,486/7,500

1,200/2,500

CX05-0596

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1 1/2"

7,500/10,000

2,500/3,500

CX05-0597

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 2"

7,500/12,000

2,500/4,000

CX05-0598

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 2"

10,000/12,000

3,500/4,000

CX05-0599

LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2 1/2"

12,000/16,000

4,000/5,000

5-42

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Lewis Mfg. Co.
The XS, X, and X-HDFE were designed to simplify the
process of selecting a pulling grip.The entire X series is
unique for several reasons:
1. X model grips can be used overhead or for underground pulls.
2. X model grips incorporate a single wire bail which,
when put under pressure, conforms to even the tightest clearances.The single wire bail also connects easily
with either ball bearing swivels or drop forged friction
swivels.
3. The reverse weave of all X models insures that the
grip and cable will pass smoothly through even the
tightest blocks, sheaves, bullwheels, etc.
X or XS
Models

Swivel
Size

A
B

4. The X and X Heavy Duty feature metal shoulders


installed beneath the bail.These shoulders allow the
grip to be pulled through the most abrasive conduit or
other rough environments, and still be used time after
time.These shoulders are color coded to ensure the
correct grip size is selected when making a pull.
When a friction swivel is needed for the X-Series Pulling
Grips or any other Lewis Pulling Grip, please refer to the
following chart.To order a swivel built into a grip add,
W/S to the end of the grip part number.

X or XS
Models

Swivel
Size

5/16"

3/8"

3/8"

1/2"

3/8"

1/2"

3/8"

1/2"

3/8"

1/2"

X-Series Grip

The X-Series Grips are color coded for quick identification and organized storage.They are plastic-coated which
increases the life of the grip, provides a more effective
gripping surface, and reduces injuries due to frayed or
mangled wire in the pulling grip itself.
This grip is designed with the ball bearing swivel user in
mind.The single wire eye allows a swivel to be attached
to the grip easily, and helps to alleviate any binding that
may occur in the throat of the swivel during a pull. The X

model grip also offers a backwards weave that (1) adds


pulling surface to the grip itself, and (2) allows the grip
to pass through even the tightest of clearances.The X
series features metal sleeves near the top of the grip to
eliminate wear when pulling through clay conduit, gravel,
or other abrasive pulling environments.This series is constructed with galvanized wire, but can be ordered with
stainless steel at additional cost.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Lewis
Part #

Range

Color
Code

CX05-0600

X-A-SW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0601

X-A-DW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0602

X-A-SW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0603

X-A-DW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

CX05-0604

X-B-TW-26"

1 1/4-2"

CX05-0605

X-B-TW-32"

1 1/4-2"

CX05-0606

X-C-TW-32"

2-2 3/4"

CX05-0607

X-C-TW-38"

2-2 3/4"

CX05-0608

X-D-TW-38"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

CX05-0609

X-D-TW-46"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

Orange

CX05-0610

X-E-TW-46"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

CX05-0611

X-E-TW-52"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

CX05-0612

X-F-TW-52"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

CX05-0613

X-F-TW-58"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

CX05-0614

X-G-TW-58"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

CX05-0615

X-G-TW-64"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

CX05-0616

X-H-TW-58"

5 1/2-6"

CX05-0617

X-H-TW-64"

5 1/2-6"

CX05-0618

X-I-TW-58"

6-6 3/4"

CX05-0619

X-I-TW-64"

6-6 3/4"

CX05-0620

X-J-TW-58"

6 3/4-8"

CX05-0621

X-J-TW-64"

6 3/4-8"

Lt. Blue

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate
Tensile

Mesh

Eye

3000

3000

18

1500

3500

18

1700

3400

24

2000

6000

24

2500

7500

26

2500

7500

32

3500

10500

32

4500

13500

38

4500

13500

38

5500

16500

46

Green

5500

16500

46

6500

19500

52

Black

6000

18000

52

7000

21000

58

Yellow

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

Brown

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

15000

30000

58

10

15000

30000

64

10

Red

Purple

Turquoise
Aluminum

5-43

16500

33000

58

10

16500

33000

64

10

WIRE ROPE GRIPS


Lewis Mfg. Co.
XS-Series Grip

These grips feature coated galvanized cable, reverse weave, and a single wire bail but will not have metal shoulders. XS
series grip are identified by tags beneath the heavy duty clear tubing.The XS series is designed for normal working
conditions.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Lewis
Part #

Range

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate
Tensile

Mesh

Eye

CX05-0622

XS-A-SW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

3000

3000

18

CX05-0623

XS-A-DW-18"

3/4-1 1/4"

1500

3500

18

CX05-0624

XS-A-SW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

1700

3400

24

CX05-0625

XS-A-DW-24"

3/4-1 1/4"

2000

6000

24

CX05-0626

XS-B-TW-26"

1 1/4-2"

2500

7500

26

CX05-0627

XS-B-TW-32"

1 1/4-2"

2500

7500

32

CX05-0628

XS-C-TW-32"

2-2 3/4"

3500

10500

32

CX05-0629

XS-C-TW-38"

2-2 3/4"

4500

13500

38

CX05-0630

XS-D-TW-38"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

4500

13500

38

CX05-0631

XS-D-TW-46"

2 3/4-3 1/2"

5500

16500

46

CX05-0632

XS-E-TW-46"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

5500

16500

46

CX05-0633

XS-E-TW-52"

3 1/2-4 1/4"

6500

19500

52

CX05-0634

XS-F-TW-52"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

6000

18000

52

CX05-0635

XS-F-TW-58"

4 1/4-4 7/8"

7000

21000

58

CX05-0636

XS-G-TW-58"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0637

XS-G-TW-64"

4 7/8-5 1/2"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0638

XS-H-TW-58"

5 1/2-6"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0639

XS-H-TW-64"

5 1/2-6"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0640

XS-I-TW-58"

6-6 3/4"

15000

30000

58

10

CX05-0641

XS-I-TW-64"

6-6 3/4"

15000

30000

64

10

CX05-0642

XS-J-TW-58"

6 3/4-8"

16500

33000

58

10

CX05-0643

XS-J-TW-64"

6 3/4-8"

16500

33000

64

10

Heavy Duty X Model Grip

These grips are designed for large work loads and rugged conditions.The following heavy duty X models incorporate
the use of exceptionally strong mesh, reverse weave, single wire bail and abrasion-resistant metal shoulders. Heavy
Duty X models are constructed of uncoated aircraft strand galvanized wire.
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Lewis
Part #

Color
Code

Wk. Ld.

Ultimate
Tensile

Mesh

Eye

CX05-0644

X-HDFE-1/4-1/2"

Brown

1200

6000

22

CX05-0645

X-HDFE-1/2-7/8"

Yellow

2400

12000

42

CX05-0646

X-HDFE-7/8-1 3/8"

Black

5700

28800

48

CX05-0647

X-HDFE-1 3/8-2"

Green

9600

48000

50

CX05-0648

X-HDFE-2-2 3/4"

Orange

11500

56600

52

CX05-0649

X-HDFE-2 3/4-3 1/2"

Purple

13500

67200

54

CX05-0650

X-HDFE-3 1/2-4 1/4"

Red

15300

76800

56

CX05-0651

X-HDFE-4 1/4-5"

Lt. Blue

17900

86400

58

5-44

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION


Bridon American Corporation
FOR Tower Cranes, Mobile Cranes, Dockside
Cranes, Fishing Ropes
BRILUBE 30-a semi-dry thin film lubricant with excellent
penetration and corrosion resisting properties.
Formulated for frequent use in harsh working conditions,
whilst minimising lubricant build-up and abrasive particle
contamination.
BRILUBE 30 is recommended for general outdoor use
where corrosion is a major contribution to rope deterioration.
FOR Lifts and Elevators, Friction Hoists
BRILUBE 40-a synthetic lubricant which deposits a slipresistant film on the wire surfaces.
Formulated for use where frictional grip is vital, it provides internal lubrication whilst avoiding excessive buildup with repeated applications.
BRILUBE 40 is recommended for use on lifts, elevators
and similar friction driven rope installations.
FOR Indoor Cranes, Piling Applications, Small
Excavators
BRILUBE 50-an oil based lubricant with additives to
increase adherence and enhance corrosion protection. It
has excellent penetration and lubrication properties for
working ropes in normal industrial environments.
BRILUBE 50 is recommended for overhead cranes, hoist
ropes and similar working ropes, where fatigue is the
major factor in rope deterioration.
FOR Excavators, Guy Ropes, Winch Ropes
BRILUBE 60-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with
excellent corrosion protection and stable properties over
a wide temperature range.
Formulated for long life on standing or dynamic ropes.
BRILUBE 60 is recommended for outdoor use providing
effective lubrication and corrosion protection where only
infrequent lubrication is possible.

FOR Offshore Cranes, Rigging, Mooring & Towing


Cables, Fishing Ropes
BRILUBE 70-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with stable properties over a wide temperature range offering
corrosion protection against marine working conditions.
Formulated for long life on static or dynamic ropes in
highly aggressive environments.
BRILUBE 70 is recommended for use in off-shore and
other hostile environments where effective lubricant and
optimum corrosion protection are vital.
FOR Offshore Installations, Lake and River Ferries,
Dock Facilities, Water Treatment Operations
BRILUBE 90-a BIODEGRADABLE heavy duty, Marine
Quality wire rope lubricant, developed by BRIDON to
meet the needs of wire ropes working in highly aggressive conditions and the demand for environmental
acceptability.
Formulated for heavy duty applications in environmentally sensitive environments.
BRILUBE 90 is recommended for use wherever rope
lubrication is a problem due to environmental concerns.
The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing,
spraying and BRILUBE 60, 70 and 90 are particularly suitable for use with High Pressure lubricators due to their
good pumping characteristics and non-drying nature.
BRIDON recommends the MASTO High Pressure lubricator, an effective, reliable and economical system, ensuring
maximum penetration of lubricant with simultaneous
removal of most contaminants.
MASTO systems are available from all BRILUBE stockists
for ropes up to 3 ins diameter, and will lubricate up to
150 feet per minute, minimising downtime and waste,
while maximising the proven benefits of in-service lubrication.
The BRILUBE range of advanced wire rope lubricants has
been developed to promote longer safe-working life
through effective lubrication and corrosion protection.

5-45

WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION


Bridon American Corporation

BRILUBE APPLICATION SYSTEMS


The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing, spraying or pumping, and a range of application equipment
is available to enable effective treatment under most conditions.
PORTABLE PRESSURIZED SPRAYER
BRILUBE 30, 40 and 50 can be applied by simple trigger sprays or the BRILUBE portable pressurised sprayer.
This handy pressurised spraying unit consists of a pressure-tested galvanised steel vessel with pressure-gauge, pump,
relief valve, 2 metres of reinforced hose and 350mm lance with trigger control and built-in filter.All seals are of solvent
resistant nitrile material.
The special funnel shaped head ensures easy filling and protects the gauge and valve.
The unit can be carried by either the handle or the shoulder strap and operates at up to 80 p.s.i. (5.47 bar) for maximum penetration of the dressing, making the unit ideal for the application of BRILUBE onto winches or crane drums.
All units are supplied complete with operating and maintenance instructions and a full list of spares which are readily
available.
MASTO POWERED APPLICATION SYSTEMS
BRILUBE 60 and 70 can be pressure applied using in-line application systems which are available to suit a wide range
of rope sizes and constructions.
These systems operate by forcing the dressing into the rope under high pressure, while simultaneously cleaning the
rope and removing moisture, residual dressing and contaminants.
The MASTO system, approved by BRIDON, is suitable for ropes from 4mm to 35mm, and 36mm to 76mm diameter.
The pressure heads are light in weight, easy to attach and effective in use with most rope constructions.The low cost
seals are easy to replace and have long operational lives.

5-46

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Recommended Chain Sling Use
Follow these Recommendations for Safer Chain
Sling Use
1.Visually examine the sling before each use. Look for
stretched, gouged, bent or damaged links and components, including hooks, with opened throats, cracks or
distortion. If damaged, remove from service.

6. Slings should not be shortened with knots, bolts or


other makeshift devices.

7. Protect chain with padding when lifting sharp edged


loads.

2. Know the load determine the weight, center of


gravity, angle of lift and select the proper size and
type of sling.

8. Lift and lower loads smoothly, do not jerk.

6
9. Hands and fingers should not be placed between the
sling and load while sling is being tightened around
the load. When lifted, the load should not be pushed
or guided by employees hands directly on the load.

3. Never overload the sling check the working load


limit on the identification tag. Always consider the
effect of Angle of Lift the tension on each leg of
the sling is increased as the angle of lift, from horizontal, decreases. Use the charts in this catalog or in the
Acco Chain Sling Users Manual for this purpose.

4. Do not point load hooks load should bear on the


bowl of hook.

10. Do not expose A8A alloy chain or slings to temperatures above 500F. (See Table next page.)
11. Protect chain slings from corrosion during storage.

5. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked


before lifting the load.

DO NOT
TWIST
CHAIN

12. Store slings properly on an A-Frame.

6-1

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Chain Sling Inspection
Daily Inspection as shown in No. 1 of the Acco
Recommendations should be conducted by a competent person designated by the employer.
Periodic Inspection OSHA specifies that all alloy steel
chain slings shall have a thorough periodic inspection, by
a competent person, at least once every 12 months.
These inspections must be recorded and maintained for
each individual sling.
The inspection schedule should be based on frequency of
sling use, severity of service conditions, nature of lifts
being made and experience gained on service life of
slings used in similar circumstances.
Inspection
1. Clean chain prior to inspection, to more easily see
damage or defects.

3. Make a link-by-link inspection of the chain slings for:


a. Excessive wear If the wear on any portion of any
link exceeds the allowable wear shown in Table of
Wear remove from service.
b. Twisted, bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated
links.
c. Cracks in the weld area of any portion of the link.
Transverse markings are the most dangerous.
d. Severe corrosion.

6
2. Hang chain vertically if practical, for preliminary
inspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of
master link to bearing point of hook). Check this
length against reach shown on tag. If present length is
greater than that shown on tag, there is a possibility
that the sling has been subjected to overloading or
excessive wear.

4. Check master links and hooks for all of the above faults
hooks especially for excessive throat opening.
Slings showing any of the faults described above
should immediately be removed from service and
returned to the manufacturer for repair.

Acco offers a chain sling inspection service performed by our own qualified inspectors.

6-2

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
GRADE 80 Chain Sling Inspection
Table of Wear
Specifications
Size
of
Chain
mm

Minimum Safe
Dimension at Worn
Part of Link
C
In.

7 mm ( .276)
10mm (.394)
13mm (.513)
16mm (.630)
20mm (.787)
22mm (.866)
26mm (1.023)
32mm (1.259)

.239
.342
.443
.546
.682
.750
.886
1.090

Effect of High Temperature on Working


Load Limits of Alloy Chain
Temperature*
of Chain
(Degrees F)
500
600
700
800
900
1000

(Degrees C)
260
315
370
425
482
540

Percentage of
Permanent Reduction
in Working
Load Limit**
None
None
5%
15%
20%
30%

* Acco does not recommend the use of Alloy A8A chain at temperatures above 500F.
** When chain is used at room temperature after being heated to temperatures
shown in first column.

6-3

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Types of Chain Slings

How to Order
The following information should be given on orders or inquiries for chain slings.
1. SIZE:This is specified by the size of the material from which the chain is made, determined by working load limit
required.
2. REACH:This is the length, including attachments, measured from bearing point to bearing point.
3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list shown. EXAMPLES: Ssingle, Ooblong link, Ssling hook.
4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified standard master links and hooks as given herein will be used. When
other than standard master links or hooks are required, we should be given a complete description or a drawing of
the requested substitute.
Hot dip galvanized Accoloy chain is available. When hot galvanizing is specified our recommended working load limits must be reduced 15%. Please refer all such inquiries to the manager of chain customer services,York, PA.

Type
SG
SOS
SOG
SGS
SGG
SSS
SOF
CO
DOS
DOG
DOF
DOP
TOS
TOG
TOF
QOS
QOG
QOF

Single Chain Slings


Attachments
One End
Opposite End
Plain
Grab Hook
Oblong Link
Single Hook
Oblong Link
Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook
Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook
Sling Hook
Oblong Link
Foundry Hook
Oblong Link
Oblong Link
Double Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hooks
Oblong Link
Grab Hooks
Oblong Link
Foundry Hooks
Oblong Link
Plate Hooks
Triple Chain Slings
Oblong Link
Sling Hooks
Oblong Link
Grab Hooks
Oblong Link
Foundry Hooks
Quadruple Chain Slings
Ob
gLink
n
lo
Sin
leHooks
g
Ob
gLink
n
lo
Gra
bHooks
Ob
nLink
lo
g
Fo
ryHooks
d
n
u
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the instructions, working load limits and specifications in this
and other Acco publications could result in serious
injury or property damage.

6-4

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Observe These Five Safety Tips When Slinging With Kuplex II
1. Selecting the proper chain size for your Kuplex II
Chain Sling is of utmost importance. The Working
Load Limit Chart on following page defines load limits
of 9/32 through 2Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3 and 4 leg
styles for Grades 63 and 80.You may determine the
correct chain size and sling style for the job by working from this handy table.
2. Should repairs ever be necessary on a Kuplex II Sling, it
is recommended that only Kuplex II Sling Distributors
be allowed to handle the repairs. A trained staff and an
adequate stock of Kuplex II proof tested components
parts are available to give you fast repair service.
3. To insure compatability of attachments with Accoloy
Chain, Kuplex II components, identified by the distinctive Acco orange color, should be used to make up a
Kuplex II Sling or to repair an old sling. Should the
body chain of a Kuplex II Sling become badly damaged
or broken replace the entire leg with Accoloy Chain.
4. Kuplex II components will fit most chain manufactured domestically; however, for engineered uniformity
and quality control only Accoloy is recommended.
5. Because of link dimension differences,A8A chain
should not be mixed with any other chain when
assembling a multi-leg sling.
Assembly Instructions
Kuplex II assembles and disassembles quickly with simple, readily available tools.
1. Select the Kuplex II components to be attached to the
matching size chain.

4. To disassemble, drive the retaining pins out with a


drive pin. Retaining pins and load pins are reusable.

Reach
Bearing Point to Bearing Point

Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining


pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or
other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy.
Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property.

Information For Calculating


Chain Length

2. Insert the end link of the chain into the slot of the
Kuplex II component. Pass the load pin through the
component and chain link so that the grooves in the
load pin are in line with the retaining pin holes.
(Grooves in load pin should point toward body of
components.)

3. Drive the Spirol * retaining pins into the Kuplex II


component until flush with surface.

Single Leg Type If the measurement comes within the


link, the following link is cut. Reach given should be minimum.
2 Leg Type The required chain length is measured and
cut (same as single leg). The first and last links should
lie in opposite planes this allows hooks and attachments to point away from the load as shown.
Cut the second leg with the same number of links.
3 and 4 Leg Type The cutting length is measured and
number of links counted. Must be an odd number of links
(due to secondary links on Master Link Assembly) so
hooks hang on correct plane, pointing out. Chain lengths
for additional legs are cut with this same number of links.
If the reach is over five feet (1.52m), add the difference
to the figures in Cut Chain Length Needed for 5 (1.52m)
Reach column found on following pages. If reach is
under five (1.52m), subtract the difference. A metal tag
showing the sling reach will be attached to the sling.
EXAMPLE
Required reach 8 ft. (2.44m)
Sling type and size CO 9/32 (7mm) chain
Add 3 feet (0.92m) (reach over 5 (1.52m)) to figure
shown on chart under Type SOO 9/32 (7mm) chain
is 39 (1.14m).
69 (2.06m) = cut chain length for 8 (2.44m) reach.
* Registered TM of Spirol International.

WARNING
Extreme caution should be used when cutting chain with
a torch to avoid heating adjacent links.ACCO recommends the use of mechanical or plasma cutting devices.

6-5

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Grade 80 Chain
To determine which chain size and leg style are best suited to your requirements use this working load limit table
as a guide. The table gives the working load limits of 9/32 through 1-1/4Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3, and 4 leg styles.
You know the maximum load (or loads) you will lift and the angle of lift involved working to the left from these
loads and angles gives you the proper chain size for your sling. Working Load Limits of the chain and components is
established as pounds applied at the indicated degrees from horizontal.
Specifications Inches

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Fibre
Drum**
Number

CX06-0093
CX06-0094
CX06-0095
CX06-0096
CX06-0097
CX06-0098
CX06-0099
CX06-0100

5116-10402
5116-10602
5116-10802
5116-11002
5116-11202
5116-11402
5105-11602
5105-12002

Chain
Size
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Every link embossed A8A Matte Grey Finish with Rust Inhibiter
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.*

Nominal
Inside
Length
Inches

Nominal
Inside
Width
Inches

Weight
Per
100-Ft.
Lbs.

Feet
Per
Drum

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

.846
1.209
1.571
1.937
2.417
2.661
2.900
3.710

.405
.567
.736
.906
1.134
1.248
1.400
1.670

67
144
243
372
581
699
996
1575

800
500
300
200
100
100
75
60

** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.

Specifications Metric

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number
Fibre
Drum**

CX06-0093
CX06-0094
CX06-0095
CX06-0096
CX06-0097
CX06-0098
CX06-0099
CX06-0100

5116-10402
5116-10602
5116-10802
5116-11002
5116-11202
5116-11402
5105-11602
5105-12002

Chain
Size
mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

Working
Load
Limits*
kgs.

Nominal
Inside
Length
mm

Nominal
Inside
Width
mm

Weight
Per
Meter
kgs.

Meters
Per
Drum

1,600
3,200
5,400
8,200
12,800
15,500
21,600
32,800

21.5
30.7
39.9
49.2
61.4
67.6
73.7
94.3

10.3
14.4
18.7
23.0
28.8
31.7
35.6
42.5

9.26
19.91
33.60
51.44
80.34
96.66
139.73
217.80

243.9
152.4
91.5
61.0
30.5
30.5
22.9
18.3

** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.
Working Load Limits* Pounds
Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

1-1/2
1-3/4
2

Single
Chain
at 90
Lbs.

Double Chain Slings/Lbs.


Type D

Triple and Quad Chain Slings/Lbs.


Type T and Type Q

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

60
6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

45
4,900
10,000
17,000
25,600
40,000
48,400
67,400
102,200

30
3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

60
9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

45
7,400
15,100
25,500
38,400
60,000
72,500
101,200
153,400

30
5,200
10,600
18,000
27,100
42,400
51,300
71,500
108,400

38

100,000

173,200

141,400

100,000

259,800

212,100

150,000

45

131,250

227,300

185,600

131,250

341,000

278,400

196,900

51

175,000

303,100

247,500

175,000

454,600

371,200

262,500

Meets ASTM A906 specifications.

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-6

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Single Chain Slings

Oblong Link

Sling Hook**

Grab Hook

Foundry Hook

Grab Hook

Specifications
Accology
Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Grade 80
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 90

A
Dia.Mtl.
In.

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

5/8
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

Oblong Links
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.
3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
6
6
7

6
6
7
7
8
12
12
14

Mechanical Single Chain Slings


Plain
End

CO

SOS** or SOSH

SOG

SOF

Choke Hook
Note: Not limited
to Single Chain
Sling Applications

SG

Illustrations shown here utilize Kuplex II Master Kuplinks. If plain Master Links are preferred Kuplex II Kuplers or
Kuplocks must be used to attach chain.
Specifications
Size
of
Chain

SOS Sling Hooks


SOSH Safety Hook

SOO/CO

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 90

3,500

3/8

10

CX06-0119

1/2

CX06-0120

5/8

CX06-0121

Kuplink

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-11

3 -9 "

7,100

K-12

13

12,000

16

18,100

3/4

20

CX06-0122

7/8

CX06-0123

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

In.

CX06-0117

9/32

CX06-0118

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-80

4 -1 "

3 -8 "

K-81

K-13

3 -7 "

K-14

3 -1 "

28,300

K-15

22

34,200

26

47,700

SOG
Grab Hooks

SOF
Foundry Hooks

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

No.

K-72

4 -2 "

K-498

4 -0 "

K-710

KCL-7

3 -11 "

K-73

4 -1 "

K-499

3 -11 "

K-710

KCL-10

K-82

3 -10 "

K-75

4 -0 "

K-500

3 -8 "

K-83

3 -8 "

K-76

3 -7 "

K-501

3 -4 "

3 -1 "

K-84

3 -5 "

K-77

3 -7 "

K-502

3 -4 "

K-16

2 -4 "

K-85

2 -11 "

K-78

3 -2 "

K-503

2 -10 "

K-6

3 -0 "

K-86

2 -10 "

K-504

2 -5 "

Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-7

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

SOCH
Choke Hook
Choke
Hook
No.

Choke
Link
No.

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Double Chain Slings

Sling Hooks

Grab Hooks

Foundry Hooks

Specifications
Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

Master
Link

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

K-1
K-2
K-3
K-4
K-5
K-6

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

Oblong Links
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.
3
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8

6
6
7
8
12
12
14
16

Mechanical Double Chain Slings


Use Kuplok
as Alternate
Method

DOSH or DOS

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0132
CX06-0133
CX06-0134
CX06-0135
CX06-0136
CX06-0137
CX06-0138

Size
of
Chain
In. mm
9/32 7
3/8 10
1/2 13
5/8 16
3/4 20
7/8 22
1
26

DOF

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

Master
Link

Kuplok

Kupler

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600

K-1
K-2
K-3
K-4
K-5
K-6
2x7x14

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

K-20
K-21
K-22
K-23
K-24
K-25

Specifications
DOSH
Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach
No.
K-80
K-81
K-82
K-83
K-84
K-85
K-86

4 -1 "
3 -11 "
3 -9 "
3 -6 "
3 -1 "
2 -11 "
2 -8 "

Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-8

DOG Grab Hooks


Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach
No.
K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

4 -2 "
4 -1 "
3 -11 "
3 -8 "
3 -3 "
3 -2 "

DOF Foundry Hooks


Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach
No.
K-498
K-499
K-500
K-501
K-502
K-503
K-504

4 -0 "
3 -11 "
3 -8 "
3 -5 "
3 -0 "
2 -10 "
2 -6 "

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Triple Chain Slings
TOS

TOF

Sling Hooks
TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Foundry Hooks
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
In.
mm
9/32
7
3/8
10
1/2
13
5/8
16
3/4
20
7/8
22
1
26
1-1/4
32

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60
9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

Master
Link

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

B
Inside
Width
In.

K-2
K-3
K-4
K-5
K-6

3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-3/4

3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8
9

Oblong Links
D
C
Dia.
Inside
Mtl.
Length
In.
In.
6
7
8
12
12
14
16
16

5/8
3/4
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
2

E
Inside
Width
In.

F
Inside
Length
In.

1-5/32
1-1/2
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3
3-1/2

2-3/16
3
4
4-9/16
5-1/4
6-1/2
6-1/2
7

Mechanical Triple Chain Slings

TOSH or TOS
TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. In.
CX06-0147 9/32
CX06-0148
3/8
CX06-0149
1/2
CX06-0150
5/8
CX06-0151
3/4
CX06-0152
7/8
CX06-0153
1

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

TOF

Quad
Master
Assy.
for Chain
Size

9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900

TOSH

In.

Kuplok

Kupler

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

K-20
K-21
K-22
K-23
K-24
K-25

K-80
K-81
K-82
K-83
K-84
K-85
K-86

3-11"
3-8"
3-4"
2-9"
2-8"
2-4"
2-2"

Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.


* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-9

TOG Grab Hooks

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

4-0"
3-10"
3-6"
2-11"
2-10"
2-7"

TOF Foundary
Hooks

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-498
K-499
K-500
K-501
K-502
K-503
K-504

3-10"
3-8"
3-4"
2-9"
2-8"
2-4"
2-0"

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Quadruple Chain Slings
QOS

QOF

Sling Hooks
QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

Foundry Hooks
QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Oblong Links
C
D
Inside
Dia.
Length
Mtl.

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

A
Dia.
Mtl.

B
Inside
Width

E
Inside
Width

F
Inside
Length

In.

In.

In.

In.

In.

In.

9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-3/4

3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8
9

6
7
8
12
12
14
16
16

5/8
3/4
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-3/4
2

1-5/32
1-1/2
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3
3-1/2

2-3/16
3
4
4-9/16
5-1/4
6
6
7

Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings

QOSH or QOS
QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)

QOF
QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Specifications

Size
of
Chain

Quad
Master
Assy.
for Chain
Size
In.

QOSH

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

Kuplok

Kupler

CX06-0162

9/32

9,100

9/32

9/32

K-20

CX06-0163

3/8

10

18,400

3/8

3/8

CX06-0164

1/2

13

31,200

1/2

CX06-0165

5/8

16

47,000

CX06-0166

3/4

20

CX06-0167

7/8

22

CX06-0168

26

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-80

3-11"

K-21

K-81

1/2

K-22

5/8

5/8

73,500

3/4

88,900

7/8

123,900

QOG Grab Hooks

QOF Foundary
Hooks

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-72

4-0"

K-498

3-10"

3-8"

K-73

3-10"

K-499

3-8"

K-82

3-4"

K-75

3-6"

K-500

3-4"

K-23

K-83

2-9"

K-76

2-11"

K-501

2-9"

3/4

K-24

K-84

2-8"

K-77

2-10"

K-502

2-8"

7/8

K-25

K-85

2-4"

K-78

2-7"

K-503

2-4"

K-86

2-2"

K-504

2-0"

Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-10

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Adjustable Single Slings
Style 1

Style 2

Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook
SOS
Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hook
SOS

Specifications
Size
of
Chain
In.
mm
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

5/8
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

Oblong Links
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.
3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
6
6
7

6
6
7
7
8
12
12
14

Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings


Style 1

Style 2

Grab Hook

Grab Hook

Sling Hook**

Sling Hook**

SOS

SOS
Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0177
CX06-0178
CX06-0179
CX06-0180
CX06-0181
CX06-0182

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs.
at 90

Master
Link No.

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200

K-1
K-2
K-3
K-3
K-4
K-5

Kuplok

Kupler
No.

Grab
Hook No.

Sling
Hook No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

K-20
K-21
K-22
K-23
K-24
K-25

K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

K-80
K-81
K-82
K-83
K-84
K-85

4-1"
3-11"
3-8"
3-7"
3-1"
2-11"

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-11

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Adjustable Double Slings
DOS

Grab Hook

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hooks
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
In.
mm
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Oblong Links
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.
3
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8

6
6
7
8
12
12
14
16

Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings


DOS

Grab Hook

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.

Sling Hooks
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0191
CX06-0192
CX06-0193
CX06-0194
CX06-0195
CX06-0196

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs.
at
60

Quad
Master
Link

Kuplok

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

Kupler No.

Grab
Hook
No.

Sling
Hook
No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-20
K-21
K-22
K-23
K-24
K-25

K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

K-80
K-81
K-82
K-83
K-84
K-85

4-0"
3-8"
3-7"
3-3"
3-1"
2-7"

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-12

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.


Specifications
Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

Master Link
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.
3
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8

6
6
7
8
12
12
14
16

Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.


Specifications
Size
of
Chain

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs.
at
60

Kupler No.

Grab
Hook
No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

9/32

K-20

K-72

4-2"

3/8

K-21

K-73

4-1"

K-3

1/2

K-22

K-75

3-10"

31,300

K-4

5/8

K-23

K-76

3-8"

49,000

K-5

3/4

K-24

K-77

3-3"

59,200

K-6

7/8

K-25

K-78

3-2"

Master
Link
No.

Kuplok

6,100

K-1

12,300

K-2

20,800

16
20
22

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

In.

CX06-1008

9/32

CX06-1009

3/8

10

CX06-1010

1/2

13

CX06-1011

5/8

CX06-1012

3/4

CX06-1013

7/8

mm

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-13

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.


Specifications
Size
of
Chain
In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs. at 60

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-3/4

Master Link
C
B
Inside
Inside
Length
Width
In.
In.
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8
9

6
7
8
12
12
14
16
16

Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings

Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.


Specifications
Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0205
CX06-0206
CX06-0207
CX06-0208
CX06-0209
CX06-0210

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs.
at
60

Quad
Assy.
In.

Kuplok

9,100
18,400
31,200
47,000
73,500
88,900

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

Kupler No.

Grab
Hook
No.

Cut Chain
Needed for
5 Reach

K-20
K-21
K-22
K-23
K-24
K-25

K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

4-1"
3-10"
3-8"
3-1"
2-10"
2-8"

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-14

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Single & Double Endless Basket Slings
Specifications
Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0231
CX06-0232
CX06-0233
CX06-0234
CX06-0235
CX06-0236
CX06-0237
CX06-0238

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

Single

Double

Chain
at 90
Working
Load Limit*
Lbs.

Chain
at 60
Working
Load Limit*
Lbs.

Oblong Links

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

Single
B
Inside
Width
In.

C
Inside
Length
In.

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

Double
B
C
Inside
Inside
Width
Length
In.
In.

5/8
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
6
6
7

6
6
7
7
8
12
12
14

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

3
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8

6
6
7
8
12
12
14
16

Welded Double Sling With Oblong Link On Each End


Specifications

Master Link
Double
Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0239
CX06-0240
CX06-0241
CX06-0242
CX06-0243
CX06-0244
CX06-0245
CX06-0246

In.
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

B
Inside
Width
In.

C
Inside
Length
In.

A
Dia.
Mtl.
In.

B
Inside
Width
In.

C
Inside
Length
In.

6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
59,200
82,600
125,200

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

3
3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8

6
6
7
8
12
12
14
16

5/8
3/4
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

3
3
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
6
6
7

6
6
7
7
8
12
12
14

End Link

Endless Chain

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0247
CX06-0248
CX06-0249
CX06-0250
CX06-0251
CX06-0252
CX06-0253
CX06-0254

Specifications
Single Chain
Size
at 90
of
Working
Chain
Load Limit*
Lbs.
In.
mm
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

Standard
Oblong End Link

Master Link

Chain
at 60
Working
Load Limit*
Lbs.

7
10
13
1
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-15

CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Steady-Lift Magnet Chains (3-Point Suspension)
Eliminates Costly Down Time With Lift After Lift, Built-In Dependability
Ease of Use Designed so bail stands up while chain rests on floor, there is no
wrestling with the bail for hook-up.
Balanced Loading Three point suspension offers superior stability.
Wearability Engineered and built for increased service life, with heat treated
bail, pins, alloy chain and end links.
Less Down Time Easy inspection, replaceable pins, legs and bail mean more
time on the job and fewer off-site repairs.

Replacement Parts
Magnet
Chain Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Pin

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Leg

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Yoke

1
1-1/4

CX06-0255
CX06-0256

5371-01630
5371-02030

CX06-0257
CX06-0258

5371-01620
5371-02020

CX06-0259
CX06-0260

5371-01610
5371-02010

Specifications
A

6
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
No.

Size
of
Chain

Accoloy No.
*W.L.L.
of
Lbs.
Links

Mtl.
Dia.

Yoke
Wth.

Yoke
Lgh.

D
Vert.
Reach

E
End
Link
Wth.

F
End
Link
Lgh.

G
End
Link
Dia.

Comp.
Assy.
Wt.
Lbs.

Yoke
Wt.
Lbs.

Chain
Leg.
Wt.
Lbs.

Pin
Wt.
Lbs.
Ea.

Magnet
Diameter
In.

CX06-0261

5371-01600

100,000

2-1/4

12

3 -7"

2-5/8

1-1/4

220

110

31

5.0

up to 60

CX06-0262

5371-02000

1-1/4

150,000

2-1/2

12

4 -7"

2-3/4

1-1/2

350

155

60

5.5

60 and over

Standard Magnet Chains


Standard D
Master Link

Main Chain

Oblong Link

Pear Shape Master Link Optional

Handles Optional

Specifications
Chain

Accoloy
Working

Size

Acco

Master Link

Oblong Link

Load Limit*

A
Dia.

B
Inside

C
Inside

A
Dia.

B
Inside

C
Inside

5 Link

Magnet

Mtl.
In.

Width
In.

Length
In.

Mtl.
In.

Width
In.

Length
In.

Reach
In.

Diameter
In.

1-3/4
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-1/2

6
6
6
6-1/2
6-1/2

10-1/2
10-1/2
10-1/2
11-1/4
12-3/4

3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2

2-1/8
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-3/4
2-3/4

6
6
6
7
7

32-1/2
35
36
40
45-1/2

up to 40/
up to 45
up to 48
up to 60
60 and over

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Stock
Number

In.

mm

Lbs.
at 60

CX06-0263
CX06-0264
CX06-0265
CX06-0266
CX06-0267

5373-01000
5373-01200
5373-01400
5373-01600
5373-02000

5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

16
20
22
26
32

47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

Values shown are grade 63, embossed 'AS'.


* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-16

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Oblong Master LinkProof Tested
Link size (inches)
Working
load limit
CERTEX
(lbs.)*
Cat. Ref. No.
3,600
6,100
12,300
20,800
31,300
49,000
73,500
88,900
125,200
187,800

Diameter
material
A

Inside
width
B

Inside
length
C

Type & size of chain sling on which used


Single
Double
Triple
Quad
type
type
type
type
S&C
D
T
Q

13/32
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 3/4

1 1/2
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2
4 3/8
5 1/4
6
7
8
9

3
5
5 1/2
7
8 3/4
10 1/2
12
14
16
16

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2 or 5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

CX06-0268
CX06-0269
CX06-0270
CX06-0271
CX06-0272
CX06-0273
CX06-0274
CX06-0275
CX06-0276
CX06-0277

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

Weight
each
(lbs.)

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

.33
.8
2.1
4.6
9.2
15.7
24.5
37.3
54.0
84.8

Working load limit of master link only.

Oblong Master Link Sub-Assembly**Proof Tested


For triple and quad branch chain slings
Oblong master
link size
(inches)
A
B
C
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 3/4

** Consisting of oblong master link and two


welded master coupling links.

2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2
4 3/8
5 1/4
6
7
8
9

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

5
5 1/2
7
8 3/4
10 1/2
12
14
16
16

CX06-0278
CX06-0279
CX06-0280
CX06-0281
CX06-0282
CX06-0283
CX06-0284
CX06-0285
CX06-0286

Master coupling
link size
(inches)
D
E
F
11/32
15/32
21/32
29/32
1 5/32
1 9/32
1 17/32
1 25/32
2 1/32

5/8
7/8
1 1/4
1 3/4
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 3/4
3
3 1/2

1 1/8
1 9/16
2 1/4
3 1/8
4
4 3/8
5 1/4
6
7

Weight
(lbs.)

HA
chain
(in.)

1.0
2.6
6.1
13.3
24.3
36.1
57.4
83.9
129.7

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

Master RingProof Tested


Ring size (inches)
Working
load limit
(lbs.)*
3,500
6,100
9,100
12,300
18,400
20,800
31,300
49,000
73,500
88,900

Diameter
Inside
CERTEX
material dia. of ring
Cat. Ref. No.
K
L
CX06-0287
CX06-0288
CX06-0289
CX06-0290
CX06-0291
CX06-0292
CX06-0293
CX06-0294
CX06-0295
CX06-0296

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4

2 1/2
3
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9

Type & size of chain sling on which used


Single
type
S&C

Double
type
D

Triple
type
T

Quad
type
Q

Weight
each
(lbs.)

9/32

3/8

1/2
5/8 or 3/4
7/8
1

1 1/4

9/32

3/8

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

9/32

3/8

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

9/32

3/8

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

.5
1.0
1.8
2.6
3.4
6.9
11.7
18.6
27.9
39.9

Working load limit of master link only.


* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-17

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Pear-Shaped Master LinkProof Tested
Link size (inches)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Diameter
material
G

CX06-0297
CX06-0298
CX06-0299
CX06-0300
CX06-0301
CX06-0302
CX06-0303
CX06-0304

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4

Inside
length
J

1 1/4
2
2 5/8
3 1/4
3 7/8
4 1/2
3 1/2
6

2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2
4 5/8
5 1/4
6
7
8

5 5/16
5 5/8
7 1/4
8 3/4
10 1/2
12
14
16

Inside widths

Type & size of


chain sling on
which used
Single
Double
type
type
S&C
D
9/32
3/8
1/2 or 5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

Welded Coupling LinkProof Tested


Link size (inches)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Chain
size
(in.)

Diameter
material
D

Inside
width
E

Inside
length
F

CX06-0305
CX06-0306
CX06-0307
CX06-0308
CX06-0309
CX06-0310
CX06-0311
CX06-0312
CX06-0313
CX06-0314
CX06-0315
CX06-0316

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8**
1 1/4
1 1/2**

11/32
15/32
21/32
25/32
29/32
1 1/32
1 5/32
1 9/32
1 17/32
1 25/32
1 25/32
2 1/32

5/8
7/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
3 1/2

1 1/8
1 9/16
2 1/4
2 5/8
3 1/8
3 1/2
4
4 3/8
5 1/4
6
7
7

** Non-stock item.

Grab LinkProof Tested


Link size (inches)
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0317
CX06-0318
CX06-0319
CX06-0320
CX06-0321
CX06-0322
CX06-0323
CX06-0324

A
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 1/4

B
5 1/2
6 1/16
7 5/8
9 1/4
11 1/4
11 3/4
13 3/4
17 1/2

C
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2
4 3/8
6
5 1/4
7
9

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-18

D
7/16
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/8
1 3/8
1 1/2
2 1/4

For
chain
size
(in.)
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
S Hook

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0325
CX06-0326
CX06-0327
CX06-0328
CX06-0329
CX06-0330
CX06-0331
CX06-0332
CX06-0333
CX06-0334
CX06-0335

Working
load
limits
(lbs.)*
210
410
870
1,120
1,730
2,370
2,920
3,150
4,450
6,100
6,250

Size
A
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 5/32
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2

Dimensions (inches)
B
4 1/2
6
7 1/2
9
10 1/2
12
13
15
16
17
18

C
1 1/8
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6

D
1 1/8
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6

Weight
each
(lbs.)
.15
.35
.82
1.6
2.6
4.2
6.0
9.3
11.7
15.4
19.5

R
9/16
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3

Plate Hook

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Chain
size
(in.)

Working
load limit
(lbs.)*

Weight
each
(lbs.)

CX06-0336
CX06-0337
CX06-0338
CX06-0339
CX06-0340
CX06-0341

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

3,600
7,050
11,400
17,800
25,600
34,900

2
2 5/8
3 1/2
4 3/8
5 3/16
6

1 3/4
3
4
5
6
7

2 1/2
4 5/16
4 3/8
5 7/16
6 1/2
7 5/8

15/16
1 3/16
1 1/2
1 7/8
2 3/8
2 1/2

1
1 1/8
1 1/2
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 5/8

3 11/16
6 3/8
7 3/8
9 1/4
10 7/8
13 1/16

1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16

5/8
3/4
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4

5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1

2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/2
5
5 3/4
6

2.8
5.7
13
26.5
42
65

Dimensions (inches)

Latchlok HookProof Tested


For simplified rigging and more secure load
attachment. Recessed push button thumb release
will not open accidentally, even if chain slacks;
eliminates danger of an open hook snagging on a
projection. Large eye accepts wire rope thimbles.

(mm)

Working
load limit
(lbs.)*

Weight
each
(lbs.)

3,500

2 3/16

3 7/16

1 3/8

6 11/16

1/2

15/16

13/16

1 3/16

1 3/16 5 3/16

1 3/8

1 5/16

1.28

3/8

10

7,100

2 13/16

4 1/16

1 3/4

8 11/32

11/16

1 1/8

5/8

1 7/16

1 7/16

6 1/2

1 3/4

1 19/32 1 9/64

CX06-0344

1/2

13

12,000

3 5/8

4 3/4

2 1/4

10 9/16

7/8

1 11/16

1 3/8

1 7/8

1 7/8

8 9/32 2 3/16 1 21/32

CX06-0345

5/8-3/4

16/20

28,300

5 1/16

5 3/4

2 7/16

13 1/2

1 1/4

2 1/16

1 3/4

2 9/16

2 9/16 10 1/2

Chain size
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

CX06-0342

9/32

CX06-0343

Dimensions (inches)

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-19

2 5/8

2 3/8

2.08

1 3/8

4.12

1 3/4

10.34

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Clevlok Sling Hook Without Latch**Proof Tested

(mm)

Working
load limit
(lbs.)*

Weight
each
(lbs.)

7
10
13
16
20

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300

3.500
4.343
5.500
6.281
7.827

1.500
1.875
2.250
2.625
3.000

5.156
6.672
8.000
9.687
11.688

0.328
0.453
0.593
0.750
0.875

0.734
0.953
1.172
1.438
1.688

1.594
2.187
2.562
2.281
3.437

0.357
0.507
0.625
0.750
0.906

3.437
4.468
5.265
6.078
7.344

1.187
1.437
1.781
2.031
2.500

1.203
1.453
1.938
2.375
2.828

1.051
1.281
1.656
2.188
2.563

0.64
1.91
4.33
5.20
11.40

Chain size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

CX06-0346
CX06-0347
CX06-0348
CX06-0349
CX06-0350

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Dimensions (inches)

** Latches available either as an option or in kit form.


User must determine whether latch is required on the hook.

Clevlok Sling Hook With LatchProof Tested

(mm)

Working
load limit
(lbs.)*

Weight
each
(lbs.)

7
10
13
16
20

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300

3.500
4.343
5.500
6.281
7.827

5.156
6.672
8.000
9.687
11.688

0.328
0.453
0.593
0.750
0.875

0.734
0.953
1.172
1.438
1.688

0.357
0.507
0.625
0.750
0.906

3.437
4.468
5.265
6.078
7.344

1.203
1.453
1.938
2.375
2.828

1.051
1.281
1.656
2.188
2.563

1.062
1.312
1.562
1.750
2.187

0.80
2.03
4.50
6.50
11.80

Chain size
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

CX06-0351
CX06-0352
CX06-0353
CX06-0354
CX06-0355

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Dimensions (inches)

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-20

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Cradle Grab Hook Proof Tested

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

(mm)

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*

CX06-0356
CX06-0357
CX06-0358
CX06-0359
CX06-0360
CX06-0361
CX06-0362
CX06-0363
CX06-0364

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

5.5
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

2,100
3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Chain size

Dimensions (inches)
B

Weight
each
(lbs.)

1.19
1.38
1.78
2.28
2.75
3.19
3.75
4.31
5.38

1.75
1.81
2.63
3.34
4.08
4.88
5.69
7.00
8.25

0.36
0.36
0.45
0.59
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.19
1.50

2.69
3.44
4.67
5.86
7.13
8.25
9.63
12.44
15.56

0.38
0.38
0.50
0.63
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.22
1.56

1.19
1.19
1.75
1.88
2.25
2.88
3.00
3.88
2.50

0.96
0.99
1.48
1.98
2.63
3.06
3.75
4.31
5.50

0.63
0.63
0.78
1.03
1.25
1.44
1.75
1.88
2.25

1.63
2.36
3.11
3.94
4.78
5.50
6.50
8.09
10.50

.70
.70
1.06
1.30
1.59
1.88
2.12
3.12
3.50

0.35
0.40
1.06
2.26
4.36
6.70
10.40
20.90
40.00

Not cradle type.

Sling Hook** Without LatchProof Tested

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

(mm)

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*

CX06-0365
CX06-0366
CX06-0367
CX06-0368
CX06-0369
CX06-0370
CX06-0371
CX06-0372
CX06-0373

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

5.5
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

2,100
3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Chain size

Dimensions (inches)
B

Weight
each
(lbs.)

1.62
2.06
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.88
4.31
5.31

3.31
3.50
4.34
5.50
6.34
7.83
8.59
9.59
11.56

1.44
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
4.00
4.66

4.30
5.25
6.64
8.16
9.66
11.38
12.72
14.23
17.00

0.38
0.44
0.56
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.09
1.22
1.50

0.78
0.73
0.95
1.17
1.44
1.69
1.94
2.14
2.62

1.25
1.59
2.19
2.56
2.63
3.44
3.88
4.25
4.64

0.75
0.75
0.94
1.13
1.31
1.50
1.69
1.88
2.31

3.06
3.75
4.78
5.69
6.50
7.81
8.75
9.88
11.50

1.25
1.19
1.44
1.78
2.03
2.50
2.78
3.13
3.88

1.00
1.20
1.45
1.94
2.38
2.83
3.22
3.55
4.25

0.86
1.05
1.28
1.66
2.19
2.51
2.84
3.09
3.89

0.7
1.1
1.9
4.5
7.3
11.4
18.1
22.6
36.0

** Available from stock with/without latch.


Replacement latch kits are also available.
User must determine if latch is required on the hook.
* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-21

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Sling Hook With LatchProof Tested

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

(in.)

(mm)

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*

CX06-0374
CX06-0375
CX06-0376
CX06-0377
CX06-0378
CX06-0379
CX06-0380
CX06-0381
CX06-0382

7/32
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

5.5
7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

2,100
3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Chain size

Dimensions (inches)
B

Weight
each
(lbs.)

1.63
2.06
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.88
4.31
5.31

3.31
3.50
4.34
5.50
6.34
7.83
8.59
9.59
11.28

1.44
1.50
1.88
2.25
2.63
3.00
3.38
4.00
4.66

4.30
5.25
6.64
8.16
9.66
11.38
12.72
14.23
17.00

0.38
0.44
0.56
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.09
1.22
1.50

0.78
0.73
0.95
1.17
1.44
1.69
1.94
2.14
2.62

1.25
1.59
2.19
2.56
2.63
3.44
3.88
4.25
4.64

0.75
0.75
0.94
1.13
1.31
1.50
1.69
1.88
2.31

3.06
3.75
4.78
5.69
6.50
7.81
8.75
9.88
11.50

1.25
1.19
1.44
1.78
2.03
2.50
2.78
3.13
3.88

1.00
1.20
1.45
1.94
2.38
2.83
3.22
3.55
4.25

0.86
1.05
1.28
1.66
2.19
2.51
2.84
3.09
3.89

1.11
1.06
1.31
1.56
1.75
2.19
2.38
2.78
3.41

0.7
1.1
1.9
4.5
7.3
11.4
18.1
22.6
36.0

Foundry HookProof Tested


Foundry HookProof Tested

(in.)

(mm)

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Chain size
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0383
CX06-0384
CX06-0385
CX06-0386
CX06-0387
CX06-0388
CX06-0389
CX06-0390

Dimensions (inches)
B

Weight
each
(lbs.)

1.56
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.13

4.75
5.75
6.75
7.81
9.13
10.14
11.13
12.84

2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00

6.45
7.88
9.38
10.97
12.81
14.23
15.84
18.03

0.47
0.63
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38

1.00
1.27
1.50
1.81
2.20
2.25
2.59
3.17

1.56
1.88
2.22
2.63
3.00
3.38
3.75
4.25

0.63
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.13
2.38

4.75
5.75
6.88
8.06
9.25
10.38
11.56
12.88

2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.00

1.23
1.50
1.75
2.03
2.56
2.78
3.03
3.81

0.25
0.31
0.37
0.43
0.50
0.56
0.62
0.75

2.4
4.5
7.1
11.6
20.0
26.0
36.8
58.4

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

6-22

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Quad. Master Assemblies

A quadruple Master Assembly was designed to construct a triple or quadruple chain sling assembly by attaching
three (3) or four (4) single leg assemblies thus eliminating the cumbersome connections created by attaching all to
a common Master Link.
Acco Quad Master Assemblies are fabricated from premium fine grain alloy steel subjected to the high quality heat
treatment and quality control associated with the other Acco Products.
Specifications
Oblong Link
Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

In.

CX06-0418
CX06-0419
CX06-0420
CX06-0421
CX06-0422
CX06-0423
CX06-0424
CX06-0425

5994-00401
5994-00601
5994-00801
5994-01001
5994-01201
5994-01401
5994-01601
5994-02001

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

A
Mtl.
Dia.
In.

B
Ins.
Wid.
In.

C
Ins.
Len.
In.

D
Mtl.
Dia.
In.

E
Ins.
Wid.
In.

F
Ins.
Len.
In.

Approx.
Wt. Ea.
Lbs.

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

9,100
18,500
31,300
47,000
73,500
88,900
123,900
187,800

3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-3/4

3
3-1/2
4
6
6
7
8
9

6
7
8
12
12
14
16
16

5/8
3/4
1-1/32
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-7/8
2-1/4

1-5/32
1-1/2
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
5
5

2-3/16
3
4
4-9/16
5-1/4
6
10
10

3.8
7.2
15.0
26.2
42.3
65.5
102.6
160.0

Kuplok
Kuplok mechanical coupling links, an essential component of mechanically coupled slings, are used to assemble chain
legs to the master link and/or attach eye type fittings.
Specifications
Size
of
Chain

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0426
CX06-0427
CX06-0428
CX06-0429
CX06-0430
CX06-0431
CX06-0432
CX06-0433

5942-00400
5942-00601
5942-00801
5942-01001
5942-01201
5990-11401
5990-11601
5990-12001

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Max.
Width
of Link
In.

Dia. Hole
to Accept
Male Leg
In.

1-11/16
2-1/4
3-1/4
3-5/8
4-1/4

35/64
47/64
59/64
1-1/16
1-1/4

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-23

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

Qty.
Per
Box

Dia.
Mtl.
In.

Inside
Width
In.

Inside
Length
In.

D
Inside
Length
O.A.
In.

.23
.59
1.40
2.40
3.80
5.55
9.77
17.85

5
5
5
1
1
1
1
1

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
15/16
1-1/64
1-3/16
1-29/64

5/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-13/16
2-9/32
2-5/8

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2-1/8
1-59/64
2-15/64

1-13/16
2-1/2
3-3/8
4
4-5/8
5-5/8
4-29/32
6-55/64

E
Largest
Mtl. Diam.
to be used
w/Kuplok
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-3/4

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Kuplers

Kuplers act as a connection device between Master Links and Chain on all multiple leg Kuplex II Chain Slings. On single leg assemblies they can be used in lieu of the popular Kuplex II Kuplink. Resembling a shackle in appearance the
Kuplers provide a high strength, high integrity connection when used to connect a special attachment to the alloy
chain assembly.
Specifications

Size
of
Chain
mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

9/32

3,500

3/8

10

7,100

K-22

1/2

13

12,000

3/4

5981-00023

K-23

5/8

16

18,100

15/16

5981-00024

K-24

3/4

20

28,300

CX06-0439

5981-00025

K-25

7/8

22

34,200

1-1/8

CX06-0440

5991-00026

K-26

26

35,900

CX06-0441

5991-00028

K-28

1-1/4

32

56,100

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

Kupler
No.

In.

CX06-0434

5981-00020

K-20

CX06-0435

5981-00021

K-21

CX06-0436

5981-00022

CX06-0437
CX06-0438

A
In.

B
In.

C
In.

D
In.

E
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

J
In.

Weight
Lbs.

7/16

13/16

1-5/16

19/32

1-1/16

1-7/8

5/16

1/8

23/32

13/32

11/32

5/8

.2

7/16

5/32

15/16

9/16

15/32

7/8

1-5/16

.5

2-9/16

9/16

3/16

1-3/32

3/4

21/32

1-1/8

1.1

1-5/8

11/16

1/4

1-11/32

15/16

13/16

1-1/2

2.0

1-15/16

3-13/32

13/16

5/16

1-19/32

1-7/32

1-3/4

3.2

2-1/4

3-7/8

15/16

3/8

1-27/32

1-9/32

1-1/16

4.7

1-1/4

2-3/4

4-3/8

1-1/32

NA

1-1/4

1-1/8

2-3/8

6.6

1-1/2

3-1/2

5-1/8

1-5/16

NA

2 9/32

1-1/2

1-7/16

2-7/8

11.6

Values shown for these sizes are grade 63.

Master Kuplinks
Most chain slings used today are single branch chain slings. Typical single branch construction are
Types CO, SOG, SOS, SOF, etc. Master Kuplinks are the optimum of chain to master link connections. In addition to the streamline characteristics of the Kuplink, there is a definite advantage to
field assembly since other coupling devices are unnecessary.

Specifications
Size
of
Chain

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

Kuplink
No.

In.

CX06-0442
CX06-0443
CX06-0444
CX06-0445
CX06-0446
CX06-0447

5983-00011
5983-00012
5983-00013
5983-00014
5983-00015
5983-00016

K-11
K-12
K-13
K-14
K-15
K-16

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

Accoloy
Working
Load Limits*
Lbs.
mm
7
10
13
16
20
22

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200

A
In.

B
In.

C
In.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

J
In.

Weight
Lbs.

3/4
3/4
15/16
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-1/2

3
3
3
4
4
6

6
6
6
8
8
12

1/2
1/2
11/16
7/8
7/8
1-1/8

7-1/4
7-7/32
7-9/16
9-15/16
10-3/16
14-5/8

1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

13/32
9/16
3/4
15/16
1-7/32
1-9/32

11/32
15/32
21/32
13/16
1
1-1/16

5/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

1.9
2.1
3.9
7.4
9.8
20.0

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-24

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Load Pins & Spirol Pins
All Accoloy A8A Kuplex II components derive their high integrity connection
from the special Kuplex II Load Pins and Spirol Pins.
The load pins are made from alloy steel heat treated to obtain optimum rated performance properties. The load pins are specially shaped to develop strength characteristics and resistance to bending under rated load. The oval shape presents a
greater force area than conventional round pins.
Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or other
objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property.
Specifications
Size
of
Chain
In.

Hooks, Kuplinks & Choke Hood Links

H
In.

I
In.

K
In.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Spirol Retaining Pin

Kuplers

Acco
Stock No.
Load Pin
Set

K
In.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock No.
Load Pin
Set

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock No.

Qty.
Per
Ctn.
100

9/32

13/32

5/16

1-5/32

CX06-0448

5989-00232

1-17/32

CX06-0454

5989-00132

CX06-0460

5989-00332

3/8

9/16

15/32

1-21/32

CX06-0449

5989-00233

2-3/32

CX06-0455

5989-00133

CX06-0461

5989-00333

50

1/2

23/32

5/8

2-7/32

CX06-0450

5989-00234

2-23/32

CX06-0456

5989-00134

CX06-0462

5989-00334

50

5/8

59/64

25/32

2-19/32

CX06-0451

5989-00235

3-7/32

CX06-0457

5989-00135

CX06-0463

5989-00335

25

3/4

1-3/16

3-7/32

CX06-0452

5989-00236

3-15/16

CX06-0458

5989-00136

CX06-0464

5989-00336

10

7/8

1-1/4

1-1/16

3-21/32

CX06-0453

5989-00237

4-17/32

CX06-0459

5989-00137

CX06-0465

5989-00337

Bulk

All dimensions are shown in inches.


One Load Pin and two Spirol Pins are skin packed; one set per card, five cards per master carton on 9/32", 3/8", 1/2" size, two cards per master carton on 5/8", 3/4" size,
bulk on 7/8" size.
There is an occasional need for replacement of Spirol and Load Pins. The same load pins cannot be use in both Kuplers and Hooks. When ordering these parts separately, be sure to specify whether they are for Kuplers or Hooks and also specify Kupler Number or the Hook Number with which they are to be used.

Latch Assembly

For use w/both Accoloy Eye Type & Kuplex II Clevis Type sling hooks.
Specifications

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock No.
Latch Assy.
Only

To be
used with
Hook
Number

E
In.

CX06-0466
CX06-0467
CX06-0468
CX06-0469
CX06-0470
CX06-0471
CX06-0472
CX06-0473

5999-00402
5999-00403
5999-00404
5999-00405
5999-00406
5999-00407
5999-00408
5999-00410

K-80
K-81
K-82
K-83
K-84
K-85
K-86
K-88

1
1-3/8
1-5/8
2-1/8
2-7/16
2-5/8
3-1/4
3-3/4

Size
of
Chain
In.
mm
9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

As you will note we have given you the "E Dimension" (throat opening) with the latch
completely depressed; the balance of sling hook dimension remains the same.

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.

6-25

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Eye Type Sling Hooks

Handle Optional
Specifications

Size
of
Chain

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0474
CX06-0475
CX06-0476
CX06-0477
CX06-0478
CX06-0479
CX06-0480
CX06-0481

5923-03080
5923-03081
5923-03082
5923-03083
5923-03084
5923-03085
5923-03086
5923-03088

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

K
In.

1.00
2.60
5.30
7.90
11.20
17.10
21.80
44.40

3-3/4
5-3/8
6-3/4
7-9/16
8-7/8
10-1/8
10-13/16
12-15/16

1-7/32
1-5/8
2
2-7/16
2-11/16
3
3-3/8
4-1/16

5/8
13/16
1-1/32
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

11/16
15/16
1-3/16
1-5/16
1-1/2
1-3/4
1-7/8
2-5/16

5-3/16
7-3/8
9-1/8
10-9/16
11-15/16
13-13/16
15-5/16
18-1/2

3-3/16
4-13/16
6-1/16
7-5/32
7-7/8
8-25/32
10-1/16
2-5/16

1-1/16
1-3/8
1-13/16
2-1/8
2-5/16
2-3/4
3
3-3/4

Price available on request.

Clevis Type Sling Hooks


Kuplex II Hooks are engineered to make a rapid, high integrity chain to hook connections
with these major advantages:
No bulky connection link is required this permits easy withdrawal of the hook from
beneath the load.
Hooks are drop forged, rated at Grade 80 (except 1 and 1-1/4, which are Grade 63).
All hooks are color coded Acco orange to provide maximum visibility.

Specifications
Size
of
Chain

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.
mm

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

Hook
No.

In.

CX06-0482

5988-00080

K-80

9/32

3,500

1-1/2

CX06-0483

5988-00081

K-81

3/8

10

7,100

1-9/32

2-1/32

CX06-0484

5988-00082

K-82

1/2

13

12,000

1-11/16

2-7/16

CX06-0485

5988-00083

K-83

5/8

16

18,100

1-15/16

CX06-0486

5988-00084

K-84

3/4

20

28,300

CX06-0487

5988-00085

K-85

7/8

22

34,200

CX06-0488

5998-00086

K-86

26

35,900

A
In.

B
In.

C
In.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

J
In.

Weight
Lbs.

3-3/8

3-5/8

5-7/8

4-13/16

1-7/32

1/8

3/8

13/32

11/32

5/8

1.1

1-5/8

5/32

1/2

9/16

15/32

7/8

6-1/8

2.6

6-1/8

3/16

5/8

3/4

21/32

1-1/8

2-13/16

6-13/16

5.8

7-7/32

2-7/16

1/4

3/4

15/16

13/16

1-1/2

9.8

2-3/8

3-1/4

2-3/4

3-21/32

8-17/32

8-3/16

2-11/16

5/16

7/8

1-7/32

1-3/4

15.3

9-5/8

9-15/32

3/8

1-9/32

1-1/16

3.0

4.1

24.9

10.0

10.0

3.4

1.4

1.2

1.1

1.9

21.6

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-26

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Eye Type Grab Hooks

Specifications

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0489
CX06-0490
CX06-0491
CX06-0492
CX06-0493
CX06-0494
CX06-0495
CX06-0496

5922-02072
5922-02073
5922-02075
5922-02076
5922-02077
5922-02078
5922-02079
5922-02051

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Size
of
Chain

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

.73
1.17
2.64
4.79
8.20
12.26
18.18
40.00

2-11/16
3-3/8
4-1/4
5-1/4
6-1/4
7-1/4
8-3/16
10-1/8

13/32
31/64
41/64
25/32
15/16
1-3/32
1-15/64
1-1/2

5/8
13/16
1-1/32
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

29/64
47/64
31/32
1-3/16
1-13/32
1-5/8
1-27/32
2-1/4

4-1/16
4-29/32
6-15/32
7-15/16
9-7/16
11
12-13/32
15-5/8

2-3/8
2-13/16
3-23/32
4-9/16
5-15/32
6-3/8
6-7/32
9-1/4

Clevis Type Grab Hooks


Kuplex II Grab Hooks provide a chain to grab hook connection method that
completely eliminates the necessity for cumbersome mechanical connection
devices. The Kuplex II Grab Hook needs no more clearance than the chain with
which it is used when being pulled from beneath a load.
The Kuplex II Grab Hook is identified by hook number and chain size, permitting the selection of the proper hook for the chain being used.
Accoloy Kuplex II Grab Hooks are made from premium alloy steel which is drop
forged to precise tolerances.

Specifications
Size
of
Chain

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

Hook
No.

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0497
CX06-0498
CX06-0499
CX06-0500
CX06-0501
CX06-0502

5987-00072
5987-00073
5987-00075
5987-00076
5987-00077
5987-00078

K-72
K-73
K-75
K-76
K-77
K-78

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

7
10
13
16
20
22

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200

A
In.

B
In.

C
In.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

J
In.

Weight
Lbs.

11/16
1-1/32
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-7/8
2-1/8

1-1/8
1-1/2
2
2-3/8
2-15/16
3-1/2

2-1/8
2-7/8
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-1/8
6

2-1/8
2-5/8
3-11/32
4-1/4
5
6-1/16

13/32
1/2
5/8
25/32
7/8
1-1/8

1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

13/32
9/16
3/4
15/16
1-7/32
1-9/32

11/32
15/32
21/32
13/16
1
1-1/16

5/8
7/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2

.5
1.3
2.8
5.3
8.9
13.7

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-27

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Eye Type Foundry Hooks

Specifications

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0503
CX06-0504
CX06-0505
CX06-0506
CX06-0507
CX06-0508
CX06-0509
CX06-0510

5924-04498
5924-04499
5924-04500
5924-04501
5924-04502
5924-04503
5924-04504
5924-04505

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

7
10
13
16
20
22
26
32

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700
72,300

Size
of
Chain

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

J
In.

K
In.

Spherical
Radius
In.

2.00
4.50
7.00
11.00
15.00
22.00
31.00
46.00

4-3/4
5-3/4
6-7/8
8-1/16
9-1/4
10-3/8
11-9/16
12-3/4

2-5/8
3-1/8
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-3/4
5-1/4
5-3/4
6-3/8

5/8
13/16
1-1/32
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4

1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3

1-9/16
1-7/8
2-1/4
2-5/8
3
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-1/4

1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-3/4
3-1/4

1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4

Clevis Type Foundry Hooks


Kuplex II Foundry Hooks when properly used are designed for maximum service
such as those applications encountered in foundry work. The throat of the hook is
designed to accommodate standard trunnions. The tip of the hook is designed for
ease of insertion into holes in the casting.

Specifications

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock
Number

Hook
No.

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0511
CX06-0512
CX06-0513
CX06-0514
CX06-0515
CX06-0516
CX06-0517

5982-00498
5982-00499
5982-00500
5982-00501
5982-00502
5982-00503
5992-00504

K-498
K-499
K-500
K-501
K-502
K-503
K-504

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

7
10
13
16
20
22
26

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200
47,700

Size
of
Chain

A
In.

B
In.

C
In.

D
In.

E
In.

F
In.

G
In.

H
In.

I
In.

J
In.

Weight
Lbs.

1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
2-3/16
2-5/8
2-7/8
2.8

1-9/16
1-7/8
2-1/4
2-5/8
3-1/8
3-1/2
3.8

4-3/8
5-1/2
6-5/8
7-3/4
8-7/8
10-1/16
11.6

4-7/8
5-7/8
7
8-9/32
9-5/8
10-3/4
11.0

2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-5/8
5-1/4
5.6

1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1.4

13/32
9/16
3/4
15/16
1-7/32
1-9/32
1.2

11/32
15/32
21/32
13/16
1
1-1/16
1.1

7/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2.5

2.1
3.9
7.6
13.5
23.2
32.1
35.0

* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-28

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Metal Identification Tags

Forged

Stamped
Specifications

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Stock No.

CX06-0525

Finish

A
In.

B
In.

4409-00009

Description
Forged I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.

Self Colored

4-1/8

1-3/8

Bright Zinc

3-5/8

1-1/2

CX06-0526

4409-00005

Forged I.D. Tag with ring

CX06-0527

4409-00003

Forged I.D. Tag only

CX06-0528

5999-20003

Stamped I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.

CX06-0529

3419-00300

Aluminum Sleeve

CX06-0530

3584-00310

Wire Rope

50 piece minimum per bulk packaging

Plate Hook
Accoloy Plate Hooks are designed for the most popular chain sizes 9/32, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and
7/8. They are proof tested to the same values as the
corresponding chain therefore, the same working
load limit applies.
Fabricated from alloy steel, Plate Hooks can be furnished on Registered Slings as well as with various
chain assemblies.
Accoloy Plate Hooks are intended for use in handling plates, flats, and structurals.
Custom Sizes Available
Specifications
Size
of
Chain
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Stock
Number

In.

mm

Accoloy
Working
Load
Limits*
Lbs.

CX06-0531
CX06-0532
CX06-0533
CX06-0534
CX06-0535
CX06-0536

5934-00400
5934-00600
5934-00800
5934-01000
5934-01200
5934-01400

9/32
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8

7
10
13
16
20
22

3,500
7,100
12,000
18,100
28,300
34,200

Dimensions Inches
Weight
Each
Lbs.

2.40
4.60
10.60
20.72
36.72
52.60

2
2-5/8
3-1/2
4-3/8
5-3/16
6

2
3
4
5
6
7

1-1/2
1-7/8
2-1/2
3-1/8
3-3/4
4-1/2

13/16
1-1/16
1-3/8
1-3/4
2-1/8
2-7/16

7/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-7/8
2-1/2
2-5/8

3/4
3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
1-3/4

2
2-1/4
3
3-3/4
4-1/2
5-1/4

WARNING
*Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.

6-29

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Gunnebo-Johnson Corp
Alloy BK Safety Hooks
Safety Hooks (Eye Type)
Latch closes automatically under
load. Hook will not
open under load.

The release trigger


will only operate
when hook is
unloaded.

All three hooks are


equipped with
Stainless Steel springs.
Heat number indentification allows full
product traceability.

BK

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

Dimensions
(Inches)

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0537

BK-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

4.3

1.1

.87

.39

.55

.75

.9

CX06-0538

BK-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

5.4

1.4

.99

.43

.67

.91

1.6

CX06-0539

BK-10-8

3/8

7,100

6.6

1.7

1.3

.51

.98

1.1

3.3

CX06-0540

BK-13-8

1/2

12,000

8.2

2.1

1.6

.63

1.1

1.5

5.9

CX06-0541

BK-16-8

5/8

18,100

10.0

2.5

2.0

.79

1.5

1.9

12.0

CX06-0542

BK-18/20-8

3/4

28,300

12.6

3.1

2.8

.95

1.9

2.4

25.0

CX06-0543

BK-22-8

7/8

34,200

12.6

3.1

2.8

.95

1.9

2.4

25.0

CX06-0544

BK-26-8

47,700

13.6

3.9

3.1

1.0

2.0

2.7

32.0

CX06-0545

BK-28-8

1 1/8

55,100

15.8

4.7

3.5

1.1

2.4

3.2

48.0

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.

Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Eye Type)


Latch is protected and
will act as a gauge to
signal an gauge to signal an unsafe bent hook
or latch.

Grip latch locks into


point of hook.

All three hooks are


equipped with
Stainless Steel springs.
OBK

Heat number identification allows full


product traceability.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

Dimensions
(Inches)
L

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0546

OBK-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

5.1

1.3

.99

.39

.67

.79

1.5

CX06-0547

OBK-10-8

3/8

7,100

6.4

1.7

1.3

.49

.83

.97

2.7

CX06-0548

OBK-13-8

1/2

12,000

7.7

2.0

1.6

.59

1.0

1.2

4.5

CX06-0549

OBK-16-8

5/8

18,100

9.3

2.4

2.0

.75

1.2

1.5

7.7

CX06-0550

OBK-18/20-8

3/4

28,300

11.5

2.8

2.3

1.1

1.4

1.9

10.2

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.


WARNING
Never exceed published
working load limit

6-30

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Gunnebo-Johnson Corp
Safety Hooks With Bronze Bushings (Swivel Eye Type)
Bushing allows hook
to swivel when load
is applied.

The release trigger


will only operate
when hook is
unloaded.

Latch closes
automatically
under load.
Hook will not
open under
load.

Heat number identification allows full


product traceability.
BKL
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

Dimensions
(Inches)
L

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0551

BKL-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

5.9

1.1

.91

1.3

.43

.55

.75

1.4

CX06-0552

BKL-7/8-8

9/32

3,500

7.2

1.4

1.1

1.4

.47

.67

.91

2.4

CX06-0553

BKL-10-8

3/8

7,100

8.6

1.7

1.5

1.7

.59

.99

1.1

4.4

CX06-0554

BKL-13-8

1/2

12,000

10.9

2.1

1.7

1.9

.75

1.1

1.5

8.4

CX06-0555

BKL-16-8

5/8

18,100

13.2

2.5

2.3

2.4

.87

1.5

1.9

15.0

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.

Safety Hooks With Ball Bearings (Swivel Eye Type)


Ball bearing allows
the hook to swivel
under load.

The release trigger


will only operate
when hook is
unloaded.

Latch closes automatically under


load. Hook will not
open under load.

Heat number identification allows full


product traceability.

All three hooks are


equipped with
Stainless Steel springs.
BKLK

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

Dimensions
(Inches)
L

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0556

BKLK-5/6-8

7/32

2,100

5.8

1.1

.87

1.3

.43

.55

.75

1.5

CX06-0557

BKLK-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

7.2

1.4

1.1

1.4

.47

.67

.91

2.4

CX06-0558

BKLK-10-8

3/8

7,100

8.5

1.7

1.3

1.6

.59

.99

1.1

4.2

CX06-0559

BKLK-13-8

1/2

12,000

10.9

2.1

1.6

1.9

.75

1.1

1.5

8.4

CX06-0560

BKLK-16-8

5/8

18,100

13.2

2.5

2.0

2.4

.87

1.5

1.9

15.9

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.

WARNING
Never exceed published
working load limit

6-31

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Gunnebo-Johnson Corp
Alloy BK Safety Hooks
Safety Hooks (Clevis Type)

Clevis prevents
hook to chain
size mismatch.
Latch closes automatically under load.
Hook will not open
under load.

Release trigger will


only operate when
hook is unloaded.
Heat number identification allows full
product traceability.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

CX06-0561
CX06-0562

Dimensions
(Inches)
L

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

BKG-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

4.7

1.4

.67

.91

1.7

BKG-10-8

3/8

7,100

5.6

1.7

.99

1.1

3.3

CX06-0563

BKG-13-8

1/2

12,000

7.1

2.1

1.1

1.5

6.2

CX06-0564

BKG-16-8

5/8

18,100

8.5

2.5

1.5

1.9

11.0

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.

Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Clevis Type)


Clevis prevents
hook to chain
size mismatch.

Release trigger will


only operate when
hook is unloaded.

Latch closes automatically under


load. Hook will not
open under load.

Latch is protected
and will act as a
guage to signal
unsafe bent hook
or latch.

Heat number identification allows full


product traceability.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Chain
Size

Working
Load Limit
*(Lbs)

Dimensions
(Inches)
L

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0565

GBK-7/8-8

1/4

3,500

4.4

1.3

.67

.79

1.3

CX06-0566

GBK-10-8

3/8

7,100

5.4

1.7

.83

.97

2.4

CX06-0567

GBK-13-8

1/2

12,000

6.6

2.0

1.0

1.2

4.4

* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified

WARNING
Never exceed published
working load limit

6-32

CHAIN SLING FITTINGS


Gunnebo-Johnson Corp
Alloy Specialty Products
Alloy Weld-On Hooks
The spring
loaded latch is
the strongest
available.
Heat number
identification
allows full
product
traceability.

Heat number
identification
allows full
product
traceability.

Welding
instructions
supplied with
each hook.
UKN

SHB

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

GunneboJohnson
Code

Working
Load Limit
*(Tons)

Dimensions
(Inches)
B

Weight
Each
(Lbs)

CX06-0568

UKN-1**

1.0

.83

2.8

.67

.99

.99

3.7

.24

.16

1.2

CX06-0569

UKN-3

3.0

1.1

4.1

.91

1.2

1.4

5.2

.39

.24

2.2

CX06-0570

UKN-4

4.0

1.1

4.4

1.1

1.5

1.7

5.5

.43

.28

4.2

CX06-0571

UKN-5

5.0

1.3

5.1

1.2

1.8

1.8

6.5

.47

.32

4.6

CX06-0572

UKN-8

8.0

1.3

5.2

1.5

2.0

2.0

6.8

.51

.35

8.2

CX06-0573

UKN-10

10.0

1.9

6.6

1.7

2.3

2.2

8.7

.55

.35

11.0

CX06-0574

SHB-14

14.0

2.0

8.8

1.7

2.4

2.4

8.3

.79

.31

19.0

* Design factor 5:1 Proof tested and certified.


Baseplate of hook is 1024C steel (use electrode AWS/ASTM E7018-1, ISO E51 5 B120 20H). Welding is to be done by a qualified welder.
Hook latch is alloy.
** Welding plate on UKN 1 is slightly curved.

WARNING
Never exceed published
working load limit

6-33

CARBON CHAIN
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Chain Definitions

The Low Carbon chains and attachments shown in this


catalog are designed for general purpose applications and
are not to be used for lifting or hoisting purposes or
where chain failure is likely to cause injury to persons or
damage to property.
For lifting or hoisting applications,Accoloy chain and
attachments should be used.
Instructions and Cautions Governing the Purchase and
Use of Chain
Working Load Limit:
The working load limit is the maximum load in pounds
which at any time or under any condition should ever be
applied to chain or a sling component, even when chain
is new and in the same condition it was when it left the
factory, and when the load is evenly applied in direct tension to a straight length of chain.
The following factors or abuses will lessen the load that
the chain assembly will withstand and should be avoided:
Tip loading of hooks
Twisting of the chain

Disfigurement
Deterioration of chain or component by wear, usage or
corrosion.
Jerking or the sudden impact of a load multiplies the
stress on the chain very rapidly.
Use other than that for which the chain or component
was intended.
Caution: Chain and component assemblies should be
rated according to the working load limit of the weakest
component.
Instructions Regarding Attachments: Care should be taken
to select attachments of the same type, grade, size and
working load limit as the chain. Follow Accos recommended attachment procedure for best results. Misuse or
abuse of chain and attachments may result in serious personal injury.
All dimensions shown are nominal and all weights are
approximate. See individual pages for working load limits

WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow these
instructions and working load limits may cause
serious physical injury and property damage.

6-34

CARBON CHAIN
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Chain Assemblies
Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain

Truck Tiedown Grade 40 Farm Tractor Tow Chain. Packed 25 per drum, Grab 40 Clevis Grab hook each end.
Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain
Self Colored

Size
3/8 x 14
3/8 x 16
3/8 x 20
3/8 x 25
5/16 x 20

Wt.
Each
Lbs.
23
26
32
40
228

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs.*
5,400
5,400
5,400
5,400
3,900

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0695
CX06-0696
CX06-0697
CX06-0698

Acco
Welded Hooks
Stock No.
5069-10614
5069-10616
5069-10620
5069-10625

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0699
CX06-0700
CX06-0701
CX06-0702
CX06-0703

Acco
Clevis Hooks
Stock No.
5069-11614
5069-11616
5069-11620
5069-11625
5069-11520

The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies
required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain

Assemblies have Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hook each end. Packed 25 per drum.
Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain

Size
5/16 x 14 ft.
5/16 x 16 ft.
5/16 x 20 ft.
5/16 x 25 ft.
5/16 x 20 ft.
5 Assys./Pail
3/8 x 14 ft.
3/8 x 16 ft.
3/8 x 20 ft.
3/8 x 25 ft.

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs.*

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

16
17
22
30

4,700
4,700
4,700
4,700

CX06-0704
CX06-0705
CX06-0706
CX06-0707

115

4,700

23
25
31
38

6,600
6,600
6,600
6,600

CX06-0708
CX06-0709
CX06-0710
CX06-0711

Clevis Hook
Acco
Stock No.
Matte Gray
CERTEX
with Rust Inhibitor
Cat. Ref. No.
5265-11514
5265-11516
5265-11520
5265-11525

5265-11614
5265-11616
5265-11620
5265-11625

Acco
Stock No.
Yellow Dichromate

CX06-0712
CX06-0713
CX06-0714
CX06-0715

5265-21514
5265-21516
5265-21520
5265-21525

CX06-0716

5265-23521

CX06-0717
CX06-0718

5265-21616
5265-21620

Other lengths available upon request.


The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure
an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be
exceeded. Not to be used for
lifting or hoisting applications.

6-35

CARBON CHAIN
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Chain Assemblies
Boomer or Load Binder Chains

Grab Hook each end


Packed one per plastic bag/5 bags per carton.
Boomer or Load Binder Chains
Grade 40

Size
1/4 x 20
5/16 x 20
3/8 x 20
1/2 x 20

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

Working Load
Limit Lbs.*

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Bright
Stock No.

16
25
32
60

2,600
3,900
5,400
9,200

CX06-0719
CX06-0720
CX06-0721
CX06-0722

5712-10420
5712-10520
5712-10620
5712-10820

The values for working load limit shown here shall be used only for calculating the
number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance
with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).

Bull Towing Chains

6
Size

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

1/4 x 12
5/16 x 14

6
11

Bull Towing Chains


Working
Load Limit
CERTEX
Lbs.*
Cat. Ref. No.
880
1,370

CX06-0723
CX06-0724

Acco
Bright Zinc
Stock No.
4743-20412
4743-20514

Winch Line Tail Chain

Accos Winch Line Tail Chain is a flexible attachment for use on the end of wire rope. Primarily intended for use on
truck and tractor winch lines. Length specified is exclusive of hook. Use the same size chains as wire rope.
The hook is drop forged alloy steel and heat treated for extra durability. The hook is designed to prevent wearing of
the wire rope.

Trade
Size
Inches

Length
Each In.
Excluding
Hook

Wt.
Each
Lbs.

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

18
18
18
24
24

7
10
13
24
27

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0725
CX06-0726
CX06-0727

Winch Line Tail Chain


Working
Acco
Load
GRADE 40
Limit
CERTEX
Stock No.
Lbs.*
Cat. Ref. No.
5742-80818
5742-81018
5742-81218

9,200
14,000
19,750

CX06-0728
CX06-0729
CX06-0730

* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be
exceeded. Not to be used for
lifting or hoisting applications.

6-36

Acco
Grade 80 Accoloy
Rust Resistant Finish
Stock No.

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs.*

5744-11218
5744-81424
5744-81624

28,300
34,300
38,750

CARBON CHAIN
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide

Embossed G7
on each link

Embossed G4
on each link

Embossed G3
on each link

Federal and state transportation industry regulations you should know about
Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) Part 393 Subpart 1 Protection Against Shifting or Falling Cargo
Section 393.102 Securement Systems
Tiedown Assemblies Chain
(a) The aggregate working load limit of chain tiedown assemblies used to secure an article against movement in any
direction must be at least 1/2 times the weight of that article.
(b) Chain used as a component of a tiedown assembly must conform to the requirements of the November 1975 edition of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers Welded Chain Specifications, applicable to all types of
chain.
(c) Load binders and hardware the strength of load binders and hardware that are part of, or used in conjunction
with, a tiedown assembly must be equal to, or greater than, the minimum strength specified for the tiedown assembly.
Section 393.100 General
A flatbed vehicle must have at least one tiedown assembly that meets the requirements of Section 393.102 for each 10
linear feet of lading or fraction thereof but metal cargo may require additional securement.
Some states have tiedown requirements more restrictive than the DOT requirements; in these instances refer to your
local state agency.

Chain
Trade
Size
Inches

Grade 70 (G7)
Working
Load
Limit
Lbs. (1) (2)

Grade 40 (High Test)


Working
Load
Limit
Lbs. (1) (2)

Grade 30 (Proof Coil)


Working
Load
Limit
Lbs. (1) (2)

1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2

3,150
4,700
6,600
11,300

2,600
3,900
5,400
9,200

1,300
1,900
2,650
4,500

(1) Working load limits must not be exceeded. Not for Lifting or Hoisting.
(2) The values for working load limits as shown shall be used only for calculating number of chain tiedown
assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations.
(3) 1/4" Proof Coil not embossed.

6-37

CARBON CHAIN
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Definitions and Warnings

Columbus McKinnon Corporation assumes no responsibility for the use or misapplication of any of its products.
Products are provided with the express understanding
that the purchaser and/or user are thoroughly familiar
with the correct application and proper use. The following warnings and definitions are provided as an aid to
understanding.
The chains listed on the pages in this price list exceed
the specifications of the National Association of Chain
Manufacturers for the specific types of chain involved.
However, none of these chains are made from alloy steel
and should not be used for overhead lifting purposes. CM
Chain produces an alloy chain known as Herc-Alloy 800
chain that is designed for overhead lifting.
Definitions
Working Load Limit Refers to the maximum load
(rated capacity) in pounds that shall be applied in direct
tension to a straight length of chain or attachment. The
working load limit shall not be exceeded.
Proof Test (or Manufacturing Test Force) Refers to a
load in pounds which an attachment or chain (or both)
has withstood during a test in which an increasing tension is applied to an attachment or straight length of
chain. This is typically accomplished as part of the manufacturing or testing process.
Minimum Break Load Refers to a load in pounds as
applied to an attachment or chain at the time it left the
factory that has been found by representative testing to
break the item under test of increasing force as applied by
a standard testing machine. This a manufacturing test and
such data is not intended for service or design purposes.
Warnings
Never exceed the working load limit of chain or attachments, even when the item is new and the load is uniformly applied.

Before use, always inspect chain and attachments for


kinking, twisting, knotting, and visible defects such as distortion or damage.
Do not jerk load. Pick up slowly and apply a steady pull.
Protect items from corrosion. Any product will break if
abused or overused.
Use only alloy chain attachments (Grade 80) for overhead
lifting purposes, never any other chain.
The terms working load limit,proof test, and minimum
break load contain no implication of what load an attachment or chain will withstand, if any, if the factors noted in
the Definitions are changed.
The working load limit should not be exceeded, even
when an attachment or chain is new and the load is uniformly applied. The manufacturer does not accept any
liability for damages with result from an attachment or
chain being used in excess of the working load limit.
Any changes in these factors could lessen the load the
chain will hold. For example:
Acceleration in the rate of application, which could
cause dangerous overloading.
Variation in the angle of the load. As the angle or inclination decreases, the working load capacity of a sling
will decrease accordingly.
Twisting, knotting and kinking.
A purpose other than that for which the chain was
intended.
Where attachments, such as hooks or rings are desired for
use with chain in substaining loads, care should be taken
to select attachments of the type, grade, and size recommended for use with corresponding alloy chain with
which such attachments are used.

Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain


Chain Specifications

GRADE 30
PROOF COIL
CHAIN

Material Size

Width

Maximum
Length,
100 Links
Inches

Weight
per 100 ft.
In Pounds

Working*
Load Limit
In Pounds

0.41
.48
.50
.62
.82

99
104
114
128
158

33
63
98
144
278

750
1,250
1,900
2,650
4,500

1.01
1.13
1.51

194
220
286

422
606
1,069

6,900
9,750
13,950

Nominal Inside Link


Dimensions, Inches

Trade
Size
In Inches

Inches

Decimal

Length

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2

13/64
17/64
21/64
25/64
17/32

.202
.265
.327
.390
.531

0.96
1.01
1.11
1.24
1.51

5/8
3/4
1

21/32
25/32
1 1/32

.656
.781
1.031

1.88
2.13
2.77

Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to variations.

* WARNING:
Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.
This chain/accessory is not for overhead
lifting.

6-38

CARBON CHAIN
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Grade 43 High Test Chain

Chain Specifications Grade 43 High Test Chain


Material Size

Nominal Inside Link


Dimensions, Inches

CX06-0731
CX06-0732
CX06-0733
CX06-0734
CX06-0735

Trade
Size
In Inches
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

Inches
9/32
21/64
25/64
17/32
21/32

Decimal
.281
.327
.390
.531
.656

Length
1.01
1.11
1.24
1.51
1.88

Width
.48
.50
.62
.82
1.01

CX06-0736
CX06-0737
CX06-0738

3/4
7/8
1

25/32
29/32
1 1/32

.781
.875
1.000

2.13
2.52
2.77

1.13
1.38
1.51

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Maximum
Length,
100 Links
Inches

Weight
per 100 ft.
In Pounds

Working*
Load Limit
In Pounds

104
114
128
156
194

71
98
144
278
422

2,600
3,900
5,400
9,200
11,500

220
260
286

606
769
1,069

16,200
22,500
26,500

Maximum
Length,
100 Links,
Inches

Weight
per 100 ft.
In Pounds

Working*
Load Limit
In Pounds

87
102
119
134
149

74
100
156
204
259

3,150
4,700
6,600
8,750
11,300

Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to variations.

Grade 70 Binding Chain

Chain Specifications Grade 70 Binding Chain


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Trade
Size
In Inches

CX06-0739
CX06-0740
CX06-0741
CX06-0742
CX06-0743

1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2

Material Size
Inches
9/32
11/32
13/32
15/32
17/32

Decimal
.281
.327
.406
.468
.531

Nominal Inside Link


Dimensions, Inches
Length
.84
.99
1.15
1.30
1.45

Width
.48
.47
.54
.62
.73

Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to variations.

* WARNING:
Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.
This chain/accessory is not for overhead
lifting.

6-39

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hooks
Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hooks
Packaged
Chain
Size
Inches

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs. *

Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
Lbs.

Pcs.
Per
Box

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

Acco
Heat Treated
Self-Colored
Stock No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

1/4-5/16

4,700

85

10

CX06-0788

5239-10405

3/8

6,600

138

10

14

CX06-0789

5239-10600

1/2

11,300

300

15

CX06-0790

5239-10800

For use with Grade


70 Transport Chain
or Grade 40 High
Test Chain

Grade 40 Clevis Grab Hooks


Grade 40 Clevis Grab Hooks
Packaged

6
For use with
Grade 30 Proof
Coil or Grade 40
High Test Chain

Chain
Size
Inches

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs. *

Wt. Per
100 Pcs.
Lbs.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Bright Zinc
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

Carded

Pcs.
Per
Box

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Self Colored
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

Pcs.
Per
Box

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

Pcs.
Per
Cd.

Cards
Per
Ctn.

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Bright Zinc
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

1/4

2,600

50

CX06-0791

4403-22304

10

CX06-0796

4403-02304

10

2-1/2 CX06-0803

4403-22334

5/16

3,900

75

CX06-0792

4403-22305

10

CX06-0797

4403-02305

10

3-1/2 CX06-0804

4403-22335

3/8

5,400

112

CX06-0793

4403-22306

10

11

CX06-0798

4403-02306

10

11

5-3/4 CX06-0805

4403-22336

7/16

7,200

CX06-0794

4403-22307

CX06-0799

4403-02307

CX06-0795

4403-22308

1/2

9,200

225

CX06-0800

4403-02308

5/8

13,000

417

11

CX06-0801

4403-02010

Bulk

3/4

19,750

720

CX06-0802

4403-02012

Bulk

11

Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks


Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks
Packaged

Chain
Size
Inches

For use with


Grade 30 Proof
Coil or Grade
40 High Test
Chain

Working
Load
Wt. Per
Limit
100 Pcs.
Lbs. *
Lbs.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Bright Zinc
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

Carded

Pcs.
Per
Box

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Self Colored
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

Pcs.
Per
Box

Wt.
Per
Box
Lbs.

Wt.
Pcs. Cards Per
Per
Per
Box
Cd.
Ctn. Lbs.

1/4

2,600

60

CX06-0806 4403-21304

10

CX06-0810

4403-01204

20

12

5/16

3,900

90

CX06-0807 4403-21305

10

CX06-0811

4403-01205

20

18

3/8

5,400

129

CX06-0808 4403-21306

10

13

CX06-0812

4403-01206

20

26

1/2

9,200

275

CX06-0809 4403-21308

14

CX06-0813

4403-01208

10

28

* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-40

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Acco
Bright Zinc
Heat
Treated
Stock No.

2-1/2 CX06-0814 4403-21334


4

CX06-0815 4403-21335

6-1/4 CX06-0816 4403-21336

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS


Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Connecting Links

Drop Forged Steel and Heat Treated

Drop forged. For connection of attachments to chain. Links are provided with interlocking lugs and rivets. For permanent connections, the rivets must be peened into the counter sunk holes.
Use with chain of equal or lower working load limit.

Connecting Links
Packaged

Link
Size
Inches

Working
Load
Limit
Lbs.*

Wt.
Per
Ctn.
Lbs.

Pcs.
Per
Ctn.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Self Colored
Stock No.

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2

800
1,325
1,950
2,750
3,625
4,750

2/3
2/3
1
2
3
4

20
10
10
10
10
10

CX06-0853
CX06-0854
CX06-0855
CX06-0856
CX06-0857
CX06-0858

4408-00304
4408-00402
4408-00502
4408-00602
4408-00702
4408-00802

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Acco
Hot Galvanized
Stock No.

CX06-0859
CX06-0860
CX06-0861
CX06-0862

4408-40304
4408-40402
4408-40502
4408-40602

CX06-0863

4408-40802

* WARNING
Working load limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-41

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Double Clevis (Mid-Link)
APPLICATIONS:
Used as a temporary or permanent link with proof coil or high test chain.
DESCRIPTION:
Drop forged, heat-treated, carbon steel, zinc-plated.
PACKING:
Display pack.

Carton
For
Chain
Size
Inches

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

1/4 & 5/16

CX06-0864

M605

3/8

CX06-0865

M606

7/16 & 1/2

CX06-0866

M608

Pin
Diameter
Inches

Reach
Inches

Weight
Display
Pack
Pounds

Working
Load
Limit*
Pounds

7/16

3/8

1 3/16

10

3,900

1/2

7/16

1 3/8

14

5,400

5/8

9/16

1 3/4

11

9,200

UPC Code

Display
pack

Clevis
Opening
Inches

28926

30

28936

30

28941

10

Quick Link

APPLICATIONS:
Used as a repair link, connecting link or attaching device.
DESCRIPTION:
Zinc-plated NOT heat-treated. Use only with chain or equal or lower Working Load Limit.
PACKING:
3/16, 1/4 and 5/16 sizes, packed 20 per carton, 3/8 and 1/2 sizes, packed 10 per carton.

Carton
For
Chain
Size
Inches

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

3/16

CX06-0867

D81001

39751

20

1 1/2

1/4

CX06-0868

D81101

39755

20

1 3/4

UPC Code

Display
pack

Clevis
Opening
Inches

Reach
Inches

Weight
Per 100
Pieces
Pounds

1/2

1/4

4 1/2

660

9/16

9/32

880

Pin
Diameter
Inches

Working
Load
Limit*
Pounds

5/16

CX06-0869

D81201

39760

20

2 5/16

3/8

3/8

17

1,760

3/8

CX06-0870

D81301

39765

10

2 7/16

7/16

7/16

23

2,220

1/2

CX06-0871

D81501

39770

10

3 3/16

19/32

19/32

51

3,300

* WARNING
Working load limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.

6-42

CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS


Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Repair Link
APPLICATIONS:
A temporary repair link also used to couple light attachments.
DESCRIPTION:
A mild steel, available with bright, hot galvanized, or zinc-plated finishes.
PACKING:
100 per carton in 1/8 by 3/4 and 3/16 by 1 sizes, 50 per carton in the 7/32 by 1 1/4 through
3/8 by 2 sizes. 25 per carton in the 1/2 by 2 1/2 size.
Zinc Plated
Carton

Bright Carton

Trade
Size
Inches

Pieces
per
Carton

Inside
Length
Inches

Inside
Width
Inches

Weight
per 100
Pieces
Pounds

Working
Load
Limit*
Pounds

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

UPC Code

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0883

653612

29251

100

3/4

1/4

1 1/8

175

3/16 x 1

CX06-0872

653180

29186

CX06-0884

653618

29256

100

1/2

3 1/2

225

7/32 x 1 1/4

CX06-0873

653211

29191

CX06-0885

653621

29261

50

1 1/4

1/2

5 1/2

450

1/4 x 1 1/4

CX06-0874

653251

29196

CX06-0886

653625

29266

50

1 1/4

1/2

7 1/2

400

1/4 x 1 1/2

CX06-0875

653253

29206

CX06-0887

653626

29276

50

1 1/2

1/2

8 1/3

400

1/4 x 2

CX06-0876

653255

29211

CX06-0888

653627

29281

50

5/8

10 1/2

400

9/32 x 1 1/4

CX06-0877

653281

29201

CX06-0889

653628

29271

50

1 1/4

1/2

9 3/4

375

5/16 x 1 1/2

CX06-0878

653312

29216

CX06-0890

653631

29286

50

1 1/2

3/4

14 1/2

675

1/8 x 3/4

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

UPC Code

5/16 x 2

CX06-0879

653315

29221

CX06-0891

653632

29291

50

3/4

17 1/3

625

3/8 x 1 5/8

CX06-0880

653373

29226

CX06-0892

653633

29296

50

1 5/8

3/4

23

1,050

3/6 x 2

CX06-0881

653375

29231

CX06-0893

653638

29301

50

3/4

24

1,000

1/2 x 2 1/2

CX06-0882

653506

29236

CX06-0894

653650

29306

25

2 1/2

54

1,525

Cold Shut
APPLICATIONS:
As temporary repair link, use one size larger than Proof coil chain (Grade 30) with
which it is to be used. Also used to couple light attachments.
DESCRIPTION:
Low carbon steel, self-colored or zinc-plated finish.
PACKAGING:
1/4 thru 5/8 zinc-plated, packed 10 per carton. All other bulk.
Zinc-Plated
Bulk (Ea.)

Trade
Size
Inches

Self-Colored
Carton (10)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

UPC Code

3/16

CX06-0895

50091

29060

1/4

CX06-0896

50191

5/16

CX06-0897

3/8

CX06-0898

7/16

Inside
Length
Inches

Inside
Width
Inches

Weight
per 100
Pieces
Pounds

Working
Load
Limit*
Pounds

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code No.

UPC Code
15/16

5/16

525

29062

CX06-0902

673104

34175

3/8

925

50291

29067

CX06-0903

673105

34176

1 3/16

7/16

10

1,450

50391

29072

CX06-0904

673106

34177

1 5/16

1/2

18

2,110

CX06-0899

50491

29077

CX06-0905

673107

34178

1 1/2

9/16

26

2,850

1/2

CX06-0900

50591

29082

CX06-0906

673108

34179

1 9/16

3/4

38

3,750

5/8

CX06-0901

50691

29087

CX06-0907

673110

34180

2 1/8

7/8

78

5,850

* WARNING
Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.This chain/accessory is not for overhead lifting. Select coupling link by working load limit for use only with chain of
equal or lower working load limit

6-43

LOAD BINDERS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions

Mechanical Advantage
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1
Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1
Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder
results in the following force on the binder.
Lever Type:
2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force
Ratchet Type:
5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force
Instructions Lever Type Load Binders
Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while
standing on the ground. Position load binder so its handle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see
photo). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that can
affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure.
The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends
AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe).
If sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the
lever type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder
should be used.
If the above recommendation is disregarded and a
cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and
must slide down the handle until the handle projections are contacted. The pipe should be secured to the
handle, for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot
fly off the handle if you loose control and let go.
The increased leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can
cause deformation and failure of the chain and load
binder.
During and after tightening chain, check load binder
handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and
that its bottom side touches the chain link.

Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during


transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the
loose end of chain around the handle and the tight
chain, or tie handle to chain with soft wire.
When releasing load binder, remember there is a great
deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause
the load binder handle to move very quickly with great
force when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution.
It may whip Keep body clear.
Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release
handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and
stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward.
If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand
under the handle and push upward. Do not close your
hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of
the path of the moving handle.
Instructions Ratchet Load Binders
Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the
ground.
Make sure your footing is secure.
Maintenance of All Load Binders
Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,
nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present
Do not use load binder.
Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever
Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet
Binders to extend product life and reduce friction
wear.

WARNING
Failure to use this load binder properly may result in serious injury or
even death to you or others.
Do not operate load binder while standing on the load.
Move handle with caution. It may whip Keep body clear.
Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size
and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks.
Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself
when using load binder.
While under tension, load binder must not bear against an object, as
this will cause side load.
Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them close at hand and
share them with any others who use this load binder.

6-44

LOAD BINDERS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Standard Lever Type Load Binder

L-150

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines,


August 1993.

Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Binder toggles away from the load.

Model

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
Stock
No.

Std.
Pkg.

Min-Max Working
Chain
Load
Size
Limit
(in.)
(lbs.)

Proof
Load
(lbs.)

Minimum
Ultimate
Strength
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Handle
Length
(in.)

Take
Up
(in.)

7-1

CX06-0908

1048128

5/16-3/8

5400

10800

19000

7.02

16.00

4.50

24.13

22.13

17.88

16.00

10.38

10.38

.50

A-1

CX06-0909

1048146

3/8-1/2

9200

18400

33000

12.47

18.69

4.50

28.75

25.75

21.25

18.69

12.31

12.38

.63

C-1

CX06-0910

1048164

1/2-5/8

13000

26000

46000

19.68

21.00

4.75

31.25

29.75

25.00

21.00

14.63

13.75

.72

NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.

6-45

LOAD BINDERS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
L-140

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo


Securement Guidelines, August 1993.

Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain.


Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.
New design one piece forged handle.
Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain.
One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.
Ratchet spring rust proofed.
All load bearing or holding parts forged.
Easy operating positive ratchet.
Dimensions
(in.)

R-7

Min-Max Working
CERTEX Crosby
Chain
Load
Cat. Ref.
Stock
Size
Limit
No.
No.
(in.)
(lbs.)
CX06-0911 1048404 5/16-3/8
6600

Proof
Load
(lbs.)
13200

Minimum
Ultimate
Strength
(lbs.)
23000

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
11.23

Handle
Length
(in.)
14

Barrel
Length
(in.)
10

Take
Up
(in.)
8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13

.50

R-A

CX06-0912 1048422

3/8-1/2

9200

18400

33000

12.83

14

10

8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63 35.63

.63

R-C

CX06-0913 1048440

1/2-5/8

13000

26000

46000

14.55

14

10

8.0

14.00 1.38 2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44 37.44

.72

Model

E1

F1

NOTE: Binder shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.

R-10 Binder Less Links and Hooks

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.

Binders available with hooks for 3/8 and 1/2 chain sizes upon request.

Model

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
R-10
Stock
No.

Max
Chain
Size
(in.)

R-10

CX06-0914

1048468

5/8

Working Minimum
Load
Ultimate
Limit
Strength
(lbs.)
(lbs.)
13000

46000

Dimensions
(in.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Handle
Length
(in.)

Barrell
Length
(in.)

Take
Up
(in.)

E1

8.04

14

10

8.0

14

1.38

2.75

14

22

1.00

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

6-46

LOAD BINDERS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
L-150

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993

Forged steel Quenched and Tempered.


Spring cushion for load protection, cushions shock and sway.
Binder toggles away from the load.

Model
7-12
A-12

Min-Max Working
CERTEX Crosby Chain
Load
Cat. Ref.
Stock
Size
Limit
No.
(in.)
(lbs.)
No.
CX06-0915 1048280 5/16-3/8
5400
CX06-0916 1048306 3/8-1/2
9200

Minimum
Ultimate
Strength
(lbs.)
16200
30300

Weight Handle Take


Each Length Up
(lbs.)
(in.)
(in.)
11.25 16.00 4.25
18.69 18.50 4.50

Dimensions
Compression
(in.)
Strength of
Spring
(lbs.)
A
B
C
C1
D
E
F
G
2300
32.75 30.75 28.00 26.50 16.00 10.38 19.00 .50
3300
37.19 34.00 29.50 30.44 18.69 12.31 20.88 .63

Midget Load Binder

L-130

Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993.

Forged handle, hooks and swivel link.


Steel swivels and clevis.

Model
W-1

CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref.
Stock
No.
No.
CX06-0917 1048100

Min-Max
Chain
Size
(in.)
3/16 - 1/4

Working
Load
Limit
(lbs.)
1450

Minimum
Ultimate
Strength
(lbs.)
5100

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
2.57

Handle
Length
(in.)
11.25

Take
Up
(in.)
2.40

Dimensions
(in.)
A

NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

6-47

16.13 13.63 11.00 11.25

6.25

6.56

.34

LOAD BINDERS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Provides more control in binding and releasing without
extra tools.
Handle closes down away from load with more leverage.
Functionally superior to any other on the road.
Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel.
Hooks are heat treated steel.
Single welded links as in binder chain for better reliability.
More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle
slot with riveted nose to prevent spreading at the critical loading point.

Lever Type Load Binder

Chain
size
(in.)
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2

Columbus
McKinnon
CERTEX
Product
Cat. Ref. No.
code
CX06-0918
M103**
CX06-0919
M104
CX06-0920
M105
CX06-0921
M105
CX06-0922
M105
CX06-0923
M106
CX06-0924
M106
CX06-0925
M106
CX06-0926
M106

UPC
code
42640
42642
42644
42644
42644
42647
42647
42647
42647

Chain
grade
G30
G30, 43
G30, 43, 70
G30, 43, 70
G30, 43
G30, 43, 70
G30, 43, 70
G30, 43
G30, 43

Handle
length
(in.)
11 1/4
11 1/4
16
16
16
18 1/2
18 1/2
18 1/2
18 1/2

Takeup
(in.)
3
3
4 7/8
4 7/8
4 7/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8
5 1/8

Working
load limit
(lbs.)*
1,500
2,600
5,400
5,400
5,400
9,200
9,200
9,200
9,200

** One swivel without connecting link on M103.

WARNING
* LOAD BINDING SYSTEMS STORE ENERGY
WHICH CAN RELEASE SUDDENLY.
To avoid injury, operate only by hand from a firm
standing position. Operate handle cautiously. Stay
clear of handle path: handle may release suddenly.
Follow instructions.

6-48

Min. ultimate
breaking
strength (lbs.)
5,300
7,800
19,000
19,000
19,000
28,000
28,000
28,000
28,000

Approx.
weight
(lbs.)
2
2 1/2
8 1/4
8 1/4
8 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4
11 1/4

LOAD BINDERS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Ratchet Type Load Binder

Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction.


Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.
Infinite adjustment.
Continuous take-up.
Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0933
CX06-0934

Columbus
McKinnon
Product
code
D48363**
D48365

CX06-0935

D48366

Max
size
(in.)
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2

G70
G43
G70
G43

Takeup
(in.)
8
8
8

UPC
code
30002
30003

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*
16,200
5,400

Min. ultimate
breaking
strength (lbs.)
46,000
19,000

Weight
(lbs.)
11
12 1/4

31205

9,200

28,000

12 1/4

** Supplied without hooks.

Drop Forged Load Binder

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX06-0937
CX06-0938

Columbus
McKinnon
Product
code
320104
320105

All steel.
Drop forged.
Both hooks swivel 360.
Each binder individually proof tested.
Tie-down hole in handle.
Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.
Heavy, rigid construction.
Special manufacturing permits use with transport grade 70 chain.
Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.

UPC
code
32146
24251

Chain grade
& size (in.)
G30
1/4
3/8

G43
1/4
3/8

G70
5/16

Handle
length
(in.)
11 1/4
16 1/8

Takeup
(in.)
3
4 1/4

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limits specified.
Working load limits apply to load binders only.
See match-up chart for chain working load limits.
For complete operating instructions, see previous page.

6-49

Working
load
limit
(lbs.)*
2,600
5,400

Min. ult.
breaking
strength
(lbs.)
7,800
19,000

Weight
(lbs.)
2 1/2
8

CARGO CONTROL
LOADFAST Synthetic Cargo Tiedowns and Hardware
LOADFAST offers a full line of synthetic tiedown assemblies and related hardware for all the tough demands of the flatbed and van trailer industry. Also available is a full
line of pickup and smaller trailer straps used for securing loads. These straps are made from a specially treated polyester webbing for minimal stretch, environmental
considerations and resistance to wear. The soft polyester webbing protects material surfaces and conforms to the shape of the load at any angle. These assemblies are
available in 1, 2, 3 and 4 inch widths with a variety of end fittings and working load limits (WLL). LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are manufactured to strict quality guidelines according to the latest government standards.
LOADFAST strongly recommends that these products be used in accordance with all local, state and Department of Transportation regulations. Users of tiedown assemblies should review and comply with all federal, state and local regulations relative to the proper securement of cargo being transported. Securement strength requirements should take into consideration G forces and all other contributing factors affecting the material being transported. LOADFAST tiedown assemblies should not be
used for overhead lifting.
LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL). The working load limit is one-third (1/3) of the minimum breaking strength of the assembly,
not its component parts. It is the responsibility of the user to determine the proper working load limit (WLL) for specific applications and the strength of the anchorage
points. The hardware is stamped with LOADFAST and a working load limit.
For further information please consult the Web Sling and Tiedown Associations Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedowns and the
Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedown Winches.

Recommended Operating Practices


Mechanical Considerations
Determine weight of the cargo to be secured, including expected Gravity G
forces.
Select tiedown having suitable characteristics for the type of load and environment.
Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of the Working Load Limit (WLL).
Consideration should be given to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown to
load angle) which affects working load capacity.
Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of the load and positioned in accordance with applicable regulations.
Tiedowns shall not be dragged on the floor, ground, or over an abrasive surface.
Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or joined by knotting.
Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the
tiedown.
Tiedowns shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges,
protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped.
The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting
will seat properly in the anchorage point or other attachments. If the anchor point
is inadequate to support the force of the tiedown system, then the load rating of
the tiedown will be limited to the strength of the anchor point.
Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting.

Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedowns are continuously exposed to


ultra-violet light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns in varying
degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.

Environmental Considerations
Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to
sunlight when not in use.
Chemically active environments can effect the strength of synthetic web tiedowns
in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The tiedown manufacturer should be consulted before tiedowns are used or stored in chemically active
environments.

Inspection

a Acids
1 Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from little to total
degradation.
2 Polyester is resistant to some acids, but is subject to degradation ranging from little to moderate with other acids
3 Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
i. Type of Acid
ii. Exposure Conditions
iii. Concentration
iiii. Temperature
b Alkalis
1 Polyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging from little to total
degradation.
2 Nylon is resistant to some alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging
from little to moderate with other alkalis.
3 Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
i. Type of Alkali
ii. Exposure Conditions
iii. Concentration
iiii. Temperature

a Factors which can determine the degree of strength loss are:


1 Length of time of continuous exposure
2 Webbing construction and design
3 Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location.
b Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light.
1 Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark place when not being
used for prolonged periods of time.
2 Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often, depending on frequency of use.
3 Impregnate a coating into the webbing.
c Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are:
1 Bleaching out of webbing.
2 Increased stiffness of webbing material.
3 Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with the load.
Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.

Type of Inspection
a. Initial Inspection Before any tiedown is placed in service it shall be inspected to insure that the correct tiedown is being used as well as to determine
that the tiedown meets the requirements of the application.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be made by the person handling
the tiedown each time it is used.
c. Periodic Inspection This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection shall be based on:
1. Frequency of use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns used in similar applications.
4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly.
Inspection Records
Tiedown inspection records shall be established by the user.
Tiedown Replacement
A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of the following, are visible.
a. Acid or alkali burns.
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the webbing.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles.
d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch
patterns.
e. Excessive abrasive wear.
f. Knots in any part of the webbing.
g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings.
h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the
tiedown.

Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194
degrees F (90 degrees C). Both types are routinely used at temperatures as low as
40 degrees F (40 degrees C).
Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors,
sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.

Repair of Tiedown Webbing


No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall be permitted.

7-1

CARGO CONTROL
Tiedown Assemblies

LOADFAST Ratchet Load Binders offer the ease of one hand tensioning with their high quality ratchet buckles. These
ratchet buckles offer a variety of adjustment positions to secure loads of any type for short term or long haul transit.
The ratchet buckle assemblies are easily tightened to secure your loads properly and when it comes time to release
the loads at the final destination these ratchet buckles are released just as easily. The soft polyester webbing conforms
to the shape of the load and is flexible at any angle. The webbing also protects finished surfaces from scratching and
abrasion. The webbing is engineered and manufactured to breaking strengths to acquire specific working load limits
(WLL) when fabricated into a tiedown assembly.
A variety of tensioning buckles and end fittings are available. Webbing widths range from 1 inch, 2 inch, 3 inch and 4 inches. Also many different strengths are available which effect the working load limit (WLL) of the tiedown assembly. Strength
ratings are minimum break strength. Unless otherwise specified, the strength rating is based upon a straight tensile pull.
Load direction other than straight can result in a significant reduction in strength. Strength ratings are contingent upon
using combinations of components as a system. The weakest component of the system determines the strength rating
including the point of attachment. Loadfast tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL).

Type A - Endless
The simplest, most versatile Ratchet Binder has one end of the web sewn to the ratchet head, the other end free for passing around
loads or through narrow openings, and inserting into the ratchet. Fabricated in any practical web length.

Type B- Two Piece


This is a two-piece device with flat hooks at the two extremities. The cut-and-sealed plain end inserts into the ratchet the same as
Type A. Offered in any practical length, measured between hooks.

WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to


be used for overhead lifting.

7-2

CARGO CONTROL
Tiedown Assemblies

1 Inch Tiedown Assembly*

2 Inch Tiedown Assembly*

3 Inch Tiedown Assembly*

4 Inch Tiedown Assembly*


*Other end fittings available. Please specify
when ordering

WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to


be used for overhead lifting.

7-3

CARGO CONTROL
LoadFast
Truck Winches

4WPL

4WP

4WW

4WWL

2 Inch Std.

Specifications
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0042
CX07-0043
CX07-0044
CX07-0045
CX07-0046

Type
2 Inch Std.
4 WWL
4 WW
4 WPL
4 WP

A
N/A
9
9
9
9

B
2 1/2 In.
5 3/8
5 3/8
5 3/8
5 3/8

7-4

C
3 1/3 In.
4 1/8
5 1/2
5
6 5/8

D
2 3/4 In.
4 3/8
3 1/2
4 3/8
3 1/2

Weight
3.1 Lbs.

CARGO CONTROL
LoadFast
Recommended Operating Practices

Mechanical Considerations
All winches shall be installed so the user can see the
pawl to ensure proper engagement. Additionally, the
winch shall be positioned so the pawl drops into the
ratchet wheel by gravity. Winches shall never be installed
so the user cannot see the pawl engagement or in a position where the user shall hold the pawl to engage the
ratchet tooth. Portable winches shall be removed and
stored when not in use. All winches, except portable and
sliding styles, shall be welded to the trailer frame.
Minimum welding requirements are to be specified by
the manufacturer.
Winches shall be attached to vehicle structural members.
If winches are installed in track, the track shall be
attached to vehicle structural members.
When tightening or loosening winches, always maintain a
firm grip on the winch bar. Never release a winch bar
without checking the pawl to ensure that it is fully
engaged between ratchet teeth. Releasing a winch bar
without the pawl being properly engaged can cause serious injury to the user or bystanders. The use of non-slip
handle winch bar specifically designed to tighten or
loosen winches in recommended.
Set screws on portable winches are designed to position
the winch while the tiedown assembly is tightened and
shall be snug tightened only. Overtightening of screws
may cause bracket to bend, weakening the winch and
causing it to fail.
Winches shall not be loaded in excess of their Working
Load Limit.
Only winch bars designed to be used with winches shall
be used to tension and release tiedown assemblies.
Cheater Bars shall not be used with the winch bars.
Environmental Considerations
Winches are subjected to dirt, mud, snow, ice, road salt,
cleaning solutions, etc. And therefore require inspection
and cleaning to insure they are always in operating condition prior to each use.
Winches that can be removed from the vehicle, when not
in use, should be stored in a dry location.

Inspection
Type of Inspection
a. Initial inspection before any winch is placed in service it shall be inspected to insure that it is the correct
winch, as specified by the vehicle manufacturer. Also
verify that all moving parts operate freely and the
pawl drops into the ratchet wheel by gravity.
b. Frequent inspection this inspection shall be made by
the person operating the winch prior to each use.
c. Periodic inspection this inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel.
Frequency of inspection shall be based on:
1. Frequency of use
2. Severity of Service Conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of winches
used in similar applications.
4. Inspection should be conducted at least quarterly.
Winch Replacement
A winch shall be removed from service if any of the following conditions exist:
a. Reel bar is not free to rotate.
b. Pawl is not free to drop into the ratchet wheel by
gravity.
c. Winch has been deformed due to overloading.
d. Winch bar holes are deformed and will not permit use
of standard winch bar.
e. Ratchet wheel is distorted.
f. Pawl/pawl pin is distorted.
g. Weld on winch is cracked.
h. Weld of winch to vehicle is cracked.
i. Winch track shall be replaced if it is deformed in the
area that transfers the winch load to the track.
j. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the
strength of the winch.
Inspection Records
Winch inspection records should be established by the
user.
Repair of Winches
No repairs of the winch shall be permitted.

7-5

CARGO CONTROL

Wheel Nets
For all types of vehicles and capacities

Cargo Nets
Fabricated from nylon, polyester rope and slotted
web to customers specifications.

Towing /Recovery Straps


Available in different widths and capacities.
Ground Covers

Specialized Cargo Slings

Truck Tarps

7-6

WEB SLINGS

CERTEX Companies have been manufacturing synthetic web slings for over 30 years, manufactured to the highest
quality of nylon or polyester these slings offer outstanding strength with excellent load protection. CERTEX web slings
will not damage or scratch surfaces of products being lifted. These slings are lightweight and flexible to be easily handled and rigged to a load. They easily adjust and conform to the load with a non slip, secure grip and are treated to
keep out dirt, moisture and reduce abrasion. Nylon and polyester web slings are unaffected by oil and grease and offer
good chemical resistance.
CERTEXand
webuntreated
slings offer
redand
indicating
core
yarns inused
the webbing
to help
warnslings,
against
resistance.Treated
nylon
polyester
webbing,
to fabricate
synthetic
per
damage
caused
cuts, tears
or abrasion.
When
thesered
redyarn
corewoven
yarns into
are exposed
webwebbing
sling shall
taken
class 5 and
classby
7 rated
capacity
charts, may
contain
the corethe
of the
to be
serve
onlyout
as of
service
and replaced.
These slingswhether
have good
characteristics
which minimize
the effects of shock loading.
one of many
aids in determining
andelongation
when a sling
should be removed
from service.
Offered in either our standard webbing or our special extra edge guard webbing, both are economical and offer long
service life when used properly.
Sling Hitches

Vertical

Choker

Basket

Choose the Right Hitch for the Load

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-7

Bridle

WEB SLINGS
Basic Sling Types

Triangle/Choker

TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V
TYPE VI

Triangle/Triangle

Eye/Eye Flat Eyes

Eye/Eye Twisted Eyes

Endless

Web sling made with a triangle fitting on one end and a slotted triangle choker fitting on the other end.
It can be used in a vertical, basket or choker hitch.
Web sling made with a triangle fitting on both ends. It can be used in a vertical or basket hitch only.
Web sling made with a flat loop eye on each end with loop eye opening on same plane as sling body.
This type of sling is sometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, or double eye sling.
Web Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, except that the loop eyes are turned to form
a loop eye which is at a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type of sling is commonly
referred to as a twisted eye sling.
Endless web sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the
ends of the webbing together with a load bearing splice.
Return eye (reversed eye) web sling is formed by using multiple widths of webbing held edge to edge. A
wear pad is attached on one or both sides of the web sling body and on one or both sides of the loop
eyes to form a loop eye at each end which is at a right angle to the plane of the web sling body.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and
inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-8

WEB SLINGS
Basic Sling Types

Reversed Eye

Bridle Slings (Multi-Legged)


and Hardware Type

Cargo Type (Wide Body)

Marine/Boat Slings

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-9

Load Balancing Type

WEB SLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings

Mechanical Considerations
Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load
shall be within the rated capacity of the web sling.
Select a web sling having suitable characteristics for the
type of load, hitch and environment.
Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated
capacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to load
angle which affects rated capacity.
Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch
shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking
action is on the webbing, and never on the fitting.
Web slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage.
The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size
to ensure that the fitting will seat properly in the hook or
other attachments.
Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by
sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over abrasive surfaces.
Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened,
tied in knots, or joined by knotting.
Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the
load is resting on the web sling.
Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings.
Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used
unless inspected and accepted as usable.
The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing
control of the load.
Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall be
kept from between the sling and the load, and from
between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.
Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads.
Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being
lifted.
Shock loading shall be avoided.
Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook.
During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall
be alert for possible snagging.
The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or support
the load from the sides above the center of gravity when
using a basket hitch.
Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load
(rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angle
is taken into consideration.

Only web slings with legible identification tags shall be


used.
Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook
and point of choke.
Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between
the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load to
allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.
Environmental Considerations
Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place
to prevent loss of strength when not in use through
exposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not be
stored in chemically active areas.
Chemically active environments can affect the strength of
synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer or
qualified person should be consulted before slings are
used in chemically active environments.
Acids
Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from
little to total degradation.
Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to
degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some
acids.
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
a. Type of Acid
b. Exposure Conditions
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
Alkalis
Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
from little to total degradation.
Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to
degradation ranging from little to moderate in some
alkalis.
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
a. Type of Alkalis
b. Exposure Conditions
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or
temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40
degrees C).
Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be
used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-10

WEB SLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings
Environments in which synthetic web slings are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the strength
of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from
slight to total degradation.
CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visible
indications.
a. Factors, which affect the degree of strength loss are:
1. Length of time of continuous exposure
2. Web sling construction and design
3. Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects of ultraviolet light.
1. Store web slings in a cool, dry and dark place when
not being used for prolonged periods of time
c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:
1. Bleaching out of web sling color
2. Increased stiffness of web sling material
3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact
with the load
d. Proof Testing Warning Slings used in environments
where they are subject to continuous exposure to
ultra-violet light shall be proof tested to twice the
rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently
depending on severity of exposure.
Inspection
Type of Inspection
a. Initial Inspection Before any new or repaired web
sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by a designated person to ensure that the correct web sling is
being used, as well as to determine that the web sling
meets the requirements of this specification.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be conducted by the person handling the sling each time the
sling is used.
c. Periodic Inspection This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspection should be based on:
1. Frequency of web sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of web slings
used in similar applications
4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually

Removal from Service


A sling shall be removed from service if any of the following are visible:
a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification
is missing or not readable.
b. Acid or alkalis burns
c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
web sling
d. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles
e. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices
f. Excessive abrasive wear
g. Knots in any part of the web sling
h. Excessive pitting, or corrosion, or cracked or broken fittings
i. Any other visible damage that causes doubts as to
the strength of the sling
Inspection Records
Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for
each sling as established by the user, should be kept on
file for all web slings. These records should show a
description of the sling and its condition on each periodic inspection.
Repair of Web Slings
Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be
repaired.
Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utilizing hardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings.
It shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repairing the web sling to determine if the hardware is reusable.
Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer or a
qualified person.When repaired, a sling shall be marked
to identify the repair agent.
All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slings
utilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times
their vertical rated capacity before being placed back into
service. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided.
Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall
not be permitted.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions
could result in severe personal injury. Do not exceed rated capacities.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-11

WEB SLINGS
Rated Capacity Information
Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged
slings or choker/ basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original
sling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
Sling Angle Table (Angle of Lift)
Angle/Degrees
Loss
Angle/Degrees
Horizontal
Factor
Horizontal
90
1.000
55
85
0.996
50
80
0.985
45
75
0.966
40
70
0.940
35
65
0.906
30
60
0.866

Loss
Factor
0.819
0.766
0.707
0.643
0.574
0.500

For web slings used in a choker hitch, rated loads in Tables 1-4 are for
an angle of choke of 120 degrees or greater for the angle formed in the
web sling body as it passes through the choking eye.
Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table
Angle of Choke
(degrees)
120-180
105-120
90-105

Sling Rated Load


Factor
1.00
0.93
0.87

Angle of Choke

7
Guide to CERTEX Web Sling Terminology
Product tables on the following pages contain Type designations for CERTEX Web Slings.
The following key will help you interpret CERTEX Web Sling Type codes.

Interpreting Web Sling Type/Size Codes


Example: CTC1-62
C TC 1 - 6 2

Manufacturer

Sling Types

Ply Count

Web Ratings

Width

CERTEX

TC = Triangle/Choker
TT = Triangle/Triangle
EE = Eye/Eye Flat Eyes
EN = Endless
RE = Reversed Eye
CS = Cargo Slings
LB = Load Balancing
MS = Marine Slings

1-Ply
2-Ply
3-Ply
4-Ply

6 = 6,800 lbs./inch
9 = 9,800 lbs./inch

In Inches*

* Reversed Eye Sling Codes deviate from this code due to their style of construction. A width indicated at 1 yields a 2-inch sling;
2 yields a 4-inch sling. The number 15 in the width column means 1.5 and yields a 3-inch sling. K and H designations are
special capacity ratings. End users should pay special attention to capacities.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-12

WEB SLINGS

End fittings are steel or aluminum with a slip through


design which provides
good choke hitching. Also
can be used in vertical or
basket hitches.

End fittings are steel or aluminum designed to be


used in only a vertical or
basket hitch.

Available in Nylon or
Polyester Webbing.
Length
of
Sling

Length
of
Sling

Triangle/Choker Type I

Triangle/Triangle Type II

CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present.
The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-13

WEB SLINGS
Specifications On Hardware
ALUMINUM TRIANGLES

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX07-0091
CX07-0092

T2

3 5/8

2 1/4

1 3/4

T3

5 1/4

3 1/4

CX07-0093

T4

6 1/4

6 5/8

4 3/8

2 3/8

CX07-0094

T6

8 5/16

8 7/8

6 3/8

3 1/8

Approx.
weight
in lbs.

15/16

2 3/8

9/16

.31

3,360

1 3/16

3 5/16

5/8

.75

5,000

25,000

1 7/16

11/16

1.1

6,700

33,500

1 3/4

5 1/2

15/16

2.7

9,700

48,500

Rated
capacity
in lbs.

Minimum
break
16,800

ALUMINUM CHOKERS

Approx.
weight
in lbs.

15/16

2 3/8

9/16

.73

3,360

16,800

1 1/8

3 5/16

5/8

1.3

5,000

25,000

2 3/8

1 7/16

11/16

1.9

6,700

33,500

3 1/8

1 3/4

5 1/2

15/16

5.1

9,700

48,500

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX07-0095

C2

6 1/8

5 1/4

2 1/8

1 3/4

CX07-0096

C3

7 1/2

7 1/8

3 1/8

CX07-0097

C4

8 3/4

8 3/4

4 1/8

CX07-0098

C6

11 5/16

11 3/4

6 1/8

Rated
capacity
in lbs.

Minimum
break

STEEL TRIANGLES

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX07-0099
CX07-0100

ST2

2 7/8

ST3

5 3/16

3 3/4

2 1/8

3 1/16

CX07-0101

ST4

6 7/16

6 5/8

CX07-0102
CX07-0103

ST5

7 7/8

ST6

CX07-0104

ST8

11 7/16

CX07-0105

ST10

13 1/4

CX07-0106

ST12

13 13/16

Approx.
weight
in lbs.

Rated
capacity
in lbs.

Minimum
break
33,000

1 3/4

2 5/16

1/2

6,600

1 1/4

3 5/16

1/2

1.6

8,400

42,000

4 5/16

1 5/8

3 7/8

1/2

2.7

11,200

56,000

7 15/16

5 3/16

2 1/2

4 15/16

1/2

3.5

14,000

70,000

9 1/4

6 1/8

2 3/4

2 5/16

5 9/16

1/2

5.3

16,800

84,000

12

8 1/4

3 5/8

2 7/8

7 3/16

3/4

12

22,400

112,000

14 1/8

10 1/8

4 7/8

3 5/8

8 1/4

3/4

17

28,000

140,000

16 7/16

12 3/8

4 1/16

3/4

19

32,000

160,000

Approx.
weight
in lbs.

Rated
capacity
in lbs.

Minimum
break

STEEL CHOKERS

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Size

CX07-0107
CX07-0108
CX07-0109
CX07-0110

SC2

5 1/2

2 1/8

1 1/16

2 1/4

1/2

6,600

33,000

SC3

7 1/2

3 1/8

1 3/16

3 3/16

1/2

2.9

8,400

42,000

SC4

9 5/16

9 9/16

4 1/8

2 1/2

1 13/16

3 1/2

1/2

11,200

56,000

SC5

10 9/16

11 5/8

5 1/8

2 3/4

2 1/16

4 7/16

1/2

14,000

70,000

CX07-0111

SC6

12

12 3/4

6 1/8

2 7/8

2 11/16

4 9/16

1/2

9.8

16,800

84,000

CX07-0112

SC8

14 7/16

16 1/2

8 1/8

2 13/16

6 7/16

3/4

24

22,400

112,000

CX07-0113

SC10

16 1/2

18 3/4

10 1/4

5 1/8

3 1/2

7 5/8

3/4

28

28,000

140,000

CX07-0114

SC12

19 1/4

22 5/8

12 1/8

5 1/2

4 1/4

9 3/4

3/4

40

32,000

160,000

Other hardware fittings are available on request. Please contact your nearest Certex location.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-14

WEB SLINGS
Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities Pounds*

Length
of
Sling

1 and 2 Ply Slings

* Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-15

WEB SLINGS
Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities Pounds*

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0147
CX07-0148
CX07-0149
CX07-0150
CX07-0151
CX07-0152
CX07-0153
CX07-0154
CX07-0155
CX07-0156
CX07-0157
CX07-0158
CX07-0159
CX07-0160
CX07-0161
CX07-0162
CX07-0163
CX07-0164
CX07-0165
CX07-0166
CX07-0167
CX07-0168
CX07-0169
CX07-0170
CX07-0171
CX07-0172
CX07-0173
CX07-0174
CX07-0175
CX07-0176
CX07-0177
CX07-0178
CX07-0179
CX07-0180

Type
CEE3-61
CEE4-61
CEE3-91
CEE4-91
CEE3-915
CEE4-915
CEE3-K
CEE4-K
CEE3-H
CEE4-H
CEE3-62
CEE4-62
CEE3-92
CEE4-92
CEE3-63
CEE4-63
CEE3-93
CEE4-93
CEE3-64
CEE4-64
CEE3-94
CEE4-94
CEE3-95
CEE4-95
CEE3-66
CEE4-66
CEE3-96
CEE4-96
CEE3-98
CEE4-98
CEE3-910
CEE4-910
CEE3-912
CEE4-912

Width
1"
1"
1"
1"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
2"
2"
2"
2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"
6"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
10"
10"
12"
12"

Vertical
2850
3800
4110
5480
6170
8200
5000
6660
7200
9600
5700
7600
8230
10970
8560
11400
12340
16460
11400
15200
16460
21950
20580
27440
17100
22800
24690
32920
32920
43900
41160
54880
49390
65850

Choker
2280
3040
3280
4380
4930
6560
4000
5320
5760
7680
4560
6080
6580
8770
6850
9120
9870
13160
9120
12160
13160
17560
16460
21950
13680
18240
19750
26330
26330
35120
32920
43900
39510
52680

Basket
5700
7600
8220
10960
12340
16400
10000
13320
14400
19200
11400
15200
16460
21940
17120
22800
24680
32920
22800
30400
32920
43900
41160
54880
34200
45600
49380
65840
65840
87800
82320
109760
98780
131700

* Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-16

Length
of
Sling

3 and 4 Ply Slings

WEB SLINGS
Endless Type V Rated Capacities Pounds*

Length
of
Sling

1 and 2 Ply Slings


* Rated loads are based on untapered slings. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce rated loads. Consult the manufacturer.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-17

WEB SLINGS
Endless Type V Rated Capacities Pounds*

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0213
CX07-0214
CX07-0215
CX07-0216
CX07-0217
CX07-0218
CX07-0219
CX07-0220
CX07-0221
CX07-0222
CX07-0223
CX07-0224
CX07-0225
CX07-0226
CX07-0227
CX07-0228
CX07-0229
CX07-0230
CX07-0231
CX07-0232
CX07-0233
CX07-0234
CX07-0235
CX07-0236
CX07-0237
CX07-0238
CX07-0239
CX07-0240
CX07-0241
CX07-0242
CX07-0243
CX07-0244
CX07-0245
CX07-0246

Type
CEN3-61
CEN4-61
CEN3-91
CEN4-91
CEN3-915
CEN4-915
CEN3-K
CEN4-K
CEN3-H
CEN4-H
CEN3-62
CEN4-62
CEN3-92
CEN4-92
CEN3-63
CEN4-63
CEN3-93
CEN4-93
CEN3-64
CEN4-64
CEN3-94
CEN4-94
CEN3-95
CEN4-95
CEN3-66
CEN4-66
CEN3-96
CEN4-96
CEN3-98
CEN4-98
CEN3-910
CEN4-910
CEN3-912
CEN4-912

Width
1"
1"
1"
1"
1 1/2"
1 1/2"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
1 3/4"
2"
2"
2"
2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"
6"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
10"
10"
12"
12"

Vertical
5700
7600
8200
11000
12300
16400
10000
13300
14400
19200
11400
15200
16500
21900
17000
22800
24700
32900
22800
30400
32900
43900
41200
54900
34200
45600
49400
65800
65800
87800
82300
109000
98800
131000

Choker
4600
6000
6600
8800
9800
13100
8000
10600
11500
15400
9100
12200
13200
17500
13600
18200
19800
26300
18200
24300
26300
35100
33000
43900
27400
36500
39500
52600
52600
70200
65800
87000
79000
105000

Basket
11400
15200
16400
22000
24600
32800
20000
26600
28800
38400
22800
30400
33000
43800
34000
45600
49400
65800
45600
60800
65800
89800
82400
109800
68400
91200
98800
131600
131600
175600
164600
218000
197600
262000

Length
of
Sling

3 and 4 Ply Slings

* Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-18

WEB SLINGS
Rated Capacities Pounds
Reversed Eye-Type VI
These are the most durable of all web slings.The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for the
maximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical and
basket hitches.

Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-19

WEB SLINGS
Cargo Slings Wide Body
These wide body slings are used in a basket hitch only where wider slings are needed for better load stability. These
wider slings distributes the load over a larger sling surface area and also offer great protection over smooth and soft
surfaces. Standard widths from six through twenty four inches. Wider widths available on request.
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0272
CX07-0273
CX07-0274
CX07-0275
CX07-0276
CX07-0277
CX07-0278
CX07-0279
CX07-0280
CX07-0281
CX07-0282
CX07-0283

Type
CCS2-63
CCS2-93
CCS4-63
CCS4-93
CCS2-64
CCS2-94
CCS4-64
CCS4-94
CCS2-66
CCS2-96
CCS4-66
CCS4-96

Width
Inches
6"
6"
6"
6"
8"
8"
8"
8"
12"
12"
12"
12"

Vertical Basket
Capacity
13000
18000
26000
37000
17000
24000
32000
41000
26000
37000
49000
66000

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0284
CX07-0285
CX07-0286
CX07-0287
CX07-0288
CX07-0289
CX07-0290
CX07-0291
CX07-0292
CX07-0293

Width
Inches
16"
16"
18"
18"
18"
18"
24"
24"
24"
24"

Type
CCS2-98
CCS4-98
CCS3-66
CCS3-96
CCS6-66
CCS6-96
CCS3-98
CCS2-912
CCS6-98
CCS4-912

Vertical Basket
Capacity
42000
86000
26000
37000
49000
66000
44000
66000
88000
130000

Cargo Type
(Wide Body)

7
Load Balancing Slings

These Load Balancing slings serve the same purpose as the Cargo type slings except they are more economical due to
the reduced capacities. Also the eyes are smaller to fit the smaller hoist hooks. Wider widths available on request.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0294
CX07-0295
CX07-0296

Type
CLB6
CLB8
CLB12

Width
Inches
6"
8"
12"

Vertical Basket
Capacity
8000
8000
8000

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0297
CX07-0298
CX07-0299

Type
CLB16
CLB18
CLB24

Width
Inches
16"
18"
24"

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-20

Vertical
Basket
Capacity
10000
10000
10000

WEB SLINGS
Bridle Slings (multi-legged)
These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.

3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatly effect the
rated capacity of an assembly please contact your nearest CERTEX location to discuss your specific lifting requirements.

Hardware Slings (Single Leg)

CERTEX Oneway Slings


These slings are designed for applications where the sling is used only once or twice and then disposed of. They are
constructed of materials of the same high quality as our other synthetic slings only they are not designed to take the
repeated usage as standard slings.The design factors can be suited to your particular applications and we have found
these slings to be quite cost effective when compared to our other slings. Oneway Slings are available in many different constructions, widths and capacities. Give your nearest CERTEX Company a call for more information.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-21

WEB SLINGS
CERTEX Marine Slings
Certex marine slings are manufactured from heavy duty nylon or polyester webbing treated for abrasion and UV resistance. These slings are soft and flexible to conform to any boat size and hull configuration. Available in many different
widths and capacities. Contact your nearest Certex location for more information.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX07-0300
CX07-0301
CX07-0302
CX07-0303
CX07-0304
CX07-0305
CX07-0306
CX07-0307
CX07-0308
CX07-0309
CX07-0310
CX07-0311
CX07-0312
CX07-0313
CX07-0314
CX07-0315
CX07-0316
Nylon stretches approximately 6% at the rated CX07-0317

Parts
Number
CMS1-63
CMS1-93
CMS1-64
CMS1-94
CMS1-66
CMS1-96
CMS1-98
CMS2-98
CMS1-610
CMS1-910
CMS2-610
CMS2-910
CMS1-612
CMS1-912
CMS2-612
CMS2-912
CMS1-916
CMS2-916

Sling
Width
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"

12"

16"

Standard
Eye Length
9"
9"
12"
12"
14"
14"
18"
18"
12"
12"
18"
18"
14"
14"
20"
20"
18"
24"

Basket
Capacity
In Lbs.
6,600
9,300
8,800
12,400
13,200
18,600
24,800
44,000
22,000
31,000
41,000
55,000
26,400
37,200
49,200
66,000
44,000
88,000

capacity. Polyester stretches approximately 3%


at rated capacity. Certex will custom design
and fabricate marine slings to meet your specific needs.
Standard Web Type

Sliding
Chine
Sleeves

Fabric
Tapered Eye

Lead
Weights

Extra Eye

Hardware Disconnect Type

Sliding
Chine
Sleeves

Fabric Eye
Disconnect

Lead
Weights

Extra
Eyes

Fabric
Tapered
Eye

WARNING: Marine slings which are continuously exposed to ultra-violet


(sun) light can effect the strength of the slings in varying
degrees ranging from slight to total degradation. Marine
slings require inspections before each use by a qualified
person to determine if the slings meet the requirements of
the lift. Marine slings shall be proof tested to twice their
rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently depending
on severity of exposure.

WARNING: Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-22

WEB SLINGS
CERTEX Wheel Nets
Certex Wheel Nets make for fast loading of any size vehicle due to the
lightweight, high strength synthetic webbing. This webbing is soft and
flexible to conform to any surface. These wheel nets are used in
matched sets and are designed and fabricated to your specific requirements. When not in use these wheel nets fold up for easy storage and
are not affected by moisture.

7
Certex Wheel Nets come in standard capacities and sizes from 5 tons through 30 tons. Call your nearest Certex location for more
information. Please have vehicle body size, capacity of vehicle and length from ground level to lifting devise.

Wear Pads & Sleeves


Wear pads give a sling extra protection where it wears the most. They can be furnished in either webbing or leather.
Leather pads are more resistant to wear and cutting, but are subject to gradual deterioration from oils, grease and dirt.
Nylon webbing wear pads are fully resistant to oils, grease, and they stretch in proportion to the sling.
Regular Wear Pad

Edge Wrap

Sliding Sleeve

REGULAR. This is the type that is


sewn on to give fixed protection at
expected wear points. They can be
sewn anywhere on the sling, at any
length on one side or on both sides.

EDGEGUARD. A strip of webbing or


leather is sewn around each edge of
the sling, extending approximately
1/2 onto the face of the webbing.
This is necessary for certain applications where sling edges are subject
to damage.

SLEEVE. Sometimes called sliding


sleeve or tube type wear pads, these
pads are suggested for handling material with sharp edges. Sleeves cover
both sides of the sling and can be
shifted to wear points.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and


inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

7-23

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Synthetic Sling Fittings
Synthetic Sling Saver Shackles and Hooks

S-252 (Bolt Type)

WS-320A

S-253 (Screw Pin)

Designed with Non-Slip surface that:


Eliminates bunching effect caused by traditional
shackles.
Reduces sling tendency to slide.
Shackles available in sizes 3 1/4 to 50 tons.
Hooks available is sizes 1 1/2, 3 and 5 tons.
Increased radius of bow / eye gives wider sling bearing
surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution, thus:
Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as
compared to standard anchor and chain shackle bows
and conventional eye hooks. This allows 100% of the
slings rated Working Load Limit to be achieved.
Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.

Design factor of 5 to 1.
Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut
and cotter pin configuration.
Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better
load distribution.
Look for the Red Pin the mark of Genuine Crosby
quality.
Each shackle and hook has a Product Identification
Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a
Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into
it.
All Alloy construction.
Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the
Working Load Limit.

Dimensional Information

S-252

S-253

S-252
Bolt Type

S-253
Bolt Type

Web
Sling
Nominal
Size
(in.)

Round
Sling
Size
(Number)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1&2

3 1/4

CX07-0318 1020485

1.4

1.5

3&4

6 1/2

CX07-0319 1020496

5&6

8 3/4

CX07-0320 1020507

7&8

12 1/2

9 & 10

20 1/2

11 & 12

13

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
S-252
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
S-253
Stock
No.

Dimensions
(in.)
Weight
Each
(lbs.)

CX07-0325 1020575

1.4

.88

2.4

CX07-0326 1020584

2.2

1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50

4.15

4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38

4.03

.50 1.19

4.1

CX07-0327 1020593

3.8

1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56

5.50

4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19

4.50

.50 1.44

CX07-0321 1020518

8.0

CX07-0328 1020602

7.3

1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75

6.34

5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62

5.59

.62 1.81

CX07-0322 1020529

16.9

CX07-0329 1020611

15.2

2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.75 .88

9.75

7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50

6.88

.75 2.13

35

CX07-0323 1020540

35.0

CX07-0330 1020620

30.8

2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19

50

CX07-0324 1020551

57.5

CX07-0331 1020629

52.0

3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19

.62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44

G
3.38

* Note: Maximum Proof load is 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

7-24

3.68 1.12 1.50 .75

2.69

3.22

.44 1.00

8.66 1.00 2.88

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Accessories
Synthetic Sling Fittings

S-256 Link Plate

S-255 Spool

The Spool is designed to keep the load centered on the pin,


thus keeping the sling positioned correctly in the shackle bow.

The Link Plate is designed to connect two (2) S-252 or S-253


Sling Saver Shackles together.

Spool

Link Plate

7-25

WEB SLING SYSTEM


SLING SAVER
This easy to use chart is designed to allow you to quickly determine the fittings required to create the Web Sling or
Round Sling you need.

Double Leg Sling

Single Leg Sling

SINGLE AND DOUBLE LEG SLINGS


Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
S-280 Web Connector
S-281 Web Sling Shackle
S-282 Chain Connector

S-280 Web Connector

S-282

Web Sling

S-280
S-281
S-282
Working
Load Limit
(tons)

Web
Sling
Hook
WS-320
(tons)

Round
Sling
Size
(No.)

Web
Width
(in.)

Eye
Width
(in.)

1&2

3-1/4

3/8 10

1.5

4-1/2

1/2 13

6-1/4

5/8 16

5&6

8-1/2

11

Ply

Spectrum
8
Chain Size
(in.)-(mm)

Eye Hoist
Hook
S-320AN (tons)

Swivel
Hoist
Ring
HR-125 (lbs.)

Master
Link
A-342
Single Leg
(in.)

Master
Link
A-342
Double Leg
(in.)

1/2

7,000

5/8

3/4

5/8

10,000

3/4

5/8

15,000

24,000

1-1/4

Swivel
Hoist
Ring
HR-125 (lbs.)

Master
Link
A-342
Triple Leg
(in.)

Master
Link
A-342
Quad Leg
(in.)

Eye
SHUR-LOC
S-316A
(in.)

TRIPLE AND QUAD LEG SLINGS


Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
S-280 Web Connector
S-281 Web Sling Shackle
S-282 Chain Connector

S-280 Web Connector

S-282

Web Sling

Ply

S-280
S-281
S-282
Working
Load Limit
(tons)

Web
Sling
Hook
WS-320
(tons)

Spectrum
8
Chain Size
(in.)-(mm)

Eye Hoist
Hook
S-320AN (tons)

Eye
SHUR-LOC
S-316A
(in.)

3-1/4

3/8 10

1/2

7,000

4-1/2

1/2 13

5/8

10,000

1-1/4

5/8

Round
Sling
Size
(No.)

Web
Width
(in.)

Eye
Width
(in.)

1&2

1.5

6-1/4

5&6

8-1/2

5/8 16

11

7-26

15,000

1-1/4

1-1/2

24,000

1-1/2

1-3/4

SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM


SLING SAVER
EASILY INTEGRATED INTO SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM
The Synthetic Sling Saver shackle line has been designed to easily adapt to other Crosby Sling fittings to develop
complete systems for synthetic slings.

* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size.


New 320N Eye Hook.

* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size.


New 320N Eye Hook.

7-27

WEB CONNECTOR
SLING SAVER
The Web Connector line is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings
and Synthetic Round Slings to conventional hardware.

Connects Synthetic Web and Synthetic Round Slings to


conventional Crosby hardware including:
320N Eye Hook
Additional Crosby Grade 8 Fittings
Master Links
Rings
Shackles
Makes a field assembled bridle quick and easy.
No cotter pin to snag sling material.
Durable Vinyl cover that:
Protects sling at eye.
Keeps slings positioned correctly on spool.
Increased radius of spool gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased area for load distribution,
thus:
Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least
15% as compared to standard anchor and chain
shackle bows and conventional eye hooks.This
allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load
Limit to be achieved.
Allowing better load distribution on internal
fibers.

S-280
Web Connector

All Alloy construction.


Design Factor of 5 to 1.
Replacement kit for spool and web cover available.
Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2
ply webbing & Synthetic Round Slings. Also accomodates single ply and endless slings.

Dimensions
(in.)

Web Slings*
S-280
Working
Load
Limit
CERTEX
(tons)
Cat. Ref. No.

Round
Sling
Size
(No.)

Webbing
Width
(in.)

Eye
Width
(in.)

Ply

1&2

1.5

4-1/2

CX07-0347

1021690

1.9

.75

.69

1.10

2.01

.75

.69

2.19

.60

1.38

2.34

6-1/4

CX07-0348

1021700

2.9

.75

.81

1.66

2.56

.88

.75

2.69

.69

1.62

2.46

5&6

8-1/2

CX07-0349

1021709

5.1

1.00

.94

2.47

3.50

1.00

.88

3.69

.88

1.88

2.84

3-1/4

CX07-0346

Crosby
S-280
Stock
No.

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1021681

1.5

.75

.62

1.63

2.44

.63

.62

2.69

.56

1.19

2.02

* Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2-Ply


NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

WARNING: A falling load may cause serious injury or death.


Read, understand and follow all instructions
and chart information before using web connector.
Before use, tighten bolt first, then tighten nut.

7-28

WEB SLING SHACKLE


SLING SAVER
Web Sling Shackle is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings
and Synthetic Round Slings to eyebolts, pad eyes and lifting lugs.

S-281
Web Sling Shackle

Shackles

Incorporates same ear spread and pin dimensions as conventional Crosby Shackles.
Allows easy connection to pad eyes, eye bolts and lifting lugs.
Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased
area for load distribution, thus:
Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to
standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional eye hooks.
This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be achieved.
Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.
All Alloy construction.
Design Factor of 5 to 1.
Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along
with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Look for the Red Pin The mark of genuine Crosby Quality.

7-29

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Crosby Web Sling Hook

WS - 320A

The Crosby Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used with Round Slings as long as the
Working Load Limit ratings are compatible. The new hook incorporates the following features:
Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which:
Eliminates bunching effects.
Reduces sling tendency to slide.
Allows a better load distribution to internal fibers.
Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a working load limit and the
name Crosby forged into it. Additionally, all hooks feature Crosbys patented QUIC-CHECK indicators.
Hooks available in sizes 1 1/2 (1), 3 (2) and 5 (3) tons.
All alloy construction.
Design factor of 5 to 1.
Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit.

Web Sling
Nominal
Size
(in.)

Round
Sling
Size
(Number)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1"

2"

3"

Hook
Identification
Code

1 1/2
3
5

IA

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
WSL-320 A
with Latch

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
S-4320
Replacement
Latch Kit
Stock No.

1022701

CX07-0357

1022706

CX07-0360

1096374

1022712

CX07-0358

1022717

CX07-0361

1096468

1022723

CX07-0359

1022728

CX07-0362

1096515

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
WS-320-A
S.C.

FA

CX07-0354

HA

CX07-0355
CX07-0356

320 AN Alloy Steel

Web
Sling
Nominal
Size
(in.)

Round
Sling
Size
(Number)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

Dimensions
(in.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

AA

1"

1 1/2

5.25

2.26

3.98

3.11

1.38

.84

.94

.93

.71

1.50

.63

.75

.91

2.24

1.01

.98

2.00

1.10

2"

7.11

3.66

5.31

3.97

1.63

1.13

1.32

1.13

.94

2.50

.85

1.13

1.09

2.82

1.69

1.16

2.00

2.86

3"

9.33

5.13

7.06

4.81

2.00

1.44

1.63

1.47

1.31

3.75

1.13

1.63

1.36

3.51

2.59

1.53

2.50

6.60

* Note: Proof load is 2 1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.

7-30

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
S-282 Web to Grade 8 Chain Connector

S-282
Chain Connector
Designed around the same concept as our S-280 Web Connector, the New S-282 Chain Connector makes the
connection from web sling to existing chain quick and easy.
Available in three sizes:
3-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2 to 3/8 (10mm) chain.
4-1/2 ton Working Load Limit - 1-1/2 (3Tapered Webbing) to 1/2 (13mm) Chain.
6-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2 (4Tapered Webbing) to 5/8 (16mm) chain.
Alloy Steel (Quenched and Tempered)
Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load
Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.

* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.

7-31

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
S-287 Sliding Choker Hook For Webbing

S-287
Choker Hook
Crosbys new S-287 is designed specifically for choker applications using web slings.
Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2 webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3 webbing)

Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped or dragged.
Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area.
Design factor of 5 to 1.
Forged alloy steel.
Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working
Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Use same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover availalbe.

Ply.

Working
Load
Limit
(tons)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
S-287
Stock No.

2
2

3-1/4
4-1/2

CX07-0503
CX07-0504

1021909
1021918

Web Sling *

Round
Sling Size
(No.)

Webbing
Width (in.)

Eye Width
(in.)

1&2
3

2
3

2
1.5

* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.

7-32

Dimensions (in.)
A

2.13 2.50 3.32


1.63 3.50 3.67

D
.38
.38

6.03 4.77 4.88 .34 1.50


7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
3.7
6.1

WEB SLINGS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
HR-125W Hoist Ring To Web

HR-125W
Hoist Ring

Available in capacities from 3-1/4 to 6-1/4 tons.


Fits webbing sizes 2 to 4.
Design Factor of 5 to 1.
Forged Alloy Steel.
Durable plastic cover protects the sling at the eye as well as keeps the sling positioned correctly
on the spool.
Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), class 7, 2 ply webbing & synthetic round slings.
Also accomodates single ply endless slings.

** Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Individually tested to 2-1/2 the Working Load Limit.
Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece.While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal
(i.e., steel & iron).
Bolt specification is a Grade 8 alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A574. All threads are UNC - 3A.

7-33

ROUNDSLINGS
Polyester Roundslings

light weight, flexible


gentle to the load
high strength
long life

8-1

ROUNDSLINGS

On request the Roundslings can be


supplied with sleeves as protection
against sharp edges.

Roundsling Features
High strength to weight
ratio
Low elongation/Extreme
flexibility
Double cover for extra life
Endless style means that
wear points always change
with each lift
Polyester interior fibers do
not contact the load, meaning little wear as long as
cover is intact
Long lasting tag indicates
working load limits
Different colors indicate
load limits through UR-7

In case of damage cut fibers will remain


visible at the point of damage. The fibers
are fixed by the seam.

Technical Data
Maximum working temperature 90C (194F)
Oil and grease do not normally affect strength
Resistant to most acids, however is not resistant to concentrations of alkalis
Does not lose strength in
water will not rot or
mildew
Excellent resistance to ultraviolet rays because outer
cover protects inner fibers
Only 3% elongation

Roundsling Applications
Boat Handling
Cargo Handling
Construction
Drilling Equipment
Electrical Equipment
Heating Units
Industrial
Logging
Machined Parts
Oilfield Offshore
Pipes
Transformers

ROUNDSLINGS

WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and
inspection instructions furnished with each sling
could result in severe personal injury or death.

8-2

ROUNDSLINGS
Basic Sling Types

FIGURE 2
EYE & EYE A polyester roundsling with a loop eye at each
end typically formed wth a sleeve over the body.

FIGURE 1
ENDLESS A polyester roundsling in which the load bearing
core(s) is wound in a continuous manner and fully enclosed
within a protective cover(s).
FIGURE 3 Braided

FIGURE 4
BRIDLE (Multi-Legged) A polyester roundsling with multiple legs.

8-3

ROUNDSLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Polyester Roundslings
Mechanical Considerations

Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load


shall be within the rated capacity of the polyester
roundsling(s).
Select a polyester roundsling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment.
Polyester roundslings shall not be loaded in excess of the
rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the
roundsling to load angle which affects rated capacities.
(See page 6.)
Polyester roundslings with fittings, which are used in a
choke hitch, shall be of sufficient length to assure that
the choking action is on the roundsling and never on the
fitting.
Polyester roundslings used in a basket hitch shall have
the load balanced to prevent slippage.
The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape and
size to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on the
polyester roundsling, crane hook, or other attachments.
Polyester roundslings shall always be protected from
being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions, or
abrasive surfaces.
Polyester roundslings shall not be dragged on the floor or
over an abrasive surface.
Polyester roundslings shall not be twisted, shortened,
lengthened, tied into knots, or joined by knotting.
Polyester roundslings shall not be pulled from under
loads when the load is resting on the polyester
roundsling.
Do not drop polyester roundslings equipped with metal
fittings.
Polyester roundslings that appear to be damaged shall not
be used unless inspected and accepted as usable.

The polyester roundsling shall be hitched in a manner


providing control of the load.
Personnel, including all portions of the human body, shall
be kept from between the polyester roundsling and the
load, and from between the polyester roundsling and the
crane hook or hoist hook.
Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load.
Personnel shall not ride the polyester roundsling.
Shock loading shall be avoided.
Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
Load applied to a hook shall be centered in the bowl of
the hook to prevent point loading.
During lifting, personnel shall be alert for possible
snagging of the polyester roundsling.
The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain or
support the load from the sides above the center of
gravity when using a basket hitch.
Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so the rated
capacity is adequate when the sling to load angle is taken
into consideration.
Only polyester roundslings with legible identification tags
shall be used.
Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook
and point of choke.
Polyester roundslings should not be constricted or
bunched between the ears of a clevis or shackle, or in a
hook. When a polyester roundsling is used with a
shackle, it is recommended that it be used (rigged) in
the bow of the shackle.
Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load, to
allow removal of the polyester roundsling, if applicable.

8-4

ROUNDSLINGS
Guide to CERTEX Roundsling Terminology
Product tables on the following pages contain Type/Size designations for CERTEX Roundslings.
The following keys will help you interpret CERTEX Roundsling Type/Size codes.
Interpreting Roundsling Type/Size Codes
Endless Roundslings
Example
Type/Size URS1

Universal Roundsling

Cover Description

Cover Description:

S = Sideseam

Size
T = Tubular

Eye/Eye Roundslings
Example
Type/Size EEURS 1

Eye/Eye

Universal Roundsling

Size

Tow Slings
Example
Type/Size UTS1-6T

Universal

Tow Sling

Size

6 tons

8
Braided Roundslings
Example
Type/Size B6URS1

6 Part Flat Braid

Universal Roundsling

Component Sling Size

Braid Construction: 6 Part and 8 Part Flat Braid

8-5

ROUNDSLINGS
Environmental Considerations
Polyester roundslings should be stored in a cool, dry, and
dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in use
through exposure to ultraviolet rays. Polyester roundslings shall not be stored in chemically active areas.
Chemically active environments can affect the strength of
polyester roundslings in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The polyester roundsling manufacturer, or qualified person, should be consulted before
roundslings are used in a chemically active environment.
Acids
Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to
degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some
acids.
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into
consideration the following:
a. Type of acid
b. Exposure conditions
c. Concentration
d. Temperature

Alkalis
Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from
little to total degradation.
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
a. Type of alkali
b. Exposure conditions
c. Concentration
d. Temperature
Polyester roundslings shall not be used at temperatures in
excess of 194 F (90 C), or at temperatures below minus
40 F (-40 C).
Polyester roundslings incorporating aluminum fittings
shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or
liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present, unless the
compatibility of these materials is verified.

Inspection
Polyester roundslings shall be visually inspected by a designated person handling the polyester roundsling before
each use. These visual observations shall be concerned
with the identification tag and discovering damage.
Polyester roundslings shall be removed from service if
there is any doubt as to the condition of the roundsling.

1. Frequency of use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on service life of polyester
roundslings used in similar applications.
4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least
monthly

Removal From Service


A polyester roundsling shall be removed from service if
any of the following is visible:
a. If polyester roundsling identification tag is missing
or unreadable.
b. Melting, charring or weld spatter of any part of the
polyester roundsling.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, excessive
abrasive wear, or snags that expose the core fibers
of the polyester.
d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which
exposes the core fibers.
e. Fittings when damaged, stretched, corroded, cracked
or distorted in any way.
f. Polyester roundslings that are knotted.
g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester roundsling.
h. Any conditions which cause doubt as to the
strength of the polyester roundsling.

Inspection Records
Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for
each polyester roundsling as established by the user,
should be kept on file. These records should show a
description of the new polyester roundsling and its condition on each periodic inspection.

Repair of Round Slings


There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers.
Repairs to the protective covers shall be done only by
the original manufacturer or their appointed agent.
Only polyester roundslings, which can be identified from
the information on the identification tag, shall be
repaired.
All repaired polyester roundslings shall be proof tested to
a minimum of two (2) times the rated capacity before
being put back into service. Certification of proof test
should be provided.

Type of Inspection
a. Initital Inspection Before any polyester roundsling
is placed into service it shall be inspected by a designated person to ensure that the correct roundsling is
being used as well as to determine that the roundsling
meets the requirements of this specification.
b. Frequent Inspection This inspection shall be made
by the user or other designated personnel each time
the roundsling is used. (Records not required).
c. Periodic Inspection This inspection shall be
conducted by a designated person. Frequency of
inspection should be based on:

8-6

ROUNDSLINGS
Endless Roundslings Sideseam and Tubular Types

Roundslings are gentle to the product being handled.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX08-0001
CX08-0002
CX08-0003
CX08-0004
CX08-0005
CX08-0006
CX08-0007
CX08-0008
CX08-0009
CX08-0010
CX08-0011
CX08-0012
CX08-0013
CX08-0014
CX08-0015
CX08-0016
CX08-0017
CX08-0018
CX08-0019
CX08-0020
CX08-0021
CX08-0022

Type/Size
URS1
URT1
URS2
URT2
URS3
URT3
URS4
URT4
URS5
URT5
URS6
URT6
URS7
URT7
URS8
URT8
URS9
URT9
URS10
URS11
URS12
URS13

The double cover gives more than 40% longer service life.

Rated Capacities
Choke
Basket

Std.
Color

Approx.
Dia./Inch

Approx.
Wt./Foot

Vertical

PURPLE

0.60

0.30

2600

2100

5200

GREEN

0.80

0.40

5300

4200

10600

YELLOW

1.00

0.50

8400

6700

16800

TAN

1.20

0.60

10600

8500

21200

RED

1.30

0.80

13200

10600

26400

WHITE

1.40

0.90

16800

13400

33600

BLUE

1.55

1.20

21200

17000

42400

ORANGE

1.75

1.50

25000

20000

50000

ORANGE

1.95

2.00

31000

24800

62000

ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE

2.35
3.15
3.95
4.80

2.80
3.60
4.60
5.80

40000
53000
66000
90000

32000
42400
52800
72000

80000
106000
132000
180000

Types URS are sideseam double polyester covers.


URT are tubular double polyester covers.
Other cover types available on request.
All measurements and weights are for pull to pull lengths.

CAUTION
Roundslings should never be used at Loads
that exceed rated capacities. Always inspect
Roundslings before each use.

8-7

ROUNDSLINGS
Eye/Eye Type Roundslings
Standard Roundslings can be formed into eye and type slings by adding a cover sleeve over the middle part of the
Roundsling. The Eye and Eye Roundslings are available in the same sizes and colors as standard Roundslings.*

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX08-0023
CX08-0024
CX08-0025
CX08-0026
CX08-0027
CX08-0028
CX08-0029
CX08-0030
CX08-0031
CX08-0032
CX08-0033
CX08-0034
CX08-0035

Type/Size
EEURS 1
EEURS 2
EEURS 3
EEURS 4
EEURS 5
EEURS 6
EEURS 7
EEURS 8
EEURS 9
EEURS 10
EEURS 11
EEURS 12
EEURS 13

Std.
Color
PURPLE
GREEN
YELLOW
TAN
RED
WHITE
BLUE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE

Approx.
Dia./Inch
2.25
2.50
2.50
3.25
3.50
3.50
4.25
5.00
6.50
8.50
10.00
11.50
14.00

Rated capacities are same as endless type


Standard eye sizes: 1 - 2 = 6 inches
3 - 6 = 9 inches; 7 - 9 = 12 inches
10 - 13 = 18 inches
All measurements and weights are for pull to pull.
Available in lengths up to 40'.

* Available with different body coverings depending on service requirements

CAUTION
Roundslings should never be used at Loads
that exceed rated capacities. Always inspect
Roundslings before each use.

8-8

Approx.
Wt./Foot
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.85
1.10
1.40
1.85
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30

ROUNDSLINGS
Tow Slings

The Universal Towsling, for use with light and heavy equipment, are far superior to commonly used towlines. These
towslings are very similar to our polyester roundslings and manufactured to the same high quality specifications as
our patented product with the additions of reinforced eyes and a two foot sliding sleeve on the body of the sling for
use in a V-type hitch. These slings are extremely light weight for their ratings and are safer than conventional
towslings, as they will not snap abruptly and recoil when overloaded. Universals Towslings are not affected by water,
salt, or petroleum products which are commonly found around these types of applications. The towslings are rated
with a maximum loading pressure and are not intended for overhead lifting applications.

Types Available Standard lengths of 20 ft. Other lengths on request.


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Type/Size

Rating

Approx. Weight

CX08-0036

UTS1-6T

6 tons

10 lbs.

CX08-0037

UTS2-12T

12 tons

12 lbs.

CX08-0038

UTS3-20T

20 tons

16 lbs.

CX08-0039

UTS4-25T

25 tons

18 lbs.

CX08-0040

UTS5-32T

32 tons

22 lbs.

CX08-0041

UTS6-42T

42 tons

26 lbs.

CX08-0042

UTS7-52T

52 tons

32 lbs.

CX08-0043

UTS8-62T

62 tons

40 lbs.

CX08-0044

UTS9-77T

77 tons

53 lbs.

CX08-0045

UTS10-95T

95 tons

70 lbs.

CX08-0046

UTS11-125T

125 tons

85 lbs.

CX08-0047

UTS12-160T

160 tons

110 lbs.

CX08-0048

UTS13-200T

200 tons

135 lbs.

WARNING: The above ratings are maximum load pressures that may be applied to new towslings under ideal test conditions over four inch round pin diameters at each end of the towsling without causing damage to the towsling. Smaller
pin diameters, sharp corners or sharp edges exposed to the towsling, and shock loading (jerking of the towsling under
load) can greatly reduce the maximum load pressure ratings. Check with the manufacturer for your specific application.

8-9

ROUNDSLINGS
Braided Roundslings

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No
CX08-0049
CX08-0050
CX08-0051
CX08-0052
CX08-0053
CX08-0054
CX08-0055
CX08-0056
CX08-0057
CX08-0058
CX08-0059
CX08-0060
CX08-0061

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX08-0062
CX08-0063
CX08-0064
CX08-0065
CX08-0066
CX08-0067
CX08-0068
CX08-0069
CX08-0070
CX08-0071
CX08-0072
CX08-0073
CX08-0074

Type/Size
B6URS1
B6URS2
B6URS3
B6URS4
B6URS5
B6URS6
B6URS7
B6URS8
B6URS9
B6URS10
B6URS11
B6URS12
B6URS13

Std.
Color
PURPLE
GREEN
YELLOW
TAN
RED
WHITE
BLUE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE

6 PART FLAT BRAID


Approx.
Approx.
Width/Inch
Wt./Ft.
2.5
1.0
3.0
1.3
3.25
1.7
3.75
2.0
4.0
2.8
5.0
3.4
6.5
4.0
7.5
4.5
8.5
6.3
10.0
8.5
12.0
11.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
17.0

Vertical
6,700
13,500
21,400
27,000
33,600
42,800
54,000
63,700
79,000
102,000
135,000
168,000
229,500

Rated Capacities
Choke
5,300
10,800
17,100
21,600
26,800
34,200
43,200
50,960
63,200
81,600
108,000
134,400
183,600

Basket
13,400
27,000
42,800
54,000
67,200
85,600
108,000
127,400
158,000
204,000
270,000
336,000
459,000

Type/Size
B8URS1
B8URS2
B8URS3
B8URS4
B8URS5
B8URS6
B8URS7
B8URS8
B8URS9
B8URS10
B8URS11
B8URS12
B8URS13

Std.
Color
PURPLE
GREEN
YELLOW
TAN
RED
WHITE
BLUE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE
ORANGE

8 PART ROUND BRAID


Approx.
Approx.
Width/Inch
Wt./Ft.
3.0
1.3
3.5
1.6
4.0
2.3
4.5
2.8
5.0
3.7
5.7
4.3
7.0
5.2
8.0
6.0
9.0
8.0
11.0
11.2
12.5
14.5
13.5
18.4
15.5
23.0

Vertical
9,000
18,000
28,500
36,000
44,800
57,000
72,000
85,000
105,400
136,000
180,200
224,500
306,000

Rated Capacities
Choke
7,200
14,400
22,800
28,800
35,800
45,600
57,600
68,000
84,320
108,800
144,160
179,600
244,800

Basket
18,000
36,000
57,000
72,000
89,600
114,000
144,000
170,000
210,800
272,000
360,400
449,000
612,000

Each individual roundslings have double polyester covers.


Eyes are fully covered with cordura buffer.
Other cover types available on request.
Available in lengths up to 40 feet.

CAUTION
Roundslings should never be used at Loads
that exceed rated capacities. Always inspect
Roundslings before each use.

8-10

ROUNDSLINGS
Multileg and Hardware Type

Single Leg Slings


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Color
CX08-0075
Purple
CX08-0076
Green
CX08-0077
Yellow
CX08-0078
Tan
CX08-0079
Red
CX08-0080
White
CX08-0081
Blue
Larger capacities upon request

Oblong
Link
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
1 1/4"

Double Leg Slings


Alloy
Hook Size
in Tons
1-1/2
3
5
7
11
11
15

Vertical
Capacity
in Lbs.
2,600
5,300
8,400
10,600
13,200
16,800
21,200

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Oblong Link
CX08-0082
5/8"
CX08-0083
3/4"
CX08-0084
1"
CX08-0085
1"
CX08-0086
1 1/4"
CX08-0087
1 1/2"
CX08-0088
1 1/2"

60
4,500
9,100
7,250
18,300
22,800
29,000
36,700

45
3,675
7,450
11,800
14,900
18,600
23,700
29,900

30
2,600
5,300
8,400
10,600
13,200
16,800
21,200

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches.

8-11

ROUNDSLINGS
Rated Capacity Information
Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with
multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply
the original roundsling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
Table II: Sling Angle Chart (Angle of Lift)

Angle/Degrees
Horizontal
90
85
80
75
70
65
60

Factor
1.000
0.996
0.985
0.966
0.940
0.906
0.866

Angle/Degrees
55
50
45
40
35
30

ANGLE of CHOKE
Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table

Angle of Choke
(degrees)
120 - 180
105 - 120
90 - 105

Sling Rated Load


Factor
1.00
0.93
0.87

8-12

Factor
0.819
0.766
0.707
0.643
0.574
0.500

FIBER ROPE
Marine and Industrial Rope Products
3-STRAND

The most common of all the rope constructions.


They are composed of three strands laid up generally right
handed and are the most popular products for the majority of
applications.This is because of the low cost factor.

8-STRAND

Constructed from 4 left hand and 4 right hand strands which


gives it perfect balance.This construction provides a flexible
and tough rope which is totally resistant to kinking and works
well on all classes of deck machinery.

12-STRAND

DOUBLE-BRAID

Constructed from 12 individual strands braided together to


form a high strength torque balanced rope.This easily spliced,
non-rotating rope is flexible and coils easily, will not kink or
hockle and has high strength to weight ratio.

Two ropes in one. First the braided core is constructed. A second rope is then braided over it to form the cover.You then
have two ropes performing as a single integrated strength member. Over 50% of the rope strength is in the well protected core.
Half the strands are braided right hand and half left for total balance. Double braid construction offers size for size greater
strength than conventional 3, 8, or 12 strand ropes. If has high
splice strength. It is flexible wet or dry, new or worn and works
well on deck machinery.

9-1

GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY


3 and 8 Strand Constructions
Snapback: A serious hazard is created when a line under
load parts because it will recoil at a high speed. A person
positioned in the recoil path could be seriously injured if
struck by the recoiling line. Its the responsibility of the
user to know and use the proper techniques for the particular application.
Sunlight: All synthetic fiber ropes will undergo degradation with time when exposed to sunlight. Polypropylene
is far more susceptible to UV degradation than polyester
or nylon.To prolong the life of your ropes, avoid storing
them in direct sunlight.
Chemical: Synthetic fibers have good chemical resistance. However, exposure to harsh chemicals (i.e. strong
acids and alkalis) should be avoided.
Damage: Inspect ropes frequently for any signs of damage or wear. Retire any rope that has been cut or is heavily abraded.
Linear Density: Average with maximum 5% more than
listed.
Tensile Strengths and Working Loads: As shown in
our literature, these strengths are the approximate average for new rope tested under ASTM (D-4268) or Cordage
Institute test methods.The tensile strength is the load at
which a new rope tested under laboratory conditions can

be expected to break. However, to estimate the minimum


tensile strength of a new rope, reduce the approximate
average by 15%.
(Cordage Institute defines minimum tensile strength as
two standard deviations below the average tensile
strength of the rope). Age, use and the type of termination used including knots will lower tensile strength significantly.
The Cordage Institute specifies that the Safe Working
Load of a rope shall be determined by dividing the
Minimum Tensile Strength by the Safety Factor. Safety factors range from 5 to 12 for non-critical uses.The working
load is a guideline for the use of a rope in good condition
for non-critical applications and should be reduced
where life, limb, or valuable property are involved, or for
exceptional service such as shock, sustained loading,
severe vibration, etc.
Stretch Characteristics: Desired stretch is determined
by the way in which the rope is used. High stretch rope
(nylon) with good energy absorption, is preferred for
mooring, anchoring and towing, while low stretch ropes
(Dacron, Kevlar, Spectra) are preferred for applications
where positioning is critical and energy absorption and
high stretch are not desired.

CORDAGE SPECIFICATIONS
POLYPROPYLENE

POLYESTER

NYLON

MANILA (Grade A #1)

NOMINAL SIZE

DIAMETER
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 7/8
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
4

CIRCUMFERENCE
5/8
3/4
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 1/2
3 3/4
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
6 1/2
7
7 1/2
8
8 1/2
9
10
11
12

LINEAR
DENSITY
(LBS./100FT.)
.70
1.20
1.80
2.80
3.80
4.70
6.10
7.50
10.70
12.70
15.00
18.00
20.40
23.80
27.00
30.40
38.40
47.60
59.00
69.00
80.00
92.00
107.00
120.00
137.00
153.00
190.00
232.00
276.00

NEW ROPE
TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)
720
1,130
1,710
2,440
3,160
3,780
4,600
5,600
7,650
8,900
10,400
12,600
14,400
16,500
18,900
21,200
26,800
32,400
38,800
46,800
55,000
62,000
72,000
81,000
91,000
103,000
123,000
146,000
171,000

LINEAR
DENSITY
(LBS./100FT.)
1.20
2.00
3.10
4.50
6.20
8.00
10.20
13.00
17.50
21.00
25.00
30.40
34.40
40.00
46.20
52.50
67.00
82.00
98.00
118.00
135.00
157.00
181.00
204.00
230.00
258.00
318.00
384.00
454.00

NEW ROPE
TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)
900
1,490
2,300
3,340
4,500
5,750
7,200
9,000
11,300
14,000
16,200
19,800
23,000
26,600
29,800
33,800
42,200
51,500
61,000
72,000
83,000
96,500
110,000
123,000
139,000
157,000
189,000
228,000
270,000

9-2

LINEAR
DENSITY
(LBS./100FT.)
1.00
1.50
2.50
3.50
5.00
6.50
8.15
10.50
14.50
17.00
20.00
26.40
29.00
34.00
40.00
45.00
55.00
66.50
83.00
95.00
109.00
129.00
149.00
168.00
189.00
210.00
264.00
312.00
380.00

NEW ROPE
TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)
900
1,490
2,300
3,340
4,500
5,750
7,200
9,350
12,800
15,300
18,000
22,600
26,000
29,800
33,800
38,800
47,800
58,500
70,000
83,000
95,500
113,000
126,000
146,000
162,000
180,000
226,000
270,000
324,000

LINEAR
DENSITY
(LBS./100FT.)
1.50
2.00
2.90
4.10
5.25
7.50
10.40
13.30
16.70
19.50
22.40
27.00
31.20
36.00
41.60
47.80
60.00
74.50
89.50
108.00
125.00
146.00
167.00
191.00
215.00
242.00
298.00
366.00
434.00

NEW ROPE
TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)
406
540
900
1,220
1,580
2,380
3,100
3,960
4,860
5,850
6,950
8,100
9,450
10,800
12,200
13,500
16,700
20,200
23,800
28,000
32,400
37,000
41,800
46,800
52,000
57,500
69,500
82,000
94,500

GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY


Double Braid Constructions
DOUBLE BRAID
POLYESTER

DOUBLE BRAID
NYLON

DOUBLE BRAID
POLYPROPYLENE & POLYESTER

NOMINAL SIZE
DIAMETER

CIRCUMFERENCE

AVG.
T.S.

WEIGHT
PER 100'

3/16

9/16

1,200

1.1

1/4

3/4

2,000

1.9

WEIGHT
PER 100'

NOMINAL
DIAMETER
(INCHES)

3/16

.94

720

2,200

1.6

1/4

1.61

1,130

AVG.
T.S.

LINEAR
DENSITY
(LBS./100FT.)

NEW ROPE
TENSILE
STRENGTH
(LBS.)

5/16

3,000

3.1

3,400

2.5

5/16

2.48

1,710

3/8

1 1/8

4,400

4.4

4,900

3.6

3/8

3.60

2,440

7/16

1 1/4

6,000

6.1

6,600

4.9

7/16

5.00

3,160

1/2

1 1/2

8,200

8.0

8,500

6.3

1/2

6.50

3,780

9/16

1 3/4

11,000

10.1

10,800

8.0

9/16

8.00

4,600

5/8

14,000

12.6

13,500

10.0

5/8

9.50

5,600

3/4

2 1/4

20,000

17.5

19,400

14.3

3/4

12.50

7,650

13/16

2 1/2

13/16

15.20

8,900

7/8

2 3/4

29,900

23.7

26,300

19.4

7/8

18.00

10,400

38,000

33.0

34,000

25.4

21.80

12,600

1 1/8

3 1/2

46,000

42.0

46,000

35.0

1 1/16

25.60

14,400
16,500

1 1/4

3 3/4

55,000

51.0

52,000

40.0

1 1/8

29.00

1 5/16

61,000

57.0

58,000

45.0

1 1/4

33.40

18,900

1 1/2

4 1/2

72,000

68.0

74,000

58.0

1 5/16

35.60

21,200

1 5/8

89,000

85.0

90,000

71.0

1 1/2

45.00

26,800

1 3/4

5 1/2

104,000

101.0

106,000

85.0

1 5/8

55.50

32,400

124,000

123.0

126,000

102.0

1 3/4

66.50

38,800

2 1/8

6 1/2

145,000

144.0

145,000

119.0

78.00

46,800

2 1/4

166,000

168.0

166,000

138.0

2 1/8

92.00

55,000

2 1/2

7 1/2

190,000

196.0

189,000

159.0

2 1/4

105.00

62,000

2 5/8

212,000

216.0

213,000

181.0

2 1/2

122.00

72,000

2 3/4

8 1/2

234,000

246.0

237,000

204.0

2 5/8

138.00

81,000

278,000

293.0

261,000

228.0

2 7/8

155.00

91,000

3 1/4

10

326,000

344.0

319,000

282.0

174.00

103,000

3 1/4

210.00

123,000

3 1/2

256.00

146,000

300.00

171,000

9-3

FIBER ROPE
Hooven Allison
Types of Rope Manufactured by Hooven Allison Company

SISAL
Excellent low cost utility rope has about 80% of the
strength of manila. Not recommended for any critical
applications.
MANILA
Made from the finest abaca fiber available, excellent resistance to sunlight, low stretch, and easy to tie a knot.
Good surface abrasion resistance.
POLYESTER
Not quite as strong as nylon. Low stretch. Excellent surface abrasion and better resistance from sunlight than
nylon. Other characteristics similar to nylon available in
filament fiber type and multiplex (fuzzy) type 77
dacron.

ROPE WORKING
CHARACTERISTICS
Strength
Shock Load
Surface Abrasion
Elasticity
Floats
RESISTANT TO
Rot & Mildew
Sunlight
Oil & Gas
Acids
Alkalis
Storage Wet/Dry
Affected by
Heat at

SISAL
Fair
Fair
Fair
Fair
No

POLYPROPYLENE
A lightweight material with good strength and great versatility it floats, is resistant to rot, oils, gasoline, most
chemicals and is waterproof. Hooven Allisons polypropylene rope contains a special additive which reduces but
does not eliminate deterioration from sunlight.Available
in splitfilm (S,F,T) and monofilament fiber form.
NYLON
One of the strongest fiber rope that we manufacture.
High elasticity allows absorption of shock loads which
would break other types of rope. Nylon is resistant to rot,
oils, gasoline, grease, marine growth or most chemicals.
High abrasion resistance.

RELATIVE MATERIAL VALUES


MANILA
POLYESTER
POLYPROPYLENE
Fair
Excellent
Very Good
Fair
Very Good
Very Good
Good
Excellent
Good
Fair
Very Good
Good
No
No
Yes

Poor
Poor
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Fair
Fair
Excellent
Poor
Poor
Very Good
Poor
Poor
Good
Dry Only
Dry Only
Wet or Dry
Weakens
Weakens
Weakens
at
at
at
350
300
300
#1 Very good except to concentrated Sodium Hydroxide at high temperature.

Excellent
Fair
Excellent
Excellent
See Note #1
Wet or Dry
Weakens
at
150

CAUTION: BECAUSE OF THE WIDE RANGE OF ROPE USE, ROPE CONDITION, EXPOSURE TO THE
VARIOUS FACTORS AFFECTING THE ROPE, IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MAKE BLANKET RECOMMENDATIONS AS TO THE CORRECT CHOICE OF ROPE TO USE. HOWEVER,WE HAVE PROVIDED THE
TENSILE STRENGTH AND RECOMMENDED WORKING LOADS FOR EACH DIAMETER AND TYPE
OF ROPE MADE BY HOOVEN ALLISON.THESE GUIDELINES ARE BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED
BY HOOVEN ALLISON AND THE U.S. CORDAGE INSTITUTE.THESE STRENGTHS ARE BASED ON
TESTS OF NEW AND UNUSED ROPE,WITH APPROPRIATE SPLICES. PROPER CHOICE, CARE AND
INSPECTION OF THE ROPE ARE ESSENTIAL FOR REASONABLY SAFE USE OF THE ROPE.

9-4

NYLON
Excellent
Excellent
Very Good
Excellent
No
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Fair
Excellent
Wet or Dry
Weakens
at
350

FIBER ROPE
Yale Cordage
Constructions
3-Strand

The simplest type of rope, is formed by


twisting fiber into a strand and then 3
strands into a rope. Its conversion efficiency is relatively low since this construction technique is the hardest on
fiber.

Plaited Rope

Single Braid

8 Strand Square braid is comprised of 8


individual strands which are woven
together as 4 pairs. Its major advantages
are non-rotation and high energy
absorption.

This construction leaves a void in the


center and utilizes strand counts of 8, 12,
or 16.The hollow is instrumental in the
easy splice procedure. Hollow braids are
non-rotating and are an extremely efficient way to utilize fiber.

Double Braid

Parallel Core

This is really two separate ropes in one.The core, which is a single braid, is overbraided with a second sleeve.This construction
allows maximum flexibility options to utilize the same or dissimilar fibers to engineer a rope suited to particular applications.This construction entirely shields one of the two rope elements from abrasion.

This construction consists of a core of parallel yarns that are


held together by a wide variety of different means from extrusion to braiding. Due to its low twist level, these ropes are usually very strong but have limited applications due to loss of
strength in bending and termination constraints.

9-5

FIBER ROPE
Yale Yale Cordagerdage
Constructions
Double Esterlon
Double Esterlon is a double braided rope constructed of
Allied Signals unique type 1W81* high tenacity cordage
finish polyester. It offers low stretch, high strength, and
excellent wear life and dielectric strength.
Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green
strands braided into the cover structure.The date of manufacture is denoted by colored yarn braided between the
core and the sleeve.
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic
lifting/pulling operations. Instantaneous changes in load,
up or down, in excess of 10% of the lines rated working
load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void
normal working load recommendation.
Elastic Elongation
The colored area under the curve represents the ropes
energy absorption capability.
Green Working 544 ft. lbs./lb.
Red Ultimate 8000 ft. lbs./lb.

Dielectric Strength The maximum allowable leakage for


new dry Double Esterlon is 1.00 milliamperes at 60K
DC volts when tested in accordance with Yale Cordage
Test Method DTP-185.
Caution: Absorbed and entrained moisture or impurities
will dramatically increase a ropes conductivity.
Double Esterlon is made to Yale Specification #YCI-DE-022.

Data

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX09-0001
CX09-0002
CX09-0003
CX09-0004
CX09-0005
CX09-0006
CX09-0007
CX09-0008
CX09-0009
CX09-0010
CX09-0011
CX09-0012
CX09-0013
CX09-0014

Diam.
Inches
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 1/2

Average
Break
Strength
Pounds
2,600
3,850
5,200
7,250
10,000
12,500
16,000
19,000
28,500
40,200
46,200
54,500
60,000
72,000

9-6

Maximum
Minimum Working
Break
Load
Weight
Strength
4:1
Pounds
Pounds
Pounds Per 100 Ft.
2,340
650
2.3
3,465
962
3.5
4,680
1,300
4.5
6,525
1,812
6.5
9,000
2,500
8.5
11,250
3,125
10.5
14,400
4,000
13.7
17,100
4,750
16.5
25,650
7,125
25.0
36,180
10,050
34.4
41,580
11,550
44.0
49,050
13,625
51.0
54,000
15,000
55.5
64,800
18,000
68.5

FIBER ROPE ATTACHMENTS


Samson Ocean Systems, Inc.
The Samson Nylite Spool, Shield, Shackle

Nylite Spool, Shield, & Shackle


CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Size
CX09-0015
CX09-0016
CX09-0017
CX09-0018
CX09-0019
CX09-0020

1
2
3
4
5
6

Rope Size
Dia.

Range
Cir.

Spool
I.D.

Pin*
Dia.

3/8 1/2
9/16 5/8
3/4 13/16
7/8 1-1/16
1-1/8 1-5/16
1-1/2 1-3/4

1-1/8 1-1/2
1-3/4 2
2-1/4 2-1/2
2-3/4 3-1/4
3-1/2 4
4-1/2 5-1/2

.46
.58
.64
.89
1.02
1.54

.44
.56
.63
.88
1.00
1.50

.88
1.13
1.38
1.75
2.13
2.63

1.08
1.21
1.61
1.9
2.15
3.14

1.11
1.38
1.77
2.29
2.85
3.8

2.41
3.11
3.54
4.70
5.55
8.25

.38
.50
.56
.75
.88
1.37

1.99
2.38
3.02
3.79
4.85
6.30

2.34
2.88
3.70
4.71
5.95
7.85

Nylite Spool, Shield, & Shackle


Spool Sleeve
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Size

Rope Size
Dia.

Range
Cir.

I.D.

O.D.

Pin*
Dia.

CX09-0021
7
2 2-1/4
67
1.75
3.00
1.38
3.25 3.75 4.80 8.90
CX09-0022
8
2-1/2 2-5/8 7-1/2 8
2.00
3.25
1.50
3.75 4.13 5.61 10.00
CX09-0023
9
2-3/4 3-1/4 8-1/2 10
2.25
3.50
1.75
4.63 5.06 6.95 12.15
*Sizes 1 through 5 are supplied with jam nuts and cotter pins. Larger sizes have cotter pins and standard nuts.

1.50
1.75
2.00

7.93 9.89
9.24 11.47
11.45 14.28

Size
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Nylite Snatch Block

Nylite Spool, Shield, & Shackle


Color of
Working Loads*
Minimum
Shield
(Tons**)
Eye Size
Blue
Red
Green
Orange
Black
Yellow
Black
Black
Black

1-1/8
1-5/8
2-1/2
4-1/2
7-1/2
12-1/2
20
25
35

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No.


Part No.
Rope Dia.
Max. Workload
Block Wt.
Overall Length (A)
Hook Opening (B) w/latch

2-3/16"
2-3/4"
3-3/4"
4-7/8"
6-1/8"
7-5/8"
9-3/4
11-1/4"
14"

CX09-0024
915-321
7/8" to 1-1/8"
8 tons
33 lbs.
23.0"
1.5"

Steel Cheek Plates & Hook - Request Blueprint #00201045


for strengths, standard for usage and maintenance

For more Blocks for Fiber Rope see Blocks

*Working Loads, as given, are based on pin/bore relationship provided by the use
of a Samson shackle.When using a non-standard pin, the Working Load as given
DOES NOT APPLY.
**Working Load in tons (2,000 lbs.)

9-7

FIBER ROPE SLINGS


Yale Cordage
Eye/Eye
Standard eye and eye sling for general purpose work. Lightweight, very flexible, non-marring and very strong.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX09-0025
CX09-0026
CX09-0027
CX09-0028
CX09-0029
CX09-0030
CX09-0031
CX09-0032
CX09-0033

Double Esterlon
with Maxijacket
RATINGS
Diam.
V
C
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

1,300
1,812
2,500
4,000
4,750
7,125
10,050
13,625
18,000

1,040
1,450
2,000
3,200
3,800
5,700
8,040
10,900
14,400

Min.
Length

2,600
3,624
5,000
8,000
9,500
14,250
20,100
27,250
36,000

34"
38"
42"
53"
60"
68"
78"
102"
120"

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

CX09-0034
CX09-0035
CX09-0036
CX09-0037
CX09-0038
CX09-0039
CX09-0040

Polydyne
with Maxijacket
RATINGS
V
C

2,625
4,500
5,750
8,000
10,500
16,250
22,500

2,100
3,600
4,600
6,400
8,400
13,000
18,000

5,250
9,000
11,500
16,000
21,000
32,500
45,000

Min.
Length

42"
53"
60"
68"
78"
102"
120"

YALEX
RATINGS
V
C

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX09-0041
CX09-0042
CX09-0043
CX09-0044
CX09-0045
CX09-0046
CX09-0047

1,200
1,800
2,500
3,640
4,800
7,100
8,600

960
1,440
2,000
2,912
3,840
5,680
6,880

Min.
Length

2,400
3,600
5,000
7,280
9,600
14,200
17,200

32"
36"
40"
48"
55"
62"
70"

Standard Size Eye is 4" Options Thimbles in Eyes,YaleCoat (1 1/4, 1 1/2 have 6" eyes)
V - Vertical
C - Choker
B - Basket
All slings are permanently tagged with ratings.

Endless Slings
A complete loop increases the lift capacity of a sling without going to a
larger diameter line. Makes an excellent choker with a wider footprint
on the load for more positive control.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX09-0048
CX09-0049
CX09-0050
CX09-0051
CX09-0052
CX09-0053
CX09-0054
CX09-0055
CX09-0056

Double Esterlon
RATINGS
Diam. Vertical Choker Basket
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2

2,210
3,018
4,250
6,800
8,075
12,112
17,085
23,162
30,600

1,768
2,465
3,400
5,440
6,460
9,690
13,668
18,530
24,480

Min.
CERTEX
Length* Cat. Ref. No.

4,420
6,162
8,500
13,600
16,150
24,224
34,170
46,325
61,200

35"
40"
46"
58"
68"
81"
92"
115"
138"

CX09-0057
CX09-0058
CX09-0059
CX09-0060
CX09-0061
CX09-0062
CX09-0063

*Bearing Point to Bearing Point Options Maxijacket,YaleCoat,Thimbles.

9-8

Vertical

Yalex
RATINGS
Choker

Basket

Min.
Length

2,040
3,060
4,250
6,188
8,160
12,070
14,620

1,632
2,448
3,400
4,950
6,528
9,656
11,696

4,080
6,120
8,500
12,376
16,320
24,140
29,240

20"
23"
26"
32"
39"
45"
52"

FIBER ROPE SLINGS


Yale Cordage
Adjustable Slings
Easily replaces a variety of different length slings accommodating a variety
of different sized loads. Infinitely adjustable.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Diam.

CX09-0064
CX09-0065
CX09-0066
CX09-0067
CX09-0068
CX09-0069
CX09-0070

3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

PolyPlus
RATINGS
Vertical Choker Basket
792
1056
1,496
2,112
2,992
3,714
4,400

634
845
1,197
1,690
2,394
2,971
3,520

1,584
2,112
2,992
4,224
5,984
7,428
8,800

Min.
CERTEX
Length Cat. Ref. No.
20"
24"
28"
32"
38"
46"
54"

CX09-0071
CX09-0072
CX09-0073
CX09-0074
CX09-0075
CX09-0076
CX09-0077

Vertical

Yalex
RATINGS
Choker

Basket

Min.
Length

1,056
1,584
2,220
3,203
4,224
6,248
7,568

845
1,267
1,760
2,562
3,379
4,998
6,054

2,112
3,168
4,400
6,406
8,448
12,496
15,136

20"
24"
28"
32"
38"
46"
54"

4-Leg Adjustable
Each leg adjusts to accommodate any size load or lift point arrangement.
Lifts can be made safely on any 2 legs, 3 legs, or all 4.

Yalex

PolyPlus

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Diam.

Rating

Min.
Length

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Rating

Min.
Length

CX09-0078
CX09-0079
CX09-0080
CX09-0081
CX09-0082
CX09-0083
CX09-0084

3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1

3,150
4,750
6,600
9,600
12,650
18,700
22,700

24"
28"
32"
38"
46"
52"
60"

CX09-0085
CX09-0086
CX09-0087
CX09-0088
CX09-0089
CX09-0090
CX09-0091

2,350
3,150
4,450
7,650
8,950
11,100
13,200

24"
28"
32"
38"
46"
52"
60"

9-9

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.

Never Exceed 120 included angle.


Use Bolt Type and Screw Pin
Shackles ONLY.
Shackles symmetrically loaded with
two legs slings having a maximum
included angle of 120 can be utilized to full Working Load Limit.

Angle loads must be applied in the plane


of the bow.

Side Loading Reduction Chart


For Screw Pin and Bolt Type Shackles Only
Angle of Side Load from
Vertical In-Line of Shackle

Adjusted Working Load Limit

0 In-Line *

100% of Rated Working Load Limit

45 from In-Line *

70% of Rated Working Load Limit

90 from In-Line *

50% of Rated Working Load Limit

* In-Line load is applied perpendicular to pin.


DO NOT SIDE LOAD ROUND PIN SHACKLES

10

10-1

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Forged Shackles
SCREW PIN

ROUND PIN
209

G-209

G-213

S-209

S-213

213

Round pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal


Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

Screw pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal


Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 2, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.


Forged Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.

10

Nominal
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2

1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55

G-209 Galv.

S-209 S.C.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.

CX10-0001
CX10-0002
CX10-0003
CX10-0004
CX10-0005
CX10-0006
CX10-0007
CX10-0008
CX10-0009
CX10-0010
CX10-0011
CX10-0012
CX10-0013
CX10-0014
CX10-0015
CX10-0016
CX10-0017

1018357
1018375
1018393
1018419
1018437
1018455
1018473
1018491
1018516
1018534
1018552
1018570
1018598
1018614
1018632
1018650
1018678

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0018
CX10-0019
CX10-0020
CX10-0021
CX10-0022
CX10-0023
CX10-0024
CX10-0025
CX10-0026
CX10-0027
CX10-0028
CX10-0029
CX10-0030
CX10-0031
CX10-0032
CX10-0033

G-213 Galv.

Crosby
Stock No.
1018384
1018400
1018428
1018446
1018464
1018482
1018507
1018525
1018543
1018561
1018589
1018605
1018623
1018641
1018669
1018687

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0034
CX10-0035
CX10-0036
CX10-0037
CX10-0038
CX10-0039
CX10-0040
CX10-0041
CX10-0042
CX10-0043
CX10-0044
CX10-0045
CX10-0046
CX10-0047
CX10-0048

Weight Each
(lbs.)

S-213 S.C.

Crosby
Stock No.
1018017
1018035
1018053
1018071
1018099
1018115
1018133
1018151
1018179
1018197
1018213
1018231
1018259
1018277
1018295

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0049
CX10-0050
CX10-0051
CX10-0052
CX10-0053
CX10-0054
CX10-0055
CX10-0056
CX10-0057
CX10-0058
CX10-0059
CX10-0060
CX10-0061
CX10-0062
CX10-0063

Crosby
Stock No.

G-209
S-209

G-213
S-213

1018026
1018044
1018062
1018080
1018106
1018124
1018142
1018160
1018188
1018204
1018222
1018240
1018268
1018286
1018302

.06
.10
.19
.31
.38
.72
1.37
2.35
3.62
5.03
7.41
9.50
13.53
17.20
27.78
45.00
85.75

.13
.18
.29
.38
.71
1.50
2.32
3.49
5.00
6.97
9.75
13.25
17.25
29.46
45.75

Furnished in screw pin only.


* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working
Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
Nominal
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2

1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.38
.47
.53
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.13

B
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75

C
.88
1.13
1.22
1.44
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.81
3.31
3.75
4.25
4.69
5.25
5.75
7.00
7.75
10.50

D
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.16
1.29
1.42
1.54
1.84
2.08
2.71

E
.60
.78
.84
1.03
1.16
1.31
1.69
2.00
2.28
2.69
2.91
3.25
3.63
3.88
5.00
5.75
7.25

F
.56
.61
.75
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31
3.63
4.19
4.81
5.69

G
.98
1.28
1.47
1.78
2.03
2.31
2.94
3.50
4.03
4.69
5.16
5.75
6.38
6.88
8.86
9.97
12.87

Tolerance
H
1.47
1.84
2.09
2.49
2.91
3.28
4.19
4.97
5.83
6.56
7.47
8.25
9.16
10.00
12.34
13.68
17.84

L
.16
.19
.22
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.50
.56
.63
.69
.75
.81
1.00
1.22
1.38

M
1.12
1.38
1.66
2.03
2.38
2.69
3.34
3.97
4.50
5.07
5.59
6.16
6.84
7.35
9.08
10.34
13.00

N
1.34
1.59
1.86
2.13
2.38
2.91
3.44
3.81
4.53
5.13
5.50
6.13
6.50
7.75
8.75

P
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.69
.81
.97
1.06
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.25
2.40
3.13

C
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

A
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25

Furnished in screw pin only.


* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load
Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-2

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Alloy Screw Pin Anchor Shackle
G-209-A

G-209-A
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements
of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 2,
except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.


Forged Alloy Steel Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at time of order.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Nominal
Size
(in.)
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8

Working Load
Limit*
(tons)
2.0
2.6
3.3
5.0
7.0
9.5
12.5
15.0
18.0
21.0

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0064
CX10-0065
CX10-0066
CX10-0067
CX10-0068
CX10-0069
CX10-0070
CX10-0071
CX10-0072
CX10-0073

G-209-A
Crosby Stock
No. Galv.
1017450
1017472
1017494
1017516
1017538
1017560
1017582
1017604
1017626
1017648

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.31
.38
.63
1.38
2.25
3.61
5.32
7.25
9.88
13.25

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is
5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

Nominal
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8

2.0
2.6
3.3
5.0
7.0
9.5
12.5
15.0
18.0
21.0

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25

B
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50

C
1.44
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.81
3.31
3.75
4.25
4.69
5.25

D
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.16
1.29
1.42

E
1.03
1.16
1.31
1.69
2.00
2.28
2.69
2.91
3.25
3.63

F
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31

Tolerance
+/G
1.78
2.03
2.31
2.94
3.50
4.03
4.69
5.16
5.75
6.38

H
2.49
2.91
3.28
4.19
4.97
5.83
6.56
7.47
8.25
9.16

L
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.50
.56
.63
.69
.75

M
2.03
2.38
2.69
3.34
3.97
4.50
5.07
5.59
6.16
6.84

P
.38
.44
.50
.69
.81
.97
1.06
1.25
1.38
1.50

C
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

A
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due
to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-3

10

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Forged Chain Shackles
SCREW PIN

ROUND PIN
210

215
G-210 S-210
Screw pin chain shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVB, Grade
A, Class 2, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

G-215 S-215
Round pin chain shackles meet the performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade
A, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.


Forged Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
Fatigue rated.

10

Nominal
Shackle
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55

G-210 Galv.
Crosby
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No.
CX10-0074
1019150
CX10-0075
1019178
CX10-0076
1019196
CX10-0077
1019212
CX10-0078
1019230
CX10-0079
1019258
CX10-0080
1019276
CX10-0081
1019294
CX10-0082
1019310
CX10-0083
1019338
CX10-0084
1019356
CX10-0085
1019374
CX10-0086
1019392
CX10-0087
1019418
CX10-0088
1019436
CX10-0089
1019454

S-210 S.C.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No.
CX10-0090
1019169
CX10-0091
1019187
CX10-0092
1019203
CX10-0093
1019221
CX10-0094
1019249
CX10-0095
1019267
CX10-0096
1019285
CX10-0097
1019301
CX10-0098
1019329
CX10-0099
1019347
CX10-0100
1019365
CX10-0101
1019383
CX10-0102
1019409
CX10-0103
1019427
CX10-0104
1019445
CX10-0105
1019463

G-215 Galv.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No.
CX10-0106
1018810
CX10-0107
1018838
CX10-0108
1018856
CX10-0109
1018874
CX10-0110
1018892
CX10-0111
1018918
CX10-0112
1018936
CX10-0113
1018954
CX10-0114
1018972
CX10-0115
1018990
CX10-0116
1019016
CX10-0117
1019034
CX10-0118
1019052
CX10-0119
1019070
CX10-0120
1019098

S-215 S.C.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No.
CX10-0121
1018829
CX10-0122
1018847
CX10-0123
1018865
CX10-0124
1018883
CX10-0125
1018909
CX10-0126
1018927
CX10-0127
1018945
CX10-0128
1018963
CX10-0129
1018981
CX10-0130
1019007
CX10-0131
1019025
CX10-0132
1019043
CX10-0133
1019061
CX10-0134
1019089
CX10-0135
1019105

Weight Each
(lbs.)
G-210
S-210
.11
.17
.28
.43
.59
1.25
2.63
3.16
4.75
6.75
9.06
11.63
15.95
26.75
42.31
71.75

G-215
S-215
.10
.18
.25
.40
.50
1.21
2.00
3.28
4.75
6.30
9.00
12.00
16.15
29.96
43.25

Furnished in Screw Pin Only.


* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
Nominal
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/18
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2

1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.47
.53
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.13

B
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75

C
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.62
.81
.97
1.00
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.12
2.00
2.62

D
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.62

E
.97
1.16
1.41
1.63
1.81
2.31
2.75
3.19
3.69
4.06
4.53
5.00
5.38
6.38
7.25
9.38

F
.61
.75
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31
3.62
4.19
4.81
5.69

Tolerance
G
.88
1.03
1.25
1.44
1.63
2.00
2.38
2.81
3.19
3.58
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.75
6.75
8.00

K
1.59
1.91
2.30
2.66
3.03
3.75
4.53
5.33
5.94
6.78
7.50
8.28
9.06
10.97
12.28
14.84

L
.19
.22
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.50
.56
.63
.69
.75
.81
1.00
1.22
1.38

M
1.38
1.66
2.03
2.38
2.69
3.34
3.97
4.50
5.07
5.59
6.16
6.84
7.35
9.08
10.34
13.00

N
1.34
1.59
1.86
2.13
2.38
2.91
3.44
3.81
4.53
5.13
5.50
6.13
6.50
7.75
8.75

G
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

A
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25

Furnished in Screw Pin Only.


* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working
Load Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.

10-4

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Bolt Type Shackles
BOLT TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE

BOLT TYPE CHAIN SHACKLE


2130

G-2130 S-2130

G-2150 S-2150

Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin head


bolt nut with cotter pin. Meets the
performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 3, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.

Bolt Type Chain shackles. Thin hex head


bolt nut with cotter pin. Meets the
performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C271D Type IVB, Grade
A, Class 3, except for those provisions
required of the contractors.
2150

Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.


Forged Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
Shackles 55 tons and smaller can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS,
DNV, Lloyds, or other certification.
Shackles 85 tons and larger can be provided as follows.
Non Destructive Tested
Serialized Pin and Bow
Material Certification (Chemical)
Certification must be requested at time of order.
Hot Dip galvanized or Self-Colored.
Fatigue rated.

10

10-5

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Bolt Type Shackles
Nominal
Shackle
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55
85
120
150

G-2130 Galv.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No.
Stock No.
CX10-0136
1019464
CX10-0137
1019466
CX10-0138
1019468
CX10-0139
1019470
CX10-0140
1019471
CX10-0141
1019472
CX10-0142
1019490
CX10-0143
1019515
CX10-0144
1019533
CX10-0145
1019551
CX10-0146
1019579
CX10-0147
1019597
CX10-0148
1019613
CX10-0149
1019631
CX10-0150
1019659
CX10-0151
1019677
CX10-0152
1019695
CX10-0153
1019711
CX10-0154
1019739
CX10-0155
1019757

S-2130 S.C.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No.
Stock No.

CX10-0156
CX10-0157
CX10-0158
CX10-0159
CX10-0160
CX10-0161
CX10-0162
CX10-0163
CX10-0164
CX10-0165
CX10-0166
CX10-0167

G-2150 Galv.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No.
Stock No.
CX10-0168
CX10-0169
CX10-0170
CX10-0171
CX10-0172
CX10-0173
CX10-0174
CX10-0175
CX10-0176
CX10-0177
CX10-0178
CX10-0179
CX10-0180
CX10-0181
CX10-0182
CX10-0183
CX10-0184

1019481
1019506
1019524
1019542
1019560
1019588
1019604
1019622
1019640
1019668
1019686
1019702

1019768
1019770
1019772
1019774
1019775
1019793
1019819
1019837
1019855
1019873
1019891
1019917
1019935
1019953
1019971
1019999
1020013

S-2150 S.C.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No.
Stock No.

CX10-0185
CX10-0186
CX10-0187
CX10-0188
CX10-0189
CX10-0190
CX10-0191
CX10-0192
CX10-0193
CX10-0194
CX10-0195
CX10-0196

1019784
1019800
1019828
1019846
1019864
1019882
1019908
1019926
1019944
1019962
1019980
1020004

2130
Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.06
.11
.22
.33
.49
.79
1.68
2.72
3.95
5.66
8.27
11.71
15.83
20.80
33.91
52.25
98.25
154.00
265.00
338.00

2150
Weight
Each
(lbs.)
.13
.23
.33
.49
.75
1.47
2.52
3.85
5.55
7.60
10.81
13.75
18.50
31.40
46.75
85.00
124.25

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to
side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle.
Furnished in anchor style only.

10

Nominal
Shackle
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4

1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2
9 1/2
12
13 1/2
17
25
35
55
85
120
150

Dimensions
(in.)
A
.38
.47
.53
.66
.75
.81
1.06
1.25
1.44
1.69
1.81
2.03
2.25
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.13
5.00
5.25
5.50

B
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75
3.25
3.75
4.25

C
.88
1.13
1.22
1.44
1.69
1.88
2.38
2.81
3.31
3.75
4.25
4.69
5.25
5.75
7.00
7.75
10.50
13.00
14.63
14.50

D
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.62
3.00
3.62
4.10

E
.60
.78
.84
1.03
1.16
1.31
1.69
2.00
2.28
2.69
2.91
3.25
3.63
3.88
5.00
5.75
7.25
7.88
9.00
10.00

F
.56
.61
.75
.91
1.06
1.19
1.50
1.81
2.09
2.38
2.69
3.00
3.31
3.63
4.19
4.81
5.69
6.50
8.00
9.00

G
.75
1.00
1.22
1.42
1.63
2.00
2.38
2.81
3.19
3.58
3.94
4.38
4.81
5.75
6.75
8.00
8.50

H
1.47
1.84
2.09
2.49
2.91
3.28
4.19
4.97
5.83
6.56
7.47
8.25
9.16
10.00
12.34
13.68
17.84
21.50
24.63
25.69

Tolerance
+/K
1.59
1.91
2.30
2.66
3.03
3.75
4.53
5.33
5.94
6.78
7.50
8.28
9.06
10.97
12.28
14.84
16.88

L
.98
1.28
1.47
1.78
2.03
2.31
2.94
3.50
4.03
4.69
5.16
5.75
6.38
6.88
8.86
9.97
12.87
14.36
16.50
18.42

M
.97
1.16
1.41
1.62
1.81
2.31
2.75
3.19
3.69
4.06
4.53
5.00
5.38
6.38
7.25
9.38
11.00

N
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.69
.81
.97
1.06
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.25
2.40
3.13
3.62
4.12
4.56

P
1.29
1.56
1.82
2.17
2.51
2.80
3.53
4.07
4.71
5.31
5.90
6.51
7.21
7.73
9.05
10.41
13.56
16.50
19.00
19.75

R
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.63
.81
.97
1.00
1.25
1.38
1.50
1.62
2.12
2.00
2.62
3.50

C&G
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

A
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.13
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to
side load applications, see beginning of chapter.
Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle.
Furnished in Anchor style only.

10-6

SHACKLES
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Alloy Bolt Type Anchor Shackle
Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every
shackle.
Alloy bows, Alloy bolts.
Quenched and Tempered.
All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the
Working Load Limit.
Shackles 110 tons and larger are provided as follows.
Non Destructive Tested
Serialized Pin and Bow
Material Certification (Chemical)
Certification must be requested at time of order.
Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 tons. Cast Alloy Steel
200 thru 600 tons.
Pins are galvanized and painted red.

G-2140 and S-2140

G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal


Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3,
except for those provisions required of the contractor.
Nominal
Shackle
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 3/4 **
5 **
6 **
7 **
7 1/2 **
8 **

30
40
50
80
110
140
175
200
250
300
400
500
600

NOTICE: All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger are magnetic particle inspected.
Certification available on request.

G-2140 Galv.
Crosby
Stock No.
1021110
1021138
1021156
1021174
1021192
1021218
1021236
1021414
1021432
1021450
1021478
1021496
1021511

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0197
CX10-0198
CX10-0199
CX10-0200
CX10-0201
CX10-0202
CX10-0203
CX10-0204
CX10-0205
CX10-0206
CX10-0207
CX10-0208
CX10-0209

S-2140 S.C.
CERTEX
Crosby
Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
CX10-0210
1021129
CX10-0211
1021147
CX10-0212
1021165
CX10-0213
1021183

Weight
Each
(lbs.)
20.8
33.9
52.0
96.0
178.0
265.0
338.0
450.0
600.0
775.0
1102.0
1552.0
1900.0

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the
Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600 Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the
Working Load Limit.
** Cast Alloy Steel.
Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
Nominal
Shackle
Size
(in.)

Working
Load
Limit*
(tons)

1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 3/4 **
5 **
6 **
7 **
7 1/2 **
8 **

30
40
50
80
110
140
175
200
250
300
400
500
600

Dimensions
(in.)
A
2.38
2.88
3.25
4.12
5.00
5.25
5.50
7.25
8.50
8.38
8.25
8.31
9.25

B
3.62
4.19
4.81
5.69
6.50
8.00
9.00
10.50
12.00
12.00
14.00
15.00
17.00

C
1.62
2.25
2.40
3.12
3.62
4.12
4.56
6.00
6.50
6.75
7.25
7.50
8.50

D
1.63
2.00
2.25
2.75
3.25
3.75
4.25
4.75
5.00
6.00
7.00
7.50
8.25

E
5.75
7.00
7.75
10.50
13.00
14.63
14.50
15.62
20.00
19.50
22.50
25.25
31.88

F
1.39
1.75
2.00
2.62
3.00
3.75
4.00
3.75
3.88
4.75
6.50
6.34
6.50

Tolerance
+/G
6.88
8.86
9.97
12.87
14.36
16.50
18.42
21.00
24.50
25.00
26.00
28.00
31.00

H
7.75
9.06
10.41
13.56
16.50
19.00
19.75
20.50
21.97
24.35
27.97
28.22
29.97

J
10.00
12.34
13.68
17.84
21.50
24.62
25.69
29.25
35.00
35.25
40.25
44.00
53.00

K
3.88
5.00
5.75
7.25
7.88
9.00
10.00
11.00
13.00
13.00
13.00
13.00
14.00

L
1.54
1.84
2.08
2.71
3.11
3.62
4.10
4.50
4.50
5.00
6.00
7.50
8.50

A
.13
.13
.13
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

E
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25

* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600
Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Cast Alloy Steel.
Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.

10-7

10

SHACKLES
Crosby Alloy Shackles
WIDE BODY SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

400 through
1000 metric tons

CONVENTIONAL
SHACKLE

G-2160

WIDE BODY
SHACKLE

Patented

75 through 300
metric tons

NOTICE: All shackles are magnetic particle inspected.

10

Working
Load
Limit*
(metric
tons)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

Crosby
G-2160
Stock
No.

Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.


Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic
Web Slings, HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Round Slings
or Wire Rope Slings.
Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58%
gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates need for a
thimble.
Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.
Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handle for easier use.
All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow.
Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons.
Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.
Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times
Working Load Limit.
Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times
the Working Load Limit.
All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested, Crosby
certification available at time of order. Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon special request and must be specified at
time of order.
Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lifting appliance requirements.
Non Destructive Testing
Serialization / Identification
Material Testing (Physical / Chemical / Charpy)
Proof Testing
All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum
strength.
Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are
Dimetcoted then painted red.
Type Approval and certification in accordance with
DNV Specification 2.7-1 Offshore Containers and
DNV rules for Lifting AppliancesLoose Gear.

Dimensions
(in.)
Weight
Each
(lbs.)

B
+/.25

D
+/.02

75

CX10-0214

1021290

99

13.62

4.13

2.12

2.76

4.76

12.80

2.52

11.41

4.72

3.66

4.37

1.00

3.00

3.90

12.32

18.31

125

CX10-0215

1021307

161

15.75

5.12

2.56

3.15

5.71

15.94

3.15

14.37

5.90

4.33

5.12

1.06

2.95

4.64

14.96

22.68

200

CX10-0216

1021316

500

20.00

5.90

3.35

4.13

7.28

20.96

4.33

18.90

8.07

5.41

6.69

1.26

4.33

5.75

19.49

29.82

300

CX10-0217

1021325

811

23.27

7.28

4.00

5.25

9.25

26.25

5.51

23.62

10.43

6.31

8.07

1.50

4.42

6.89

23.64

37.39

400

CX10-0218

1021334

1041

28.13

8.66

5.16

6.30

11.02

25.79

6.30

22.64

12.60

7.28

9.45

1.50

4.72

7.76

27.16

38.78

500

CX10-0219

1021343

1378

31.87

9.84

5.59

7.09

12.52

28.35

6.69

24.80

13.39

8.86

10.43

1.61

4.92

8.74

31.10

42.72

600

CX10-0220

1021352

1833

35.94

10.83

6.04

7.87

13.78

31.50

7.28

27.56

14.57

9.74

11.93

1.75

5.39

9.74

34.06

47.24

700

CX10-0221

1021361

2446

39.07

11.81

6.59

8.46

14.80

33.17

7.87

28.94

15.75

10.63

12.62

1.89

5.94

10.75

37.01

50.18

800

CX10-0222

1021254

3016

38.82

12.80

7.19

9.06

15.75

34.06

8.27

29.53

16.54

10.92

13.90

1.89

6.14

11.26

38.39

52.09

900

CX10-0223

1021389

3436

41.34

13.78

7.78

9.84

16.93

34.74

8.66

29.80

17.32

11.52

15.20

2.01

6.08

12.50

40.35

54.04

1000

CX10-0224

1021370

4022

46.30

14.96

8.33

10.63

17.72

35.24

9.06

29.92

18.11

12.11

16.00

2.01

5.98

12.99

45.32

55.31

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.


Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.

10-8

HOIST RING
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
WRONG

External Inspection Points

WRONG

RIGHT

180 Pivot

Figure 1

Figure 2

Hoist Ring Application Assembly Safety


Use swivel hoist ring only with ferrous metal (steel,
iron) or soft metal (i.e., aluminum) loads (work piece).
Do not leave threaded end of hoist ring in aluminum
loads for long time periods due to corrosion.
After determining the loads on each hoist ring, select
the proper size hoist ring using the Working Load Limit
ratings in Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for
Metric threads.
Drill and tap the work piece to the correct size to a
minimum depth of one-half the threaded shank diameter plus the threaded shank length. See rated load limit
and bolt torque requirements imprinted on top of the
swivel trunnion. (See Table 1 and/or Table 2)
Install hoist ring to recommended torque with a torque
wrench making sure the bushing flange meets the load
(work piece) surface.
Never use spacers between bushing flange and mounting surface.
Always select proper load rated lifting device for use
with Swivel Hoist Ring.
Attach lifting device ensuring free fit to hoist ring bail
(lifting ring). (Fig. 1)
Apply partial load and check proper rotation and alignment. There should be no interference between load
(work piece) and hoist ring bail. (Fig. 2)
Special Note: When a Hoist Ring is installed with a
retention nut, the nut must have full thread engagement and must meet one of the following standards to
develop the Working Load Limit (WLL).

360

Figure 3

Figure 4

Hoist Ring Inspection/Maintenance


Always inspect hoist ring before use.
Regularly inspect hoist ring parts. (Fig. 3)
Never use hoist ring that show signs of corrosion, wear
or damage.
Never use hoist ring if bail is bent or elongated.
Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes
are clean, not damaged, and fit properly.
Always check with torque wrench before using an
already installed hoist ring.
Always make sure there are no spacers (washers) used
between bushing flange and the mounting surface.
Remove any spacers (washers) and retorque before
use.
Always ensure free movement of bail. The bail should
pivot 180 and swivel 360. (Fig. 4)
Always be sure total work piece surface is in contact
with hoist ring bushing mating surface. Drilled and
tapped hole must be 90 to load (work piece) surface.

1. ASTM A-563 (A) Grade D Hex Thick


(B) Grade DH Standard Hex
2. SAE Grade 8 Standard Hex

10

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements.
Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel
hoist ring assembly.

10-9

HOIST RING
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Wrong
Buckling may occur if the
load is not stiff enough to
resist the compressive
forces which result from
the angular loading.

Do not reeve slings from one


bail to another.This will alter
the load and angle of loading
on the hoist ring.

After slings have been properly attached to the hoist


ring, apply force slowly.
Watch the load and be prepared to stop applying force
if the load starts buckling.

OPERATING SAFETY
Never exceed the capacity of the swivel hoist ring, see
Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for Metric threads.

When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure


the forces in the legs are calculated using the angle
from the vertical to the leg and select the proper size
swivel hoist ring to allow for the angular forces. (Note:
Sling angles will de-rate sling members (chain, rope, or
webbing) but will not de-rate swivel hoist ring capacity.)

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements.
Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel
hoist ring assembly.

Dependability In LiftingEverywhere, Every Time.


10
Youre in a tough lifting situation. Valuable equipment and the
lives of your workers are on the
line. You have to meet deadlines,
observe regulations and stay
within a budget. The slightest
overlooked detail can put employees and valuable equipment in
harms way. Are you sure you
have every detail covered?
When youre taking on the
weight of the world, turn to CERTEX, the lifting experts, for the

10-10

experience and resources to


make your most complex lifting
challenge like just another day at
the office.
CERTEX puts its world-wide
network into the hands of local
companies who know your needs
and are close at hand to serve
you.

Lifting Products and Services

HOIST RING
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Table 1
HR-125 Swivel Hoist Rings

Torque**
in
Ft. Lbs.
7
12
28
28
60
60
100
100
100
100
160
160
230
230
470
800
1100

Working Load
Limit* (lbs.)
800
1000
2500
2500
4000
4000
5000
5000
7000
7000
8000
8000
10000
10000
15000
24000
30000

Bolt Size
(in.)
5/16 18 x 1.50
3/8 - 16 1.50
1/2 13 x 2.00
1/2 13 x 2.50
5/8 11 x 2.00
5/8 11 x 2.75
3/4 10 x 2.25
3/4 10 x 2.75
3/4 10 x 2.75
3/4 10 x 3.50
7/8 9 x 2.75
7/8 9 x 3.50
1 8 x 4.00
1-1/4 7 x 4.50
1-1/2 6 x 6.50
1-1/2 6 x 6.50
2 4-1/2 x 6.50

Effective
Thread
Projection
Length
(in.)
.59
.59
.71
1.21
.71
1.46
.96
1.46
.90
1.65
.90
1.65
1.15
2.15
2.22
2.98
2.98

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Individually proof tested to 2 1/2
times the Working Load Limit.
** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of
lubrication.
Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece.
While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work
pieces, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All
threads are UNC 3A.

Table 1
HR-125M Metric Swivel Hoist Rings*
Working Load Limit (Kg)
At a
5:1
Design
Factor

At a
4:1
Design
Factor

Torque**
in
N-m

400
450
1050
1900
2150
3000
4200
7000
11000
12500
13500

500
550
1300
2400
2700
3750
5250
8750
13750
15600
16900

10
16
38
81
136
136
312
637
1005
1005
1350

Bolt Size
(mm)
M 8 x 1.25 x 40
M 10 x 1.50 x 40
M 12 x 1.75 x 50
M 16 x 2.00 x 60
M 20 x 2.50 x 65
M 20 x 2.50 x 75
M 24 x 3.00 x 80
M 30 x 3.50 x 100
M 36 x 4.00 x 150
M 42 x 4.50 x 160
M 48 x 5.00 x 160

Effective
Thread
Projection
Length
(mm)
16.9
16.9
17.2
27.2
31.2
28.1
33.1
45.1
60.6
70.6
70.6

* Designed to be used with ferrous work piece only.


** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication.
Individually proof tested to 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor.
Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to DIN 912.
All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m).
WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assembly and lifting procedures are not used.
A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements.
Read, understand and follow all instructions, diagrams and chart information before using swivel
hoist ring assembly.

10-11

10

HOIST RING
The Crosby Group, Inc.
UNC Threads
Top washer has the following features:
The Working Load Limit and
Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.
Washer is color coded for easy identification
Red - UNC thread

BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION


The size of the bolt will be stated as in the following example. Illustration
shows meaning of each dimension given.
# of Threads
per Inch
5/16 - 18 x 1.50
Bolt Diameter

Length of Bolt
(from under head)
Dimensions
(in.)

10

Effective
Thread
Protection
Length
B

5/16 - 18 x 1.50

.59

2.68

12

3/8 - 16 x 1.50

.59

2500

28

1/2 - 13 x 2.00

2500

28

1/2 - 13 x 2.50

4000

60

5/8 - 11 x 2.00

.71

60

5/8 - 11 x 2.75

1.46

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.21

2.70

100

3/4- 10 x 2.25

.96

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.05

2.65

100

3/4 - 10 x 2.75

1.46

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.05

3.00

100

3/4 - 10 x 2.75

.90

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.98

7.00

100

3/4 - 10 x 3.50

1.65

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.98

7.00

160

7/8 - 9 x 2.75

.90

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.95

7.00

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
HR-125
Stock
No.

Working
Load Limit*
(lbs.)

Torque
in Ft.
Lbs.

CX10-0225

1016887

800

CX10-0226

1016898

1000

CX10-0227

1016909

CX10-0228

1016912

CX10-0229

1016920

CX10-0230

1016924

4000

CX10-0231

1016931

5000

CX10-0232

1016935

5000

CX10-0233

1016942

7000

CX10-0234

1016946

7000

CX10-0235

1016953

8000

CX10-0236

1016957

8000

160

7/8 - 9 x 3.50

1.65

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.95

7.00

CX10-0237

1016964

10000

230

1 - 8 x 3.00

1.15

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.73

7.50

CX10-0238

1016969

10000

230

1 - 8 x 4.00

2.15

6.58

3.00

1.40

1.00

4.80

2.73

7.50

CX10-0239

1016975

15000

470

1 1/4 - 7 x 4.50

2.22

9.01

3.75

1.75

1.25

6.00

4.89

14.79

CX10-0240

1016986

24000

800

1 1/2 - 6 x 6.50

2.98

12.41

4.75

2.25

1.75

8.00

5.93

33.00

CX10-0241

1016997

30000

1100

2 - 4 1/2 x 6.50

2.98

12.41

4.75

2.25

1.75

8.00

5.43

36.00

Bolt Size
A

Est.
Weight
Each
(lbs.)

Radius
E

Diameter
F

1.00

.45

.38

1.75

1.11

.43

2.68

1.00

.45

.38

1.75

1.09

.43

.71

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.29

2.49

1.21

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.29

2.52

4.90

2.00

.89

.75

3.30

2.21

2.55

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.


Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece,
short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC - 3A.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

10-12

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Table 1 (In-Line Load)
Size
(in.)

Regular Nut
Eye Bolt
G-291

Shoulder Nut
Eye Bolt
G-277

Machinery Nut
Eye Bolt
S-279

Working Load Limit


(lbs.)

1/4

650

5/16

1200

3/8

1550

1/2

2600

5/8

5200

3/4

7200

7/8

10600

13300

1 1/4

21000

1 1/2

24000

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION


READ & FOLLOW
Inspection/Maintenance Safety:
Always inspect eye bolt before use.
Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or damage.
Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated.
Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes
are clean.
Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt.
Assembly Safety:
Never exceed load limits specified in Table I.
Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts.
Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye
bolts) for angular lifts.
For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
Direction of Pull

Adjusted Working Load

45 degrees

30% of rated working load

90 degrees

25% of rated working load

Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the


load.
Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to
seat shoulder.
Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper
seating.
Always tighten nuts securely against the load.

IN - LINE

Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt Installation for Angular


Loading
The threaded shank must protrude through the load
sufficiently to allow full engagement of the nut.
If the eye bolt protrudes so far through the load that
the nut cannot be tightened securely against the load,
use properly sized washer to take up the excess space
BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE LOAD.
Place washers or spacers between nut and load so that
when the nut is tightened securely, the shoulder is
secured flush against the load surface.
Thickness of spacers must exceed this distance
between the bottom of the load and the last thread of
the eye bolt.

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting
procedures are not used.
A falling load can serious injury or kill.
Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and
follow all eye bolt safety information presented here.
Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and
charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.

10-13

10

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt Installation for In-line Loading
RIGHT

RIGHT

RIGHT

WRONG
Tighten
Hex Nut
Securely
Against
Load

Tap Depth:
2.5 x
Diameter

More than one eye bolt diameter of threads, only (1) nut
required.
Tighten hex nut securely
against load

2x
Diameter
(Minimum)

One eye bolt diameter of


threads or less, use two (2)
nuts.
Tighten hex nut securely
against load

One eye bolt diameter or less

Operating Safety
Always stand clear of load.
Always lift load with steady, even pull do not jerk.
Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye not at an angle.
Never exceed the capacity of the eye boltsee Table 1.
When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from
the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut or machinery eye bolt for the angular load.
WRONG
Do not reeve slings from
one eye bolt to another.
This will alter the load
and angle of loading on
the eye bolt.

Resultant Load

After slings have been


properly attached to the
eye blots, apply force slowly. Watch the load carefully
and be prepared to stop
applying force if the load
starts buckling.

10

WARNING
Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting
procedures are not used.
A falling load can serious injury or kill.
Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and
follow all eye bolt safety information presented here.
Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and
charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.

10-14

Buckling may occur


if the load is not stiff
enough to resist the
compressive forces
which result from
the angular loading.

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Warnings and Application Instructions
Machinery Eye Bolt Installation for In - line & Angular Loading
These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into
tapped holes.
1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated,
select the proper size eye bolt for the job.
For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:
Direction of Pull
45 degrees
90 degrees

Table II

Adjusted Working Load


30% of rated working load
25% of rated working load

2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a minimum depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the
shank length of the machinery eye bolt.
3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is
flush and securely tIghtened against the load.
4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned
with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthreading rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye
properly.
5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add
shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the
angle of the plane of the eye to match the sling line.
Use Table II to estimate the required shim thickness
for the amount of unthreading rotation required.

Eye Bolt Size


(in.)

Shim Thickness Required to Change


Rotation 90
(in.)

1/4

.0125

5/16

.0139

3/8

.0156

1/2

.0192

5/8

.0227

3/4

.0250

7/8

.0278

.0312

1 1/4

.0357

1 1/2

.0417

Shim added to change eye alignment 90


Minimum tap depth is basic shank length plus one-half the nominal eye bolt diameter.

The New Standard In


Lifting Products and Services.
In the field of lifting, CERTEX means
certainty. From simple, straight forward
hardware and custom-made assemblies,
to complete lifting management programs,
the name CERTEX represents quality,
safety, service and expertise. CERTEX
companies are your trusted local source

for lifting products and services, backed


by world-wide experience and expertise to
solve any lifting problem.
Wherever people are at work building,
producing and moving the worlds goods,
CERTEX means certainty.

10-15

10

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts
Forged Steel Quenched & Tempered.
Recommended for straight line pull.
Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working
Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.

S-279

Size

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
Stock No.

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
per 100
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
A

H
.50

1/4 x 1

CX10-0313

9900182

650

5.10

.25

1.00

.88

.50

1.94

.19

.47

5/16 x 1 1/8

CX10-0314

9900191

1200

6.20

.31

1.13

1.12

.62

2.38

.25

.56

.69

3/8 x 1 1/4

CX10-0315

9900208

1550

12.50

.38

1.25

1.38

.75

2.72

.31

.66

.78

1/2 x 1 1/2

CX10-0316

9900217

2600

25.00

.50

1.50

3.38

.38

.91

1.00

CX10-0317

9900226

5200

50.00

.63

1.75

1.75
2.25

1.00

5/8 x 1 3/4

1.25

4.19

.50

1.12

1.31
1.56

3/4 x 2

CX10-0318

9900235

7200

87.50

.75

2.00

2.75

1.50

4.94

.62

1.38

7/8 x 2 1/4

CX10-0319

9900244

10600

157.20

.88

2.25

3.25

1.75

5.72

.75

1.56

1.84

1 x 2 1/2

CX10-0320

9900253

13300

218.00

1.00

2.50

3.75

2.00

6.47

.88

1.81

2.09

1 1/4 x 3

CX10-0321

9900262

21000

380.00

1.25

3.00

4.50

2.50

7.72

1.00

2.28

2.47

1 1/2 x 3 1/2

CX10-0322

9900271

24000

700.00

1.50

3.50

5.50

3.00

9.25

1.25

2.75

3.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

10

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

10-16

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts

G-277

Forged Steel.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.
Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.
Shank
Diameter

Crosby
G-277

Working
Load

Weight
Per

Dimensions
(in.)

& Length
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Stock No.
Galv.

Limit *
(lbs.)

100
(lbs.)

1/4 x 2

CX10-0323

1045014

650

6.60

.25

.50

.88

.19

1.50

2.00

2.94

.50

.47

1/4 x 4

CX10-0324

1045032

650

9.10

.25

.50

.88

.19

2.50

4.00

4.94

.50

.47

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0325

1045050

1200

12.50

.31

.62

1.12

.25

1.50

2.25

3.50

.69

.56

5/16 x 4 1/4

CX10-0326

1045078

1200

18.80

.31

.62

1.12

.25

2.50

4.25

5.50

.69

.56

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0327

1045096

1550

21.40

.38

.75

1.38

.31

1.50

2.50

3.97

.78

.66

3/8 x 4 1/2

CX10-0328

1045112

1550

25.30

.38

.75

1.38

.31

2.50

4.50

5.97

.78

.66

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0329

1045130

2600

42.60

.50

1.00

1.75

.38

1.50

3.25

5.12

1.00

.91

1/2 x 6

CX10-0330

1045158

2600

56.80

.50

1.00

1.75

.38

3.00

6.00

7.88

1.00

.91

5/8 x 4

CX10-0331

1045176

5200

68.60

.62

1.25

2.25

.50

2.00

4.00

6.44

1.31

1.12

5/8 x 6

CX10-0332

1045194

5200

102.40

.62

1.25

2.25

.50

3.00

6.00

8.44

1.31

1.12

3/4 x 4 1/2

CX10-0333

1045210

7200

144.50

.75

1.50

2.75

.62

2.00

4.50

7.44

1.56

1.38

3/4 x 6

CX10-0334

1045238

7200

167.50

.75

1.50

2.75

.62

3.00

6.00

8.94

1.56

1.38

7/8 x 5

CX10-0335

1045256

10600

225.00

.88

1.75

3.25

.75

2.50

5.00

8.46

1.84

1.56

1x6

CX10-0336

1045292

13300

366.30

1.00

2.00

3.75

.88

3.00

6.00

9.97

2.09

1.81

1x9

CX10-0337

1045318

13300

422.50

1.00

2.00

3.75

.88

4.00

9.00

12.97

2.09

1.81

1 1/4 x 8

CX10-0338

1045336

21000

650.00

1.25

2.50

4.50

1.00

4.00

8.00

12.72

2.47

2.28

1 1/4 x 12

CX10-0339

1045354

21000

795.00

1.25

2.50

4.50

1.00

4.00

12.00

16.72

2.47

2.28

1 1/2 x 15

CX10-0340

1045372

24000

1425.00

1.50

3.00

5.50

1.25

6.00

15.00

20.75

3.00

2.75

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

10

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

10-17

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Screw Eye Bolts

G-275

Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Hot Dip galvanized.
Shank
Diameter
& Length
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No

Crosby
G-275
Stock No.
Galv.

Weight
Per
100
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
A

1/4 x 2

CX10-0341

1046111

4.30

.25

1.50

2.00

2.50

2.94

.50

.88

.19

.47

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0342

1046139

9.90

.31

1.69

2.25

2.94

3.50

.63

1.13

.25

.56

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0343

1046157

18.88

.38

1.88

2.50

3.28

3.97

.75

1.38

.31

.66

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0344

1046175

37.50

.50

2.44

3.25

4.25

5.12

1.00

1.75

.38

.91

5/8 x 4

CX10-0345

1046193

85.50

.63

3.00

4.00

5.31

6.44

1.25

2.25

.50

1.12

Putting Certainty Into


Everything We Make.

10

CERTEX provides the rope


slings, rope terminations and
other tailor-made assemblies that
allow our customers to tackle
their lifting challenges with confidence. At CERTEX, every custom operation from cutting rope
to applying hooks and shackles
to making the most demanding
sling, carries out the same assurance of safety.
Safety is built into our products
at every stage of our fabricating
process. A CERTEX-made product can be trusted because it
starts with components that
meet the highest possible standards of safety and reliability.

10-18

Using these quality components,


the CERTEX expertise in lifting is
applied in our own rigging shops:
the result is customized lifting
equipment that will perform in the
most critical applications where
lives and property depend on it.
With experienced people and
machinery to produce the lifting
equipment that our customers
specify, CERTEX companies
everywhere are committed to the
complete reliability of every product that we make.

Lifting Products and Services

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Regular Nut Eye Bolts

G-291

Recommended for straight line pull.


All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading.
Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.
Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.
Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.
Shank
Diameter
& Length
(in.)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-291
Stock No.
Galv.

Working
Load
Limit *
(lbs.)

Weight
Per
100
(lbs.)

Dimensions
(in.)
A

1/4 x 2

CX10-0346

1043230

650

8.20

.25

.50

1.00

.25

1.50

2.00

3.06

.56

1/4 x 4

CX10-0347

1043258

650

11.70

.25

.50

1.00

.25

2.50

4.00

5.06

.56

5/16 x 2 1/4

CX10-0348

1043276

1200

13.30

.31

.62

1.25

.31

1.50

2.25

3.56

.69

5/16 x 4 1/4

CX10-0349

1043294

1200

25.00

.31

.62

1.25

.31

2.50

4.25

5.56

.69

3/8 x 2 1/2

CX10-0350

1043310

1550

23.30

.38

.75

1.50

.38

1.50

2.50

4.12

.88

3/8 x 4 1/2

CX10-0351

1043338

1550

29.50

.38

.75

1.50

.38

2.50

4.50

6.12

.88

3/8 x 6

CX10-0352

1043356

1550

35.20

.38

.75

1.50

.38

2.50

6.00

7.62

.88

1/2 x 3 1/4

CX10-0353

1043374

2600

50.30

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

1.50

3.25

5.38

1.12

1/2 x 6

CX10-0354

1043392

2600

66.10

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

6.00

8.12

1.12

1/2 x 8

CX10-0355

1043418

2600

82.00

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

8.00

10.12

1.12

1/2 x 10

CX10-0356

1043436

2600

88.00

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

10.00

12.12

1.12

1/2 x 12

CX10-0357

1043454

2600

114.20

.50

1.00

2.00

.50

3.00

12.00

14.12

1.12

5/8 x 4

CX10-0358

1043472

5200

103.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

2.00

4.00

6.69

1.44

5/8 x 6

CX10-0359

1043490

5200

118.20

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

6.00

8.69

1.44

5/8 x 8

CX10-0360

1043515

5200

135.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

8.00

10.69

1.44

5/8 x 10

CX10-0361

1043533

5200

153.60

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

3.00

10.00

12.69

1.44

5/8 x 12

CX10-0362

1043551

5200

167.10

.62

1.25

2.50

.62

4.00

12.00

14.69

1.44

3/4 x 4 1/2

CX10-0363

1043579

7200

168.60

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

2.00

4.50

7.69

1.69

3/4 x 6

CX10-0364

1043597

7200

184.50

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

6.00

9.19

1.69

3/4 x 8

CX10-0365

1043613

7200

207.90

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

8.00

11.19

1.69

3/4 x 10

CX10-0366

1043631

7200

235.00

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

3.00

10.00

13.19

1.69

3/4 x 12

CX10-0367

1043659

7200

257.50

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

4.00

12.00

15.19

1.69

3/4 x 15

CX10-0368

1043677

7200

298.00

.75

1.50

3.00

.75

5.00

15.00

18.19

1.69

7/8 x 5

CX10-0369

1043695

10600

270.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

2.50

5.00

8.75

2.00

7/8 x 8

CX10-0370

1043711

10600

308.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

4.00

8.00

11.75

2.00

7/8 x 12

CX10-0371

1043739

10600

400.00

.88

1.75

3.50

.88

4.00

12.00

15.75

2.00

1x6

CX10-0372

1043757

13300

421.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

3.00

6.00

10.31

2.31

1x9

CX10-0373

1043775

13300

468.50

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

4.00

9.00

13.31

2.31

1 x 12

CX10-0374

1043793

13300

540.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

4.00

12.00

16.31

2.31

1 x 18

CX10-0375

1043819

13300

650.00

1.00

2.00

4.00

1.00

7.00

18.00

22.31

2.31

1 1/4 x 8

CX10-0376

1043837

21000

750.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

4.00

8.00

13.38

2.88

1 1/4 x 12

CX10-0377

1043855

21000

900.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

4.00

12.00

17.38

2.88

1 1/4 x 20

CX10-0378

1043873

21000

1210.00

1.25

2.50

5.00

1.25

6.00

20.00

25.38

2.88

*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

SEE APPLICATION AND


WARNING INFORMATION

10-19

10

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts
Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.
Diameter of ring stock is same as shank diameter.
Hot Dip galvanized.

G-257

Ring Bolt
Size
(in.)
3/8 x 4 1/2
1/2 x 6

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0379

Crosby
G-257
Stock No.
Galv.
1046335

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)
1200

Weight
Per
100
(lbs.)
56.60

Dimensions
(in.)

.38

2.50

CX10-0380

1046371

2200

100.00

.50

3.00

4.50

7.66

.38

1.38

2.00

.66

6.00

10.00

.50

1.75

2.50

.91

* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

Pad Eyes

Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Forged from 1035 Carbon Steel.
Excellent welding qualities.
Widely used on farm machinery, trucks, steel hulled
marine vessels and material handling equipment.
Reference American Welding Society specifications for
proper welding procedures.

S-264

10

Size
No.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
S-264
Stock No.
S.C.

*0

CX10-0381

1090722

2.80

.25

.19

.63

.31

.63

.09

.75

*1

CX10-0382

1090740

6.50

.38

.25

.88

.41

.88

.13

1.03

Dimensions
(in.)

Weight
Per 100
(lbs.)

*1 1/2

CX10-0383

1090768

10.40

.63

.25

1.00

.44

1.13

.16

1.31

CX10-0384

1090786

21.10

.75

.38

1.06

.50

1.50

.19

1.63

CX10-0385

1090802

52.20

1.00

.56

1.44

.78

2.13

.22

2.34

CX10-0386

1090820

82.50

1.25

.69

1.75

.81

2.63

.25

2.75

* Meets the requirements of Military Specification MS-51930A

10-20

EYE BOLTS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
Eye Nuts

G-400

Forged Steel Quenched and Tempered.


Threaded.
Hot Dip galvanized.
Tapped with standard UNC class 2 thread.

Size
No.

Stock
Size
(in.)
S

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Crosby
G-400
Stock No.
Galv.

Std.
Tap
Size

Max.
Tap
Size

Working
Load
Limit*
(lbs.)

Weight
Each
(lbs.)

1
2
3A
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Dimensions
(in.)
A

.25

CX10-0387

1090438

1/4

3/8

520

.09

1.25

.75

1.06

.66

.50

.69

.25

1.69

.31
.38
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.50

CX10-0388
CX10-0389
CX10-0390
CX10-0391
CX10-0392
CX10-0393
CX10-0394
CX10-0395
CX10-0396
CX10-0397

1090474
1090517
1090535
1090553
1090571
1090599
1090633
1090651
1090679
1090697

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
2

7/16
1/2
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 3/4
2 3/4

1250
2250
3600
5200
7200
10000
15500
18500
22500
40000

.17
.28
.60
1.00
1.65
2.69
3.87
5.00
6.78
14.60

1.63
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.63
7.00

1.00
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.13
4.00

1.25
1.50
2.00
2.38
2.63
3.06
3.50
3.75
4.00
6.25

.75
1.00
1.19
1.38
1.63
1.88
1.94
2.00
2.38
4.00

.56
.81
1.00
1.13
1.31
1.56
1.88
2.00
2.25
3.38

.81
1.00
1.31
1.50
1.88
2.13
2.38
2.56
3.00
4.00

.38
.50
.63
.75
.88
1.00
1.25
1.38
1.50
2.00

2.06
2.50
3.19
3.88
4.31
5.00
5.75
6.25
6.75
10.00

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Rating based on standard tap size.

10

10-21

TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS


Telemetry Link

Telemetry Load Indicators offer all the advantages of


quick load and tension measurement without the problem of cable connected remote read-outs, and at a lower
cost than traditional radio telemetry equipment.
Applications for cable connected or direct read-out indicators are severely restricted by the limitations of their
design.This unit enables the operator to remain at a safe
distance from the load and removes problems caused by
long lengths of cable which are prone to damage.
Remote read-out no wires needed
Standard capacities - 5 - 100 tons
Accuracy +/- 0.1% of rated capacity
Range of 200 yards under normal conditions
Dedicated hand sets
Up to 255 units can be used in a single installation
Tare weight adjustment
Auto Power Down of link and hand help display
Shock resistant electronics
Support & recalibration available

10

Type
1,2,5 te
12 te
25 te
35 te
50 te
100 te
250 te
500 te

A
108
120
131
147
170
228
330
451

B
105
105
125
135
150
220
304
500

Load Link Characteristics


Capacities:
5 - 100 Ton, Other capacities
available upon request
Proof Load:
150% Working Load Limit
Ultimate Load: 5 times Working Load Limit
Temperature
Range:
14F to 150F
Accuracy:
+/- 0.1% of rated capacity
Transmission
Range:
200 yards under normal
conditions
Batteries:
2 - 1/2 AA 3.6 V lithium
850mAH
Battery Life
150 Hours
Auto Power
Down:
9 Hours from power on
Construction: Anodized Aluminum Alloy
Environmental
Protection:
Weather proofed to IP67
Hand Held Display Characteristics
Display:
8 Character alpha numeric
.275 inches high LCD
Keyboard:
3 key, ON/OFF, HOLD,TARE
Battery:
1 - 9 Volt Alkaline
Battery Life:
50 Hours minimum
Frequency:
433.92 MHz
Auto Power
Down:
After 5 min. in waiting mode
Temperature
Range:
14F to 130F
Environmental
Down:
Weather proofed to IP65

C
40
40
55
55
75
123
189
200

D
30
38
53
60
73
100
145
200

F
164
210
255
305
345
455
680
1015

WWEIGHT
EI GH T (kg)
1.4
1.9
4
5
9
27
87
225
All dimensions in mm

All dimensions in inches (unless otherwise stated)


For Radio Safe Telemetry Links above 200,000 lbs., contact CERTEX for special order information.

10-22

TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS


Telemetry Shackles
STANDARD FEATURES
Wireless remote readout
Standard capacities 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 ton, other
capacities available
Accuracy +/-0.5% of rated capacity
Dedicated hand sets
Tare weight adjustment
Range of 200 yards
Proof load of 150% of Working Load Limit
Ultimate load of 5 times Working Load Limit
Environmentally protected to IP68
Support and recalibration available

150 Ton Telemetry Shackle Made For the U.S. Navy

Our Telemetry Load Indicators utilize intelligent


microelectronis and dedicated digital radio
transmissions to ensure accurate readings. Coded
digital transmission allows multiple unit operation
with dedicated handsets.
Our Telemetry Load Indicator micro-processor
technology allows modifications to meet most all
customers requirements.

10
Load
Capacity
5 Ton
12 Ton
25 Ton
50 Ton
100 Ton
250 Ton

A
4.75"
6.00"
9.00"
12.75"
16.50"
24.50"

B
2.40"
3.00"
4.25"
5.75"
8.00"
12.00"

C
1.00"
1.25"
1.75"
2.75"
3.63"
4.50"

10-23

D
1.20"
1.40"
2.00"
2.75"
3.75"
5.00"

L
3.50"
4.35"
6.70"
9.85"
13.75"
18.75"

T
1.75"
2.00"
3.00"
4.15"
5.15"
8.50"

PIPE HANDLING
The Caldwell Group
Model PC Tea Cup Pipe Carrier
FEATURES:
An efficient way to handle concrete water and sewer
pipes.
The Caldwell Tea Cup Pipe Carrier will save you time
and money.
Three sizes available, to handle from 3/4 to 1-1/2
cable, and lift up to 15 tons.
Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20 and B30.9.
SPECIFICATIONS Model PC

Tea Cup Lifting Sling Option LS

CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
No.

10

Caldwell Rated Sling


Model Capacity Dia.
No.
Tons
(in)

Dimensions in Inches
A

WT.
(lbs)

CX10-0432
CX10-0433

PC-3/4

4.9

3/4"
7/8"

5-9/16

2-1/8

1-1/8

4-11/16

1-7/8

1-1/8

CX10-0434
CX10-0435
CX10-0436

PC-1

8.5

1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"

2-1/2

2-5/8

1-3/8

5-5/8

1-3/8

12

CX10-0437

PC-1-1/2

15.0

1-1/2

3-1/4

1-5/8

7-5/8

1-5/8

22

SPECIFICATIONS Model LS
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Caldwell
Model
No.

CX10-0438

After Swage
Dim. (in)

Sling Dia. (in)

Standard
Length
(ft)

WT.
(lbs)

LS-3/4

3/4

3.25

1.55

CX10-0439

LS-7/8

7/8

3.86

1.80

14

CX10-0440

LS-1

4.36

2.05

19

CX10-0441

LS-1-1/8

1-1/8

4.81

2.30

26

CX10-0442

LS-1-1/4

1-1/4

5.42

2.56

33

CX10-0443

LS-1-1/2

1-1/2

6.52

3.00

52

Operation

1. Drop pipe carrier


lifting sling through
hole in pipe.

10-24

2. Align and insert


tea cup pipe carrier into lifting sling.

3. Lift pipe.

BEAMS
Beam Configurations

Four Point Lift Beams

Glass Pack Beams. Custom lifting beam handles packs of glass


panes with slings.

Three Point Lift Beam.

10

High Capacity Sling Beams

Adjustable Center Bail for Off-Center Loads

Beams and Spreaders can be made to meet your requirements exactly. A few examples of special configurations are
shown here. Details will vary depending on capacity.

10-25

SPECIALTY BEAMS
The Caldwell Group
Model 16 Adjustable Spreader/Lifting Beam
FEATURES:
Use as 2, 3 or 4 point lifting or spreader beam.
Converts to spreader beam with addition of top rigging.
Has adjustable lifting points.
Can handle both wide and unbalanced loads
Low headroom capability.
Shackles included.
Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.

OPTIONS:
Pair of swivel hooks Code S
Chain top rigging Code C
Cross beams (one or two) specify spread(s)
Consult Factory

SPECIFICATIONS
Caldwell
CERTEX
Model
Cat. Ref. No.
No.
CX10-0445
CX10-0446
CX10-0447
CX10-0448
CX10-0449
CX10-0450

16-1/2-6
16-1-6
16-2-6
16-4-8
16-5-10
16-7-12

Rated
Cap.
(tons)
1/2
1
2
4
5
7

Spread
(in)
Max

Min

72
72
72
96
120
144

36
36
36
48
60
72

Bail
Adj.
(in)
24
24
24
32
40
48

Bolt Type
Anchor Shackle
(tons)
Hdrm.
(in.)
8
9 1/2
11
14 1/2
17 1/4
20 1/2

Top

Bottom

1 1/2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
6 1/2
8 1/2

1 1/2
2
2
3 1/4
4 3/4
4 3/4

Operation

10

2 Point Lift

3 Point Lift

10-26

4 Point Lift

Wgt.
(lbs.)
70
120
140
265
445
580

C-HOOKS
Ordering Instructions
Define Coil Sizes
Determine your maximum coil width (dimension K).
Your C-Hooks nominal center of gravity,E, should equal
half of K. This allows your widest coil to be centered
under the lifting bail for a level lift.
If you are handling multiple coils or coiled rod or wire,
please provide the maximum load width and request a
quote on a full length lower arm.
Determine your minimum coil width. The listed models
show a range of coil widths which can be handled one at
a time by the same lifter. (Larger ranges can be furnished.)
L is the narrowest coil that can be lifted without the
lifters lower arm protruding past the edge of the coil.
Coils narrower than L may be handled if centered under
the bail.

Radial Thickness

Determine maximum radial thickness to be handled. Most users


select a vertical clearance,V, that
is 3 to 5 greater than the maximum radial thickness.

Coil Load Details


1. Max. Width _____ Min. Width _____________
2. Max. Outside Diameter ___________________
3. Min. Inside Diameter _____________________
4. Max. Weight ___________________________
Will more than one coil be handled at once? ____

Max. OD of coil  Min. ID of coil


Radial Thickness 
2

Hook Dimensions
1. ______
2. ______
3. ______
4. ______
5. ______
6. ______
7. ______
8. ______
Capacity __________Tons.

10
Coil Lifter Dimensions
A. Lift Arm Length . . . . . . . _______
B. Max. Arm Depth . . . . . . _______
C. Max. Arm Width . . . . . . _______
U. Upper Arm Length . . . . _______
V. Vertical Clearance . . . . _______

Other Features . . .

10-27

COIL LIFTERS
The Caldwell Group
Model 82-RC Close Stacking C Hook
PRODUCT FEATURES:
Recessed Counterweight allows for close stacking of coils which
maximizes floor space.
Handles a wide range of coil widths.
Designed for heavy duty application.
High tensile alloy steel plate reduces physical size and weight.
Counter balanced to hang level.
Inside radius on hooks avoid coil edge contact.
Curved coil saddle is standard.
Guide handle for ease of coil positioning.
Available with optional padding for additional coil protection.
Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.
CAUTION: Center of
gravity must be centered under crane
hook to prevent tilting
of the lifter and load.

Note: E dimension is always one-half of maximum coil width.

SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions in inches
Bail Dimensions
Coil Width

10

Caldwell

Cap.

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Model
No.

in
tons

CX10-0454

82RC-5-36

CX10-0455

82RC-5-48

CX10-0456

Lifting Arm
Opening

Max

Min.

Throat

Length
L

36

24

24

30

5-5/16

37-1/4

1-1/2

1-1/4

550

48

30

24

39

6-1/8

38-1/16

1-1/2

1-1/4

707

82RC-5-60

60

36

24

48

6-15/16

38-15/16

1-1/2

1-1/4

853

CX10-0457

82RC-7 1/2-36

36

24

24

30

5-5/8

37-1/2

1-1/2

1-1/2

750

CX10-0458

82RC-7 1/2-48

48

30

24

39

6-3/8

38-1/4

1-1/2

1-1/2

996

CX10-0459

82RC-7 1/2-60

60

36

24

48

6-15/16

39

1-1/2

1-1/2

1161

CX10-0460

82RC-10-48

CX10-0461

82RC-10-60

CX10-0462
CX10-0463
CX10-0464

82RC-15-60

CX10-0465

82RC-15-72

CX10-0466

82RC-20-60

CX10-0467

82RC-20-72

CX10-0468

82RC-25-60

CX10-0469

82RC-25-72

CX10-0470

82RC-30-60

CX10-0471

82RC-30-72

CX10-0472

82RC-40-72

7-1/2

Depth
D

Width
W

HDRM
H

THK.
T

Wgt.
(lbs.)

48

30

24

39

7-3/16

41-1/4

1-3/4

1200

60

36

24

48

7-5/8

41-1/2

1-3/4

1645

82RC-10-72

72

42

24

57

7-1/4

41-1/4

1-3/4

2100

82RC-15-48

48

30

30

39

7-1/4

47-7/8

2-1/4

1-3/4

2054

60

36

30

48

48

2-1/4

1-3/4

2410

72

42

30

57

8-3/4

48-3/4

2-1/4

1-3/4

2814

60

36

30

48

9-1/8

52-1/8

2-1/4

12

2864

72

42

30

57

9-3/4

52-1/2

2-1/4

12

2951

60

36

34

48

57-3/4

2-1/2

14

2-1/4

3077

72

42

34

57

9-3/4

58-3/4

2-1/2

14

2-1/4

3570

60

36

34

48

9-7/8

58-3/4

2-3/4

14

2-1/2

3480

72

42

34

57

10-5/8

59-3/8

2-3/4

14

2-1/2

4260

72

42

38

57

11

68

3-1/4

18

6100

10

15

20

25

30

40

Counter weight extends beyond arm one-half of the counter weight width, in capacities 25 Ton and Greater.
Other sizes available, consult factory.

10-28

CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0802


Type 1000 R4
Wheel:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

4 pivotal nylon wheels


1 Ton
450x340x115 mm
15 kg

1t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0803


Type 2000
Wheel :
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

8 nylon wheels on 2 axles


2 Ton
330x240x115 mm
8 kg

2t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0804


Type 3000
Wheel :
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

3t

10-29

12 nylon wheels on 2 axles


3 Ton
330x300x115 mm
10 kg

10

CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates

D
E
T
N
PATE
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0805
Model VAKS 2500
Wheel:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

2 nylon wheels with ball bearing


2.5 Ton per pcs.*
210x115x100 mm
42 kg

Delivery in carton of 2 pieces


* The carrying capacity can be increased by coupling
it means 2 pcs. MODEL VAKS 2500 = 5 ton carrying
capacity.
Advantages:
- Easy to couple the modules
- The possibility of coupling will imply that the modules
can be reused for smaller or bigger projects, as required
- By transport over uneven surfaces, the unevenness will
be equalized due to the coupling

2.5 t

10
5t

15 t

10-30

CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0806
Type 6000
Roller:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

6 nylon rollers on 3 axles


6 Ton
260x230x100 mm
13 kg

6t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0807


Type 12000
Rollers:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

6 steel rollers on 3 axles


12 Ton
260x230x100 mm
27 kg

12 t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0808


Type 3000 R
Rollers:

3t

Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:
(with steering
bar)

4 nylon rollers on 2 axles


Turnable plate
3 Ton
200x160x100 mm
13 kg

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0809
Type 6000 R

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0810
Type 12000 R

6t

Wheel: 8 nylon wheels


on 2 axles
(parallel turning)

Wheel: 8 steel rollers


on 2 axles
(parallel turning)

12 t

Capacity: 6 Ton
Dimension: 400x250x115mm
Weight: 53 kg

Capacity: 12 Ton
Dimension: 400x250x115mm
Weight: 59 kg

10-31

10

CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0811
Type 4000
Rollers:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

4 nylon rollers on 2 axles


4 Ton
250x220x115 mm
16 kg

4t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0812


Type 8000
Rollers:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

4 steel rollers on 2 axles


8 Ton
250x220x115 mm
25 kg

8t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0813


Type 6000-2
Rollers:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

10

6 nylon rollers on 2 axles


6 Ton
360x220x115 mm
21 kg

6t

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX10-0814


Type 12000-2
Rollers:
Capacity:
Dimension:
Weight:

12t

10-32

6 steel rollers on 2 axles


12 Ton
360x220x115 mm
35 kg

JACKS
Duff-Norton
Duff-Norton Air Motor Jacks
20 to 100 Ton Models
Design prevents lowering should air supply be interrupted
Multiple jacks can be interconnected to be operated from a single control
point
Integral rotary air motor driven gear train and power screw and nut design
Automatic end of stroke shut-off stops jack when limits of travel are reached
Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

20

28 (711)

18 (457)

CX10-0694

228-R

35

26 (660)

14.375 (365)

CX10-0695

326-R

50

28 (711)

17 (432)

CX10-0696

528-CMJ

50

36 (914)

25 (635)

CX10-0697

536-CMJ

100-Sustaining
75-Lifting
100-Sustaining
75-Lifting
100-Sustaining
75-Lifting

26 (660)

13.75 (349)

CX10-0698

126-CMJ

44 (1118)

30 (762)

CX10-0699

144-CMJ

32 (813)

18 (457)

CX10-0700

132-CMJ

Duff-Norton Track Jacks


15 Ton Models: Single Acting Standard and Low Height Models
Rated load: 15 tons
Broad toe design provides enhanced load engagement
Grooved head prevents slipping
Strong, lightweight aluminum housing provides easy portability
Spring loaded pawls assure teeth-to-rack engagement
Rigid horn-type handle allows easy spotting and carrying
Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

15

11.5 (292)

5 (127)

CX10-0701

517-AD

15

22 (559)

12 (305)

CX10-0702

117-AD

Duff-Norton Ratchet Jacks


5 to 20 Ton Capacity
All-purpose jacks for lifting, lowering, holding and moving all types of loads.
Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

14 (356)

7.5 (191)

CX10-0703

514-MT

16 (406)

9.5 (241)

CX10-0704

516-MT

21 (533)

14.5 (368)

CX10-0705

521-MT
1022-B

10

22 (559)

12.5 (318)

CX10-0706

15-Top/7.5-Toe

22 (559)

11.5 (292)

CX10-0707

1522

15-Top/7.5-Toe

28 (711)

17.5 (445)

CX10-0708

1528

20-Top/10-Toe

28 (711)

18 (457)

CX10-0709

2028

10-33

10

JACKS
Duff-Norton
Duff-Norton Cable Reel Jacks
5

and 10 Ton Models


5 ton holds 15 to 60 inch (381 to 1524 mm) reels
10 ton Multiple Hook model seats up to 2-inch (50.8 mm) spindles
10 ton T-Frame up to 3-inch (76.2 mm) spindles

Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

5-Top/2.5-Toe

23.25 (591)

14 (356)

CX10-0710

524-MCR

10-Top/5-Toe

38 (965)

12 (305)

CX10-0711

1022-CRA

10-Top/5-Toe

30 (762)

14 (356)

CX10-0712

1030-CRA

Duff-Norton Low Height Journal Jacks


15 to 100 Ton Models
Ideal for outdoor use and other mobile jobs
Use for powerful lifting in low-height areas

Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

15

7 (178)

2.5 (64)

CX10-0713

1507

15

10 (254)

5 (127)

CX10-0714

111-C-2

25

10 (254)

5 (127)

CX10-0715

2510-C-2

35

10.375 (264)

5 (127)

CX10-0716

3510-C-3

50
100-Sustaining
75-Lifting

10.5 (267)

4.5 (114)

CX10-0717

5010-C-4

12 (305)

4 (102)

CX10-0718

100-A-12

Duff-Norton Bell Bottom Jacks

10

5 and 25 Ton Models


For a variety of lifting and holding jobs, such as construction, rigging, moving buildings, and plant maintenance

Rated Load
(tons)

Height in
Inches (mm)

Raise in
Inches (mm)

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Duff-Norton
Model Number

3.5 (89)

CX10-0719

BB510

CX10-0720

BB1012

9.5 (241)

10

11.5 (292)

15

14 (356)

7 (178)

CX10-0721

BB1514

20

16 (406)

8.5 (216)

CX10-0722

BB2016

25

17 (432)

9.5 (241)

CX10-0723

BB2517

10-34

HOISTS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Puller

3 Ton

Optional Anchor Sling

Tough aluminum alloy construction for strength and durability


Hoistaloy hardened steel link type load chain provides strength, long wear life
and flexibility
Compact, lightweight, simplified construction for ease of use and service
Weatherized, automatic friction brake for positive load control
Easy operating with one hand control
Forged steel upper and lower hooks, hardened for strength and durability
Hook latches are standard
Optional Load Limiter Protection Device:
Load Limiter assures protection in overload conditions. When dangerous overloads are applied to the tool by the application of excessive lever force, the Load
Limiter stops additional transmission of lever forces to the tool.You may order
Load Limiter as part of your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools
now in use.
Optional Anchor Sling:
Anchor Sling is an upper hook extender that simplifies attachment when application or space limitation makes it impossible to pull in a straight line from hook to
hook. Swiveling anchor block is securely fixed to the tool housing and the upper
hook swivels through a full 360 rotation. Anchor Sling may be ordered as an
option or in kit form for simple installation on models already in use.
Optional Load Sentry:
Load Sentry assures positive warning of overload condition. When dangerous
overloads are applied to the operating lever, the plastic covered hand grip gradually deflects to warn of the danger involved.You may order Load Sentry as part of
your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools now in use.
3/4 Ton
Optional Load Sentry

11

Specifications
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.

Columbus
McKinnon
Code

Max.
Capacity
(Tons)

Standard
Lift
(Ft.)

Pull on Lever
to Lift Full Load
(Lbs.)

Approx.
Weight
(Lbs.)

Min. Distance
Between Hooks
(In.)

Lever
Length
(In.)

Hook Throat
Openings
(In.)
1 1/32

3/4 TON

CX11-0193

4043

3/4

58

16

10 3/4

21 1/4

1 1/2 TON

CX11-0194

4045

1 1/2

83

26

14 1/4

21 1/4

1 1/8

3 TON

CX11-0195

4047

95

38

17

21 1/4

1 7/32

6 TON

CX11-0196

4050

96

73

21 3/8

21 1/4

1 3/4

LOAD LIMITER KIT

CX11-0197

4190

3/4

CX11-0198

4191

1 1/2-6

LOAD SENTRY KIT


ANCHOR SLING

CX11-0199

4096

3/4

23 3/4

CX11-0200

4098

1 1/2-6

23 3/4

CX11-0201

4071

3/4

CX11-0202

4072

1 1/2

4 3/4

11-1

HOISTS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Series 653

The Series 653 lever operated hoist is a high quality, rugged,


steel tool for close quarter pulling, stretching, and hoisting applications.
Its characteristic short handle, along with minimal lever pull effort,
make this tool ideal for a broad range of applications.
Impact resistant, stamped steel frame, gear case and cover for
durability and light weight.
Powder coated nish for added corrosion protection.
Hardened steel load sharing gears.
Double pawl arrangement for assured load control.
Two chain guide rollers for positive chain engagement.
Weston type braking system for positive load control and positioning.
Simple one-handed, free chaining for fast load attachment.
Hardened steel chain for strength and long wear life.
Forged upper and lower hooks with heavy cast steel latches.
Rubber handle grip for added operator comfort.
Minimal maintenance with no special tools required.
5-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.
Metric rated.
Meets ASME B30.21 - Manually Lever Operated Hoist Standard
and European CE Standard.
Designed and manufactured by Columbus McKinnon Corporation.

Also available with


Shipyard Hooks.

Shipyard Hook
Upper

Product
code

11

Rated
capacity
(tons) (kgs)

Standard
lift
(ft.) (m)

Reeving

Shipyard Hook
Lower

Pull
Effective
to lift
lever
full load
length
(lbs.) (kg)
(in.) (mm)

Hook
throat
opening
(in.) (mm)

Minimum
distance
between hooks
(in.)
(mm)

Approx.
shipping
weight
(lbs.) (kg)

33

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

15

6.8

28.5

125/ 8

321

16

7.3

5310

3/ 4

5311

3/ 4

750

10

3.0

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

5312

3/ 4

750

15

4.6

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

17

7.7

5313

3/ 4

750

20

6.0

33

15

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

18

8.2

750

1.5

15

11

5328

1000

1.5

44

20

11

279

11/ 8

28.5

125/ 8

321

15

6.8

5315

11/ 2

1500

1.5

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

27

12.2

5316

11/ 2

1500

10

3.0

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

31

14.1

5317

11/ 2

1500

15

4.6

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

36

16.3

5318

11/ 2

1500

20

6.0

51

23

161/ 4

413

11/ 4

31.8

1413/ 16

376

41

18.6

5329

2000

1.5

68

31

161/ 4

413

13/ 8

31.8

1413/ 16

376

27

12.2

5320

3000

1.5

77

35

161/ 4

413

19/ 16

39.7

1811/ 16

475

45

20.4

5321

3000

10

3.0

77

35

161/ 4

413

19/ 16

39.7

1811/ 16

475

53

24.0

Can be supplied with lifts longer than 20 ft. (6m).


Measured from centerline of free chaining knob to end of lever.

* WARNING
Do not exceed working load limit.
Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.

11-2

HOISTS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Cyclone
Hand Chain Hoists
The Cyclone is a high speed, spur geared hoist that delivers maximum efficiency and requires minimum maintenance. Corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy frame construction is lightweight, yet
rugged. CM Hoistaloy load chain-equipped for flexibility, strength and durability. Low headroom
and compact design make it easy to install. The hoist is equipped as standard with Load Limiter for
automatic overload protection.
When the hoist is excessively overloaded, Load Limiter stops the lift.
The Cyclone has a fully enclosed brake requiring no lubrication. Neither extremes of temperature
nor frequent stops will affect its positive load control. Latch type hooks are standard on all capacities. Latchlok hook available as optional equipment. Exclusive Lifetime guarantee.
SPECIFICATIONS

Standard hand chain drop reaches to a point 2 feet above lower hook when in its lowest position.

Army Type Trolley Hoists


This compact trolley hoist features reduced headroom, side clearances and end approach which
make it ideal for operation in tight spaces. Integral trolley has hardened universal tread flanged
track wheels which minimize rolling friction. CMs Internal Load Limiter automatically guards
against damaging overloads without increasing overall dimension. Capacities range from 1/4 thru
12 tons plain or geared trolley. Adapts to a wide range of beam adjustments.
SPECIFICATIONS

11

* 1/4 thru 1 ton plain Trolley Hoist can be adapted to 4" & 5" depthAmerican Standard Shapes (2 5/8"-3" flange widths)at no extra charge.
Specify exact beam size when ordering.

11-3

HOISTS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Hand Chain Hoists
Low Headroom Trolley Hoists
The CM Hurricane hand chain hoist is an economical, highquality, rugged unit with featur es unique to a hoist of this class. Designed
with fewer parts to assur e long life and minimal maintenance, this hoist can be
used to lift loads in numer ous industrial, construction and commer cial applications.
Unique Brake Design Single disc brake does not incorporate a ratchet
pawls or pawl springs as on other hand chain hoists. Fewer parts mean less
wear and low maintenance.
Plain

Geared

Unique Handwheel Cover Handwheel cover rotates 360 for hoist operation
Integral
Trolley.
in any
direction. Ideal for special rigging applications.
The low headroom trolley incorporates all the basic features of the standard Cyclone hoist with the integral construc of
Steel
Construction
Frame
and
housings
made
from impact
esistant,
tion
the trolley.
A crowned
tread and
flanged
trackare
wheels
minimize
rollingrfriction
in this rugged trolley unit.
stamped steel for long life.
Same Quality and Interchangeability.
Powder
Finish
Forheadroom
corrosion
protection.
CM couples
theCoated
advantages
of a
low
trolley
with all the features that make the standard Cyclone hoist an
industry standard. Simple efficient design, greater interchangeability of parts and the same Lifetime guarantee also
Heat
Steel